ee ee LER RR AU LEDER LEAT Ser re sacspreotauewcelaetacenceraetecen sae ee Bea can Cebus: cCebee: <5) bp PSSA we aN Sak Snel e SX SIAL ITB TOT OT Oe SAE ES Baa Seteceet CRS NRT NS EN AE ear bX) J OPS OI SSN TESTS See petwseeoereeN eee: eSecearcuwe 2 ee Beene Cs eS As ge 8 . | CTI ORR SES ee ie le ee Or ies OE 5, oa Bra Ss SYD UES oe ma OV ae a ce ban SS Kat <—Ie p nes e. i § i a ont By ae, KY a eB he ace Ny. ee? DD rY1) ware pas 2%, Seeese SNe seer. $5 ae see a) aac We) Rate ee a ) rN ja . C) &. ‘ s LA A = \_/ OS Bs ar ey a Xe Wee oh Cee yeene (esere a a sc) fy, ug eS , ff, & Ns F ©, K Mee elee abuegtstees R RSE SOS A RAO LER ARTIS SECT RST LOAN St EI ae et eas RESO OOOO a EU SS ee Ss CLR er ee Ps er » eA KOO KOS AOS HS aD ee Ae PT OO ELBA TT A TA BA Te aisesiuanges eeecannegiesttanten eoneuaaeenesteantenseeneaza NCP ; SSC SeUaeR cae asearen a race = ateannaeaseaeeere: BOO TN abit aS PPT CTE TE Gee ravcl Css, Pay LT PROCS IAT VOWS SAUCE a og SUS aed sree aaa ea en mene eaS ms 2) Baar eest ge qtae ee, as [he EE AT SS OS NAS OARS ty RAS SEM a SS ERO pieecsses ELS yD DAT OAR DS) SR Rare, AECL SI RII? SOURIS Hane aeiaoc) oe unset ban casecstbanvanteeenanrencteatbancactaecnanss CSR RTT TI ETSI SECT TA IR ST TNA DR SECT ADS we SOUS AI EOS 9, e e ‘ Seae DE ES AO RON BS i: pees eS CRO CES at RA BREE ESI LN ISR OA PSSST OUIES EE gee eae ances ig Bawanealanwaay dice va Wapeiceres es eine teetce % Ge Oe aan, aa SST SEEN OS Et SC ROI Spy ote SECS eae G RO BERG ar F523 << PR LITA TS] es A BUR eR RRA Daas at eID ae ses poteaes ts perceeactasetearamunieteatecs ia eaesc sieteesc DSO SES ORO, PO oS ONS LSE ONS Se CBSE uI cesses Cees Wess Be CxS on GRE Bate SS] alsuepaucelcang auseie: fs Se AU 4h eg Sy, Saareersetacwgeeerees pe gees oy MOOT OEGN (OE EGY 2. Bia.” Rare ZOOIEOGY OF EGY Pw: VOLWMNE ERS Tr, REPTILIA ann BATRACHIA., BY YOUN LOUDEIRS OM, WD IGN, 18.18. S: LONDON: BERNARD QUARITCH, 15 PICCADILLY. 1898. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. JAN 2 0 2010 HARVARD UNIVERSITY (The issue of this work is restricted to 100 copies.) CON MeN WS, PREFACE List oF IntusrRarions 1N INTRODUCTION , INTRODUCTION . PuysicaL FEATURES OF THE AREAS TREATED OF IN THIS WORK . ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE BEARING ON THE ARBAS TREATED OF IN THIS WORK . SYSTEMATIC TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF PLATES LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT REPTILIA BATRACHIA DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES INDEX IPRS ey de VK Ie eeoce Tue first step towards the preparation of this volume was the formation of a collection of the Reptiles and Batrachians of Egypt. This was an absolute necessity, as these groups were evidently so poorly represented in the Museums of this country and in those of Europe, that it would have been impossible to have derived from them any just conception of the extent of these constituents of the Egyptian Fauna. Moreover, in Great Britain, as on the Continent, it was a rare circumstance to find a specimen with any more definite locality assigned to it than ‘“‘ Egypt,” “‘ Nubia,” or the “ Sudan.” In forming the Collection which was to serve as the basis of this volume, an endeavour was made to obtain as many specimens as possible from a diversity of accurately ascertained and registered localities, distributed over as wide an area as practicable. While in Egypt, in 1892, I drew up a Memorandum pointing out the lack of information that existed regarding the Fauna of the country generally, but more especially of the Mammalia, Reptilia, and Batrachia; and further, to make this Circular as useful as possible, it was translated into Arabic through the courteous assistance of Colonel Sir Colin Scott Moncrieff, at that time Director of Irrigation, who also aided me in its circulation. Those who favourably replied to the Memorandum were furnished with the necessary materials for collecting, and with full instructions for the proper preservation of the specimens. Nearly five years were devoted to collecting, and with the result that over 1500 specimens of Reptilia and Batrachia were brought together, of which more than 1400 were permanently preserved. The greater part was presented to the British Museum; another set, all but complete, was also presented to the Museum of the vi PREFACE. Egyptian Government School of Medicine in Cairo; and a few of the more important species were given to some of the Museums in Europe. In the present volume, I have mentioned the names of the various donors, but I embrace this opportunity again to tender to all of them my best thanks for their aid so generously given; and especially to acknowledge my obligations to Captain R. H. Penton, R.A.M.C., who so energetically carried on in Suakin and in its neighbourhood the work initiated there by Colonel Sir Charles Holled Smith shortly before his retirement from the Governorship of the Red Sea Littoral. I have also to express my hearty thanks to General A. Hunter, for his hospitality while he was Governor of the Red Sea Littoral, and for the great assistance he gave me during my visit to the Suakin District. I have much pleasure likewise to record my indebtedness to Dr. H. P. Keatinge, Vice-Principal and Professor in the Medical School of Cairo, for the lively interest he has always evinced in my work, and for his having done as much as lay in his power to promote its success. The Curator of the Museum in the Medical School, Dr. Walter Innes, very materially aided me in my researches, presenting me with some valuable specimens, besides supplying many native names of the reptiles, which, as he is a proficient in Arabic, I had no hesitation in adopting. But, in order to insure accuracy, as I had no personal knowledge of the language, they were submitted by me to Mr. A. G. Ellis, of the Britis: Museum, who very kindly gave me the benefit of his advice. He is, however, in no way responsible for the names. But besides the collection of specimens in alcohol, frequent attempts were made to send to London living Lizards and Snakes for the purpose of having life-figures, in each case, prepared for this work. In these efforts no one more heartily and efficiently assisted me than Mr. Alan R. Birdwood, of Cairo, Sub-Director of the Government Lands Department, &c., to whom I desire to acknowledge my indebtedness. Through his instrumentality some interesting species of Reptiles and Mammals reached this country alive, notwithstanding the difficulties attending their transmission. PREFACE, Vii The collection of Mammalia likewise, so far as it went, was a great success; but this section being more difficult to deal with, and requiring more skill and labour as well as time for the capture and preservation of its members, a great deal in it yet remains to be achieved. The recent events in the Egyptian Sudan now throw open a vast field for zoological research, and I trust that those who have assisted me in the past may see their way to continue their assistance in the future, and so enable me to make the volume on the Mammalia, now in progress, as complete as possible. It would have been almost impossible for me to have undertaken this work had I not had the co-operation of the Natural History Department of the British Museum heartily accorded to me by Sir William Flower. To Mr. G. A. Boulenger, Custodian of the unrivalled Herpetological collections of that Institution, I feel under a debt of gratitude which it is difficult to express, as his assistance met me in so many ways. Not only was his vast experience freely proffered; but the facilities he gave to me, in the way of free access to the specimens under his charge, proved invaluable. But my indebtedness does not stop here, because I have made free use of his published Catalogues; and as one out of many illustrations may be mentioned the fact that the dentition of the various genera of Snakes given in this volume rests entirely on Mr. Boulenger’s Catalogue of that Group. Moreover, I have followed his classification of the Reptilia and Batrachia. I am indebted to Professor G. B. Howes for his having kindly permitted one of his assistants, Mr. Vanstone, to make for me a few preparations of the epidermal covering of the digits of some lizards. The Plates, illustrating the species described in this volume, have nearly all been drawn by Mr. P. J. Smit, some of them from life. My impression is, that Mr. Smit has very skilfully and successfully delineated the different species, and, in this view, L think that I shall have the support of other herpetologists. Moreover, he was deputed by me to visit the Royal Museum of Natural History, in Stockholm, in order to b vill PREFACE. examine and figure some Linnean types of snakes preserved in that Institution. In addition to doing so, he made notes on the specimens for my information, and for what he accomplished on that occasion and for his work generally, 1 beg to assure him of my high appreciation. The remaining Plates, 10 in number, are the work of Mr. J. Green and Mr. H. Gronvold. The map accompanying this volume was specially compiled by Mr. Reeves, of the Royal Geographical Society, to indicate the positions of the chief localities mentioned in the text, and was so effectively transferred to stone by Mr. J. Green, that the prints thrown off by Messrs. Mintern Brothers display remarkable clearness. To Professor Dr. Oscar Boettger, of Frankfort-on-the-Main; to Count M. G. Peracca, of Turin; to Professor F. A. Smitt, of Stockholm; to Dr. Gustav Tornier, of Berlin; to Professor Léon Vaillant and M. F. Mocquard, of Paris; and to Dr. Franz Werner, of Vienna, I beg to convey my thanks for their courtesy on the various occasions on which I had to apply to them for assistance. The Introduction is illustrated by a series of photographs, which have been very generously placed at my disposal for the purpose by Mrs. Theodore Bent, Mr. A. J. Cholmley, and Professor Flinders Petrie, to all of whom I proffer my best thanks. Those of the Erba and Elba groups of mountains have a special interest, as the regions which they illustrate are but little known. For the four photographs of the Libyan desert, I am indebted to the very valuable Album issued by Remelé, one of the members of the Expedition under the late Dr. Gerhard Rohlfs. All of these photographs have been very successfully reproduced by the Swan Electric Engraving Company. 71 Harrington Gardens, London, lst November, 1898. Pl. Pl. Pl. TA, 12 IDL Pl > WUE 100[, 1 V. Wie 1X LIST OF [JLLUSTRATIONS IN INTRODUCTION. Map of Egypt and surrounding areas. Wadi Gabait, Erba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. Jebel Erba from Wadi Khur. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. . Wadi Ambaia, Erba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. Wadi Kukut, Erba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. Jebel Shellal, Elba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. Looking towards the Red Sea from Jebel Shellal, Elba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Choimley. Source of the Shellal Stream, Elba Mountains. From a photograph by Mrs. Theodore Bent. Jebel Shindui from Jebel Shellal, Elba Mountains. From a photograph by Mr. A. J. Cholmley. Western slope of desert at Farafreh. Reproduced from a photograph in Remelé’s ‘ Photographic Album of the Libyan Desert.’ Bab-el-Cailliaud, Oasis of Dakhel. Reproduced from a photograph in Remelé’s ‘ Photographie Album of the Libyan Desert.’ Desert landscape near Dakhel. Reproduced from a photograph in Remelé’s ‘ Photographic Album of the Libyan Desert.’ Oasis of Dakhel, escarpment of plateau in the distance. Reproduced from a photograph in Remeleé’s ‘ Photographie Album of the Libyan Desert.’ Escarpment of desert plateau at Abu Roash. Alt. about 183 métres above Nile. From a photo- graph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. Desert plateau behind Gizeh, looking south-west. Alt. about 76 métres above Nile. From a photograph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. Outcrop of limestone desert behind Gizeh, looking eastward across Nile to Mokattam Hills. Alt. about 122 métres above Nile. From a photograph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. View from top of escarpment of desert plateau above Naquada, looking across Nile valley to the eastern desert. Ait. about 365 métres above Nile. From a photograph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. View from top of plateau above Naquada, lcoking westward down a valley of the desert. Alt. about 426 métres above Nile. From a photograph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. View through cleft from top of plateau above Naquada, looking into Nile valley. Alt. 426 metres above Nile. From a photograph by Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. yet E at i Dae ee Toul i Ww ; ; ig ; < F CORRIGENDA. P. xxxyv, line 29, for boselaphus read buselaphus. P. liv, », 10, et passim, for Lefébvre read Lefebvre. P. lviii, ,, 3, for genus read species. 4, omit the words and designated the species B. ” ” mos 22, for Deodorus read Diodorus. oe -22, 4, 11, for pb closes read qcleoslt jlb. . 33, lines 19 & 28, for Khartoum read Khartum. . 44, fig. 3, for Genoa Museum read British Museum. . 142, line 23, for yxV Jy read yaad¥ Spy. . 179, Table, for lichtenstenii read lichtensteinii. . 215, lines 31 & 37, for Muscat read Maskat. -C- _o- 1) 1 1 IP P. 62, line 9, et passim, for ragazzi read ragazzir. P P 12 P. 328, line 36, for ree &. ead le,5 Re. P. . 339, 4, 34, for bikurun read bilkurun. P. 358, ,, 15, for and also read but it does not occur. Insert after p. ix. 30° x ‘ ie e | CF — a Marsa Matrue —~ = MEDITERRANEAN SEA L \1 B Y, | | fi BAHARIEH iniatN, Sener Miniale) ae \ \ casisor |" Assiut} Sandheim\ FARAFREH Dahabur’ BIRKED fr + ex eenonRoe Worte WARY OASIS OF (Fach Hessany A N N —\Ge! ele SU BITTER Ly al a Sent ‘ j ea e SELIMA OASIS nur % Forgende MKoptos OAS\S OF jaquada $Kus—— = oh THEBES; 5 A DAKHEL. = 54 OA'Sis oF Medinet Habuy¥r i auak 5 Regenfeld “i KHARGEH Fane El Kab | Edfuf——— Berys: k, } 3 i ) E Ss E R i © Silsileh| Kom Ombos Kurkur, ep arawi ey 7 ny a Ly) ) jf / a { D/A R-FUR EI Fasher™ ~ — > ~~ \~ SCALE 1: 10000900 or ao 10 16o STAT: MILES Hannekd- aes % ieee \ wae Mograt Jeo¥ Abu Hamed Dongola{ _ a " | zh el a e > | 1 a aC) Old Dongola aye ¥. Abu Gus] Ambdkel tec YS MAGROA Vn BA YU Maktale / vsimnien ~< J Saped ms} io yr Nabra Omdurmany DA Bd KHARTUM d &4 in Y x ® ‘ te INTRODUCTION. THE genius of the French produced, during the first three decades of this century, that magnificent work entitled ‘ Description de Egypte, ou Recueil des observations et des recherches qui ont été faites en Kigypte pendant l’expédition de l’armée Frangaise.’ This great achievement dealt with the country in nearly all its aspects, each department of research having been intrusted to a savant well qualified to expound it. In those days, however, zoologists were not alive to the importance of recording the exact localities in which the species they described were found; and the French naturalists were no exception in this respect, so far as the Reptiles and Batrachians were concerned, as all the information put on record regarding their distribution is that they came from ‘ Egypt.’ The present work contains some additional facts bearing on the Reptiles and Batrachians of Egypt and their distribution, and thus supplements, at the close of the century, during the occupation of Egypt by the British, the information brought together by the French at the beginning of the century, when they were, for the time being, masters of the Valley of the Nile. In drawing up this account of the Reptiles and Batrachians of Egypt it would have been an easy matter to have arbitrarily drawn a line from east to west at the First Cataract, and to have excluded all species found to the south of it, and thus to have confined this description to the area corresponding to the Egypt of the ancients. But Egypt of the past is no longer the Egypt of the end of the nineteenth century, which has now its frontier in the Nile Valley as far south as Wadi Halfa, and its frontier of the Red Sea littoral, at Tokar. Moreover, as the physical characters of the region on the east bank of the Nile lying to the south of the arbitrary line are practically identical with those existing to the north of it, and as the same is also true of the corresponding areas on the west side of the river, there is every reason why the consideration of the zoological features of these areas should be extended to the political frontier; and had there been any C xi INTRODUCTION. diversity in their physical conditions, the argument for their conjoint consideration would have been even more cogent. In a State surrounded by civilized neighbours and with a well-defined political frontier, any account professing to deal with its animals would naturally be restricted to those found within its borders; but as Egypt presents neither of these conditions, and as the animals occurring in the semi-civilized States outside of it are almost unknown, it is desirable in dealing with Egypt to enumerate the few facts that have been ascertained regarding the fauna of the adjacent areas. Had this account been restricted to Egypt as accepted by the ancients—a mere fragment of the great natural highway of animal distribution in North-east Africa—to the exclusion of its adjacent areas, it would have completely failed to impart any just conception of the character of its fauna. This work therefore comprises, not merely an account of all the Reptiles and Batrachians hitherto recorded from Egypt proper, but also includes those that are known to occur in the desert regions on both sides of the Nile as far south as Wadi Halfa, the present temporary frontier in the Nile Valley; and in order also to convey some idea of the Reptilian and Batrachian fauna of its extreme southern frontier, the species that have been met with in the district of Suakin, on the littoral of the Red Sea, are likewise included. Unfortunately, the Arabian and Nubian deserts, almost throughout the whole of their extent, are as yet a sealed book to zoological science. Schweinfurth has done much towards the elucidation of their flora, but nothing equivalent to his researches in botany has as yet been attempted for their zoology. Now, however, that the brutal rule of the successor of the Mahdi has opposed to it, in actual conflict, the irresistible resources of Western civilization, fully resolved on its destruction, there is every hope that when the inevitable end has been accomplished ! it will be followed by topographical, geological, mineralogical, zoological, and botanical surveys not only of the regions to the east aud west of the Nile, but of the entire area of a rejuvenated and vastly extended Egypt. To the north-east, the boundary-line is drawn from Port Said to Suez; but the Wells of Moses in the neighbourhood of the latter town are the eastern limit, and Marsa Matru on the Mediterranean, about 241 kilom. west of Alexandria, is the western boundary. As yet, however, only four species of reptiles have been obtained from Marsa Matru, and fourteen reptilian and two batrachian species from the Libyan oases, excludiug the Fayum, while from the centre of the Libyan desert only one reptile, viz. Celopeltis monspessulana, has as yet been reported. Vhe difficulties that attend travel in the Libyan desert are proverbial and cannot but always render the study of its zoology a most difficult undertaking. ‘The circumstance, moreover, that explorers who have visited that desert and interested ‘ Since the above was in type, the destruction of Mahdism has been achieved by Sir Horatio Herbert Kitchener ; and the frontier of Egypt bas been re-established as far south as Fashoda and Sobat. PHYSICAL FEATURES. xi themselves in its zoology have almost invariably selected the winter months for their journeys seems largely to account for the very meagre knowledge we, as yet, possess of its Reptiles. The few species that have been recorded from the Nile Valley as far south as Khartum, Kordofan, and Sennaar are incidentally noticed, so that a still wider horizon is brought into view. PuHysIcAL FEATURES OF THE AREAS TREATED OF IN THIS WorK. Tue area lying approximately between 16° and 17° 40' N. lat. is a zone in which an annual struggle for the mastery takes place in May and June between the northerly and southerly winds. ‘The wind from the latter direction follows the sun in its course to the north of the Equator and carries along with it rain-clouds brought up from the Indian Ocean; but as it approaches this zone it encounters opposition from the north wind that blows up the Nile Valley and over its deserts, and is ultimately neutralized by it. The climatic conditions over this debatable zone vary annually, more or less, according to the relative strength of the two winds. ‘The immense area to the south of this zone, as far as the Equator, is characterized by the periodical fall of rain, generally between the months of April and October, and as the Equator is approached the rain becomes more and more torrential. ‘The northern limit of these periodical rains may be placed about the junction of the Atbara with the Nile. However, even so far south as Khartum, where the rain begins rarely before June or July, and lasts to September, the rainfall is frequently very deficient. These periodical rains, where fully developed, exercise a remarkable influence on the character of the flora, and consequently also on the fauna. To the north of 17° 40', on the other hand, as far almost as the head of the Delta of the Nile, there is a complete absence of periodical rains ; indeed the entire region is practically rainless, and thus the sparse flora and the fauna differ entirely from those of the southern portion of the region of periodical rains. When rain does fall north of 17° 40!, it is only as fitful local storms of short duration after long intervals of absolute drought, which may extend to years. ‘These storms are generally violent and attended by high wind, thunder and lightning, the rain being precipitated in torrents, filling the empty khors and flooding the plains. Whilst the area may be thus generally characterized, the portion of it Jying near to the shores of the Red Sea, traversed by high mountains, is more highly favoured, as storms of rain more frequently break along their heights. The lateral extent of Upper Nubia is clearly defined on the east by the more or less forest-clad slopes of the promontories of the Abyssinian plateau, and on the west by the main stream of the Nile. Its southern half falls within the so-called Eastern o2 Xiv INTRODUCTION. Sudan, and a purely arbitrary limit to its southern extension may be placed in the neighbourhood of the sources of the Tumat, a branch of the Blue Nile, and of those of the Sobat, a leading affluent of the White Nile. The almost rainless region of Lower Nubia has had its northern limit placed at Assuan; but as the crystalline mass of mountains that traverses it from south to north does not stop short there, but is continued along the so-called Arabian desert to Wadi Araba, the entire region between the Nile and the Red Sea from Suakin to near the head of the Gulf of Suez may be dealt with as a whole; there being, as has been already said, no natural barriers to interfere with the distribution of animal species, and the climate throughout being transitional. A brief outline will now be given of the main features of the entire area from the Bayuda Peninsula to Suakin, and northwards to the Delta. The first portion to be considered is the peninsula enclosed by the great curve of the Nile between Metammeh and Ambukol, occasionally erroneously called on maps the Desert of Bayuda, but which partakes in reality of the character of a savannah. From the position it occupies in the Nile Valley, it is a region in which the struggle between the southerly and northerly winds is felt in its full intensity. In days of great heat also it is subject to numerous whirlwinds, that rise in columns up to 45 métres, charged with fine dust, the product of the denuding action of the winds on the sandstones. It lies just within the area in which the periodical rains make themselves felt, but they are so slight that rain seldom falls on more than fifteen days throughout the year, the rainy season occurring between May and August. Sometimes, however, two consecutive seasons may be actually rainless. ‘The rain is rapidly absorbed by the sandy soil, and in about 24 hours after its fall all trace of it is lost, except in the vivifying influence which it exercises on the parched vegetation. The now memorable route between Metammeh and Korti, over which a column of British troops marched in 1884, is described as almost perfectly level. It traverses an extensive plain with low ranges of hills, showing in places abundant signs of cultivation. Numerous wadis are passed through, in which long coarse grass and groups of acacia-trees are met with. The vegetation, sparse though it be, supports numerous herds of sheep, goats, and camels, the property of the nomadic Beduins who inhabit the district. The soil in places, during the rainy season, can be profitably cultivated, and there are numerous wells. ‘To the east of this route the centre of the peninsula is occupied by a group of mountains (Jebel Magaga), consisting of primitive rocks, sandstones, and volcanic lavas and scorie, similar to those found in the mountain-range along the coast of the Red Sea. The peaks of these mountains are said to rise from 1014 métres to 1115 métres above the level of the sea. The half of the peninsula to the north-east of this central area of elevation has much the same characters as those met with along the Metammeh-Korti route. The western portion is PHYSICAL FEATURES. XV traversed, from Khartum to Ambukol, by a depression known as the Wadi Mokattam, along which probably once flowed an arm of the Nile, and to the west of it is a short ridge of hills consisting of pink sandstone, from which numerous lines of drainage run into the Wadi Mokattam, each generally with a certain amount of vegetation of the usual desert character. On the other side of this ridge, which is known as Jebel Simrieh, there is another long and important valley, the Wadi Malik, along which part of the drainage of northern Dar-Fur percolates to the Nile. This wadi, which is of _ considerable breadth in some parts of its course, and narrow at others, is dominated in places by castellated rocks, and along its course it is marked by a variety of thorny shrubs and by a fair amount of grass. Between Abu Gus, where the wadi debouches into the Nile, and Sotahl some distance up the valley, the Wells of Mahttl are situated in a miniature plain surrounded on all sides by sand-hills. Similar wells are found to the east of the Nile on the route to Suakin, At some distance beyond the Wells of Mahtil the valley narrows and becomes choked with sand, but afterwards it widens and shows signs of the presence of water in quantities, and is thickly wooded with acacias. The route to Khartum traverses the Wadi Sotahl, which has even a more dense vegetation than the Wadi Malik. Leaving this wadi, the route lies through ravines and over rocky plateaus, past other wells, and crosses over a tract having coarse grass but no trees, to enter the Wadi Mdesis, in which are many varieties of acacia. A considerable quantity of water passes down this valley in the rainy season. ‘lhe route then passes into the Wadi Mokattam, and in the neighbourhood of the Wells of Gabra there is an area thickly wooded with acacias and euphorbias. It is evident from the foregoing slight sketch of the general features of the Bayuda Peninsula that it does not altogether merit the term desert generally applied to it, seeing that it gives support in places to extensive herds of goats, sheep, and camels. From the presence of so much vegetation it is doubtless tenanted by many species of lizards and snakes, and from its physical configuration it may possibly be the meeting- ground of species from Central, Western, North-western, and South-eastern Africa. Von Barnim and Dr. R. Hartmann !, on their journey from Debba to Khartum, met with the following reptiles, viz. :—Stenodactylus elegans, Tarentola annularis, Varanus griseus, V. ocellatus, Cerastes cornutus, Echis carinatus, and Bitis arietans, and two species of the genus Agama. All of the foregoing identified reptiles, with the exception of Varanus ocellatus and Bitis arietans, are present in Egypt proper to the south of the Delta. The peninsula is absolutely devoid of permanently-running streams, is only very slightly affected by the sometimes long intermittent periodical rains, is intensely hot, the heat attaining at times to 41° Cent. in the shade, with a diurnal range occasionally of as much as 35° Cent., and has an extremely dry atmosphere. On the other side of the Nile Valley from the Bayuda Peninsula lies the tract of country intervening between the river and Suakin. ‘This region is traversed by ‘ Reise Nord-Ost-Afr. 1859-60. XYV1 INTRODUCTION. caravan-routes of great antiquity, and as it has been frequently crossed by modern explorers and recently by newspaper correspondents, its physical characters are well known, but not so those of the country lying immediately to the north of it. The distance between the towns of Berber and Suakin is about 500 kilom. In the neighbourhood of Berber or El Mekheref, 350 métres above the sea-level, there is more or less cultivation, but the extent to which itis carried on depends entirely on the rainfall. A few miles beyond the town the route passes the Wells of Mahobeh, where there are a few trees and some scanty vegetation, and proceeding onwards crosses Wadi Selem, which is occasionally an unbroken field of sorghum, but in unfavourable seasons a mere sterile plain with straggling tufts of dry yellow grass. ‘The route traverses a dreary sandy plain covered more or less with loose black rocks, some of them standing erect, one more prominent than the others being a well-recognized land- mark about 11 métres high, and known to the natives as Abu Odfa, but its base is being slowly eaten away by the incessant sand-drift. The plain rises very gradually to the east, and when nearly 96 kilom. from Berber have been accomplished, the famous shifting sand-dunes of O Bak are reached, enclosing a series of wells, in the neighbour- hood of which there is a scanty vegetation, and occasionally, after rain, a crop of sorghum is raised by the wandering Bisharin families frequenting the place. Beyond O Bak, the route crosses the broad plain of Wadi Laemeb that supports a little herbage of coarse grass. The main or northern route continues to ascend, and crossing a number of rocky ridges descends into the valley of Ariab, with its wells of excellent water. This valley is about 8 kilom. long and 3 to 4 kilom. in breadth, and is distant about 180 kilom. from Berber, and lies at an elevation of nearly 548 metres above the sea. It is covered rather thickly, for a valley of this region, with acacias and coarse erass, which afford a plentiful supply of food for the herds of goats, sheep, and camels owned by the nomads who frequent it. Trees in this valley are rare, but the hollow trunk of one in the neighbourhood of the wells is large enough to give shelter to a man. ‘There are no permanent streams in this valley, neither in any of the other numerous khors and wadis of this mountain-range, but occasional storms break over it and dew falls at night in winter. Beyond this, low granite hills are passed, and then the traveller enters the narrow Wadi Yumga, and again passing rocky hills, traverses a broad level rocky plain surrounded by mountains to enter the Wadi Kokreb. This part of the country does not merit the term desert, as it consists of a succession of deep valleys more or less characterized by the existence of good pasture and a few trees that afford shade, some of the plains even boasting of a fairly rich vegetation. ‘The khors in this neighbourhood teem with animal and vegetable life, gazelles and hares being common. Beyond Wadi Kokreb the road ascends a spur over 700 metres high above the sea, and enters the Wadi Ohabdl, 8 kilom. in length, closed in by hills, treeless, and strewn with fragments of porphyry and greenstone. ‘The upper end of this wadi opens on a broad barren plain covered with fragments of rock, but its dry PHYSICAL FEATURES. XVil watercourses boast a coarse vegetation, with some acacias and dracene. Continuing onwards, the route passes up the Khor Haratri, a winding defile between the granite slopes of the mountains, and with two wells. The head of this khor forms the watershed between the Nile and the Red Sea at an elevation of 880 métres. A slight descent follows, and then the great plain of the Wadi Ahmed is entered, with the grand mountain known as Taabid at its further end, with bold rocky precipices running down to the broad plain, strewn with fragments of trap and porphyry, excepting in its lower parts, and supporting a few trees and shrubs, and, at rare intervals, small patches of dhurra. After another easy descent over sparse grass and past a variety of trees, followed by a much steeper declivity over rocky ground where the hills close in, the route leads to the tortuous Wadi Omareg, which is nearly level and about | to 3 kilom. in width. A ridge is then crossed and the path descends into the valley of Sinkat, at an elevation of 880 métres above the sea, a favourite resort with the Hadendowahs of Suakin for grazing their flocks at the season when rain occasionally falls, from August and onwards, until the vegetation becomes once more dried up, when they retire to the littoral plain which benefits by the humid atmosphere of the Red Sea. This valley runs nearly north and south, and is closed in on the east by Jebel Erbab and on the west by Jebel Ayakeb. Schweinfurth’s description of the vegetation of these valleys will suffice to prove how comparatively fertile they are. He says :—‘“‘'This rich covering of vegetation is, however, confined to the side of the mountains towards the sea; on the other side, as soon as the second pass is left behind, the rocks are bare, and only the lowest part of the valley is covered with anything of luxuriant verdure. Acacias, growing so closely as almost to form a hedge, and gigantic clumps of the grass-green Salvadora, shoot up like great dishes of green salad from the cheerless space around.” And again, in describing the valley of Harrasa, in the Erkowit mountain, which attains to 1293 métres in height, he remarks, this valley “discloses the whole flora of the Abyssinian highland in wonderful and complete luxuriance. Kuphorbiee and dracenze deck the mountain in masses which might almost be reckoned by millions, so that the slopes in the distance have the appearance of being covered with huge black patches. Paelegecits Halfway between Singat (Sinkat) and Erkoweet we halted ina wady... . which bore the name of Sarroweet. What a prospect! how gay with its variety of hue, green and red and yellow! Nothing could be more pleasant than the shade of the acacia, nothing more striking than the abundance of bloom of the Abyssinian aloe, transforming the dreary sand beds into smiling gardens. Green were the tabbes-grass and the acacias, yellow and red were the aloes, and in such crowded masses, that I was involuntarily reminded of the splendour of the tulip-beds of the Netherlands; but here gardens lay in the midst of a waste of gloomy black stone.” The similarity of the life on these heights to that of the Abyssinian highland is not confined to plant-life alone, as that remarkable rodent Lophiomys is common to both regions, and associated with it is found Oreotragus saltator; but unfortunately very little is known of the xvii INTRODUCTION. fauna of the Suakin range. From Sinkat a descent is made through a defile in parts closed in by mountains, and sometimes so narrow in its bed that there is only space for the water to precipitate itself when the gorge is in flood. Below, the route debouches on the littoral plain of Suakin at Otao. The town of Suakin, in lat. 19° 17’ N., and long. 37° 20’ E., purchased by Egypt from Turkey in 1865, is situated on the seaward face of an extensive plain backed to the west by the Erkowit and Sinkat mountains. In its geographical position it resembles Massowah. The coral-reef is traversed by a long, narrow, deep channel, a feature more or less characteristic of all the coast-line where khors debouch into the sea. According to Dr. Klunzinger, the fresh water which is transmitted along them proves destructive to the coral polypes, so that wherever fresh water flows to the sea it keeps open a clear passage through the reef. The sahil, tehama, or maritime sandy plain has a gentle upward slope towards the base of the hills for a distance of 13 to 20 kilom. It is more or less undulating throughout, due chiefly to the fact that it is traversed at intervals by broad shallow lines of drainage from the mountains, along and in which vegetation is usually richer than on the intervening portions; but the plain as a whole is here and there covered with acacias and with tabbes- grass, the favourite fodder of the flocks, and by numerous other desert shrubs and plants which have been indicated by Professor Schweinfurth. The country about Suakin itself is tolerably open for miles to the west and north, but to the south-west, in the direction of Tamai, and near the base of the hills, there is a belt of thick undergrowth which extends as far as ‘Tokar. The acacia-scrub occurs in dense patches, in places rising to 2 or 3 métres in height, with intervening areas of grass and small shrubs. At Tokar, situated on the open plain close to the debouchment of the Baraka, and about 80 kilom. to the south of Suakin, the plain is covered by a thick layer of alluvium brought down the Khor Baraka after the periodical rains have fallen, and on it either dhurra or other crops are grown. The only other delta in any way com- parable to this one, along the coast-line to the north, appears to be the small delta at Marsa Durrur. Numerous herds of camels, goats, and sheep are grazed on this maritime plain by their Arab owners. It is occasionally visited by ostriches from the savannah country to the west. Rhinoceroses have been seen on it, and a species of wild ass (? Equus africanus) is well known in the neighbourhood of Tokar, where a mountain bears its name. The usual tenants of the tehama and its slopes are the following animals:—Erinaceus ethiopicus, Hyena crocuta, H. striata, Proteles cristatus, Canis variegatus, C. famelicus, C. pallidus, Felis maniculata, F. caracal, F. serval, Mellivora capensis, Ictonyx zorilla, also Psammomys obesus, Gerbillus pyramidum, Isomys variegatus, Hystrix cristata, Gazella isabella, G. semmerringi, and members of the genera Genetta, Herpestes, Lepus, Xerus, and Acomys, with a diversity of reptiles to be mentioned hereafter. The mountain-range running north from Suakin is separated from the spurs of the REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT. INTROD, PLATE I. Jebel Erba from Wadi Khur. PHYSICAL FEATURES. xix Abyssinian highlands by the valley of the Baraka and by other wadis. Jebel Erbab, about 1547 metres in height, is the highest peak in the immediate neighbourhood of Suakin, but, a little to the north, Jebel Kerib, behind Durrur, rises to about 1654 métres above the level of the sea. Still greater heights occur in the Erba group further north, where, according to Mr. Bent !, who visited these mountains, in 1896, accompanied by Mrs. Bent and Mr. A. J. Cholmley, one peak, which he calls Nabidua, attains to an elevation of 2286 metres. Krom this group of mountains a long ridge of crystalline rocks extends to the west, and is met with at Jebel Shikr on the route from Abu Hamed to Darawi. Mr. A. B. Wylde? describes the coast-line from Suakin to Rawai as presenting a wonderful sameness. Stretches of flat country or miniature plains divide the different khors, in the vicinity of which the land is more irregular, and more vegetation is met with, chiefly acacias, tamarisks, aloes, camel-thorn, and other desert trees. When he visited the tehama at Rawai he found it covered with acacias in ful) flower, and with fresh green grass; larks and other birds were singing, and butterflies and bees were hovering over and settling on flowers. One of the valleys of the Erba group visited by Mr. Wylde was shut in between two high mountain-ridges, and as he followed it up vegetation improved, and the rocks here and there were festooned with ferns. He says the western side of the group, southwards to the Amarara Asorterba, must be covered with plenty of vegetation and pasturage. The rain that falls on this group of mountains and along the range as far south as the commencement of the Suakin mountains is carried off on the western side apparently by two extensive systems of khors. ‘The larger, known as the Wadi Amur, is described as an oasis in some parts of its course, and it appears to reach the Nile at Abu Hamed. The exact course of the second, the Wadi Hayet, is unknown. ‘The relations also of the Erba group of mountains to the plateau of the Nubian desert have yet to be ascertained. Mr. Bent’s excursion, above referred to, was made in the month of February from the small port of Mohamed Ghul. He first directed his steps to the valley system on the north of the Erba group (Introd. Pls. I. & I1.), and to reach it his way lay through wadis between low barren mountains and dry river-beds studded here and there with acacia- trees, other watercourses being filled with sand. Ascending and traversing a narrow pass he reached a plateau about 610 métres above the sea, and, beyond, entered a valley in which there was a small pond of water visited nightly by partridges, pigeons, and sand-grouse, the bottom of the valley being sparsely supplied with vegetation, seemingly only resorted to by gazelles. In a neighbouring valley, Wadi Gabait (Introd. Pl. 1.), an old mining district, the senna-plant was growing in such abundance that the leaf- gathering of this drug is one of the industries of the Arabs. Mr. Bent then entered desert valleys in which everything was dried up, the tufts of grass being as black as if * Geogr. Journ., Oct. 1896, p. 335. > *83 and ’87 in the Sudan. 1888, d xX INTRODUCTION. they had been charred and had not had rain for years; but in one valley to the west of Erba, a favourite nursery for camels, there were masses of Salvadora and a variety of other shrubs. Fine deep gaps occur in the mountain, and in the Wadi Khur (Introd. Pl. I.), on its south side, amid stupendous rocky scenery, the floor of the valley was rich with vegetation, consisting largely of tamarisks and other shrubs. Deep pools of lovely water were present in the lateral gorges, in which grew bulbous plants, rushes, and other water-plants. ‘lhe Wadi Sellal is held in high estimation by the Arabs, by reason of its well and its acacia-trees, but, while Mr. Bent visited it, its charms were hidden by a raging sand-storm. Of the many wadis that penetrate the group the Wadi Ambaia (Introd. Pl. II.) is the most important, as it extends right into the heart of the mountain, and is a pastoral valley, well inhabited, ‘‘a delicious spot amid fantastic boulders, with rich vegetation, and a running stream forming deep green pools among the rocks.” Similar conditions seem to prevail among the surrounding mountains, and, in the Wadi Kukut (Introd. Pl. II.), Mr. Bent visited a pastoral village, where he found women engaged in making butter in skins tied to a tree. The next tract of country to be considered is the region intervening between Dardwi, below Assuan, and the town of Berber. A fair conception can be gained of it from Burckhardt’s account of his journey between these two points. He followed, in reverse order, the route over which Bruce had travelled 50 years before on his return from Abyssinia. Starting from Berber, the route, after the plain that skirts the bank of the Nile has been traversed for a short way, lies across Khor Homar, one of the numerous lines of drainage that run to the Nile from the east. This khor may not now merit its name —‘“ Khor of the Wild Ass,’—as the shrieking and puffing of railway engines have in all likelihood scared the animal away, but in Burckhardt’s day wild asses and gazelles were found in this part of the desert. These khors generally support a few trees, chiefly acacias ; and the plain, eighty-five years ago, was the breeding-place of ostriches, as Burckhardt, on his tedious journey across it, picked up numerous broken pieces of the egg-shells of these birds. It was also frequented by lizards about a foot in length. Passing more wadis, the route crosses the western end of the great Wadi Amur, already mentioned under the account of the Erba mountains, and then reaches some low isolated hills, among which are situated the wells of Bir-el-Nejem, usually choked with sand. Further on, an immense sandy and pebbly plain is traversed until the wild mountain-range of Shikr is entered, rising about 504 métres above the plain. ‘This range consists of huge granite blocks heaped on one another in the wildest confusion, and it forms the watershed between the Nile at Abu Hamed and the Wadi Allaki to the north, the elevation of the Nubian plateau being approximately 450 métres above the sea. Water is found in the Shikr range among the granite blocks, in a winding valley full of dhum-palms, the natural reservoirs being difficult to approach, as they are situated at the end of a narrow passage in a cleft REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT. INTROD. PLATE II. Wadi Ambaia, Erba Mountains. Wadi Kukut, Erba Mountains. PHYSICAL FEATURES. XX1 among the masses of granite. Here Burckhardt observed some pigeons flying about in the neighbourhood of these mgheta. Leaving these mountains, the route lies over a sandy plateau very subject to mirage, and cut up from east to west by numerous wadis in some of which water collects, and in which vegetation is consequently present in the form of shrubs, with good pasturage here and there. One wadi is distinguished by the number of tamarisks (Tamaris nilotica) found in it, and thus, according to Arab fashion, it bears the name of that plant (tarfa), and is known as Wadi Tarfaeh. In the same way, some of the wadis, as has been seen, bear the names of mammals, and, it may be added, that others are named after birds. ‘he vegetation of the Wadi Tarfaeh is not confined, however, to the tamarisk, as the senna-plant and dhum-palm are also present, and, this being so, it is one of the most pleasant wadis met with on the route between Berber and Darawi. Passing over a plain studded with many granite rocks, and crossing other wadis, in some of which dhum-palms afford grateful shade, a mountainous country is passed and more wadis, one of which, the Wadi el Berd, in Burckhardt’s time, was overgrown with trees, and here in the month of March he observed flocks of white birds of the size of geese flying northwards. As this valley is more or less open to the Nile, it gets a cool breeze; hence the term “cold” applied to it by the Arabs. In other valleys beyond, with their beds marked by acacias, gazelles are present. The route continues over coarse uneven ground of sand and stones to the broad Wadi el Tanashi, after which a mountain-ridge is crossed to enter the sandy Wadi Ongat, thickly overgrown with acacias and Cucumis colocynthis. The route then crosses the main western branch of the Wadi Allaki, about 150 métres in breadth, with excellent pasturage and many trees, according to Burckhardt. ‘This wadi is held in high veneration by the Arabs, who, in entering it, salute it with great solemnity, and throw a handful of dhurra on the ground as an offering to the good spirit whom they suppose presides over it. Beyond this branch of the Wadi Allaki, another line of.drainage, the Wadi el Murra, is traversed, possessing a well forty feet deep, but the water is bitter (murra) compared with the sweet water of the Nile. Stony hills are crossed and rocky passages are next met with before the Wadi Nedir is entered, with its numerous acacia-trees, and with its large natural basin, in which rain-water occasionally accumulates. After crossing a sandy plain with isolated granite rocks, ascending and descending a rocky ridge and passing over a wild stony tract of desert, difficult for camels, the wells of Haimar, slightly to the south-west of Korosko, are reached. They are situated on a small sandy plain surrounded by craggy hills. Leaving these wells. behind, the route passes through a rocky mountainous country thickly covered with loose stones, across wadis with the usual sparse vegetation of acacia-trees, over sandy or granite-strewn plains and low mountains, one of the latter with luxuriant pasturage and abundant and excellent food for camels at its base, over more extensive sandstone plains, past high mountains and low hills, through more wadis, some of which are shut in by grotesque granite cliffs of smooth shining rocks of d 2 Xx1i INTRODUCTION. the deepest black, their narrow beds overgrown with acacias, until, after a succession of such scenes, the route ends at Darawi. The whole of this region seemingly derives its water direct from the heavens; springs, if present, being excessively rare. As the Arabs almost never divulge the localities where mgheta occur, except under great pressure, the syenitic character of some of the mountain-ridges traversing this part of the desert leads to the supposition that these natural reservoirs of water are not so rare as the Arabs would lead the traveller to believe, and, consequently, that animal life in this area is not so hard pressed for water as has been generally supposed. ‘he circumstance also that the wadis, in the central portion of the so-called desert, seem nearly in every instance to support a certain amount of vegetation is evidence that the great area throughout its lines of drainage is also characterized by the presence of a fair amount of animal life. The probability is that rcdent life in these valleys is well represented, doubtless by no great diversity of species, but by many individuals. A gazelle is not uncommon, but the species has yet to be determined. ‘The wild sheep, Ovis tragelaphus, is present in the district of Wadi Halfa, but it is evidently now being rapidly extirpated by the introduction among the Arabs of modern arms of precision. The ibex (Capra sinaitica) is also found in all localities suitable to its habits of life, and likewise a species of Hyraa. Howeyer, beyond the record of the occurrence of a few species of Reptiles and Batrachians in the neighbourhood of Wadi Halfa, we are absolutely ignorant of the character of the fauna of this portion of Nubia. ‘The heat experienced over the foregoing tract of country is perhaps as great as in any other part of Africa, and the cold at night and in early morning proportionately so, the diurnal range of temperature being between 5° Cent. and 47° Cent., or even more. It is very rarely visited by storms of rain, but when they do occur they are generally in the form of hurricanes of great intensity, the denuding power they exercise on the desiccated desert being enormous, and the vivifying influence on vegetation magical. The tract of the Nubian desert lying between Abu Hamed! and Korosko is seemingly more sterile than the great region traversed by Burckhardt. Grant ?, who had great experience of desert-travel, crossed it with Speke on their return, in 1863, from Central Africa, and described it as one of the most barren and hottest regions he had ever travelled over; but his journey, it must be borne in mind, was made in the month of May. The sandy and in parts pebble-covered desert plain to the north of Abu Hamed, with its feebly-marked khors and scattered hills, is throughout the greater * Linant de Bellefonds, writing about 1828, says of this place :—‘‘ Sa situation au sud des cataractes, et Ja présence des bois qui les avoisinent rendent cependant le pays relativement pittoresque. . . Les bois sont remplis de singes qui, 4 approche des hommes, s’enfuient dans les doums ou palmiers éyentails.” When Sir S. Raker was at Abu Hamed in 1861, he says the sterile desert extended to the margin of the Nile. * Proc. Roy. Geogr. Suc. 1884, p. 326. PHYSICAL FEATURES. Xxiil part of its extent, in the month of May, practically destitute of vegetation; but Grant saw a few birds and two kinds of lizards, and from the circumstance that the ground was full of burrows of small rodents, the probability is that this plain after rain is not the absolute atmur that Grant supposed it to be. After the route has surmounted the escarpments, it traverses the elevated plateau of Nubian sandstone, and crosses a succession of rocky ridges running parallel with others rising from 122 to 304 métres above the valley, traverses khors, some of them covered with drifted sands, and finally over rocky ground to the wells of Murat in the erystalline mountain known as Jebel Raft, the plateau at this part having an elevation of about 517 métres above the sea. ‘This mountain, as originally pointed out by Linant de Bellefonds, is the site of ancient gold-workings. It is cut up by many ravines, the drainage from which passes through the valley in which the wells are found, and empties itself into the Wadi Kabkaba, which, in its turn, joins the Wadi Allaki. In all of these ravines water is found after rain, and, in the Wadi Suffur, the last- mentioned traveller, in the month of September, met with beautiful green mimosas in flower. Like other mountains to the east, Jebel Raft has not a few natural reservoirs of water in its ravines. There isalso a valley distinguished by the presence of some dhum- palms, distinct from the true dhum-palm of Upper Nubia, and seemingly characteristic of other depressions of the Nubian desert; and associated with these in the bottom of the valley there are a few acacias. It is thus evident that whenever there are groups of mountains of crystalline rocks in this desert, their ravines and wadis always contain a certain amount of vegetation dependent on the rare rainfall, the water of which percolates down into the beds of the valleys and into the wells, and fills the natural reservoirs, which are evidently as numerous in the crystalline mountains of this part of the desert as they are in those to the east. ‘The mountains, however, being lower, and far removed from the influence of the Red Sea, the rainfall is much less. Major Lyons’ mentions that from November 1891 to August 1896 only a few showers fell, but that on these two dates the amount of rain was sufficient to fill the wells in the neighbourhood of Murat. Beyond these wells, wadis and rocky ridges are crossed, and that remarkable expanse of desert sand, the Bahr-Hud-Ab, strewn with spheroidal stones of all sizes up to the size of shot, is traversed, after which the sandy Bahr Belaama, with its isolated conical rocks about 76 métres in height, and its old well in the bed of the valley, conducts the traveller to a gap in the escarpment of the high plateau of Nubian sandstone, through which a gradual descent is made to Korosko. A few acacias are passed on the way, but vegetation throughout is extremely scant. Linant de Bellefonds’s 2 detailed account of the region intervening between Assuan and the Elba group of mountains is of extreme interest. Some distance beyond 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. lili. 1897, p. 360. ? L’Etbaye, 1828. XXIV INTRODUCTION. Assuan, he traversed a country studded over with small, rounded, detached mountains of sandstone and granite, the highest of which rises to about 360 métres above the plain. Here the temperature in the early morning, in the beginning of February, was not more than 5° Centigrade. The route beyond this lay through the valley of Esserba, full of brush-wood and many acacia-trees, all of which were green owing to a recent fall of rain. In this valley there was a Bisharin encampment of eight mat huts. The track continued through rocky ravines with natural reservoirs of water, and everywhere were Bisharin and Ababdeh. The ravine through which his route lay became wide and filled with plants and trees. Here Linant de Bellefonds says :-— “Un boue sauvage, bel animal aux longues soies s’enfuit 4 notre approche, nous lui donnames la chasse inutilement: car il gagna les montagnes avant que nos dromadaires pussent l’atteindre et il se trouva a Vabri de nos balles.” The description of this animal suggests the wild sheep, Ovis tragelaphus, rather than an ibex, which the author calls the “ Capricorne” }. Beyond this was the Wadi Gehetre, cut through rather high mountains of crystalline rocks, where he encamped, as it contained a natural reservoir, which at the time of his visit, 4th February, had been replenished by recent rains. It also yielded plenty of fodder for the camels, and wood to act as fuel to warm the travellers; but the cold at night was so great that the caravan, instead of starting in the morning, had to wait until the benumbed camels had been thawed by the sun. The route continued through a similar country, and passed the old gold-workings of El Seiga, in a valley of that name defined by isolated mountains. Further on, it lay through a frightful undulating desert plain, covered with sandstone and the calcareous detritus of the surrounding hills, granite rocks standing up through the sand. Crossing the mountains it reached the valley Séguel, filled, here and there, with small very green mimosa-trees, and then another valley, where good water was found by digging in the sand. ‘Traversing small hills and winding amid little valleys, with a sparse vegetation. the route arrived at the Wadi Allaki. This great wadi, where Linant de Bellefonds met with it, was a fine wide valley containing plants and shrubs, relatively abundant as far as the mountains which were some distance off. Game, consisting of red partridges, gazelles, and hares, was abundant. As this valley is traced eastwards it becomes narrowed, and at its head is found the site of the ancient gold-mines of Derehib, with the remains of a ruined town and two castles. Linant de Bellefonds visited a number of the wadis that open into Wadi Allaki in the upper part of its course. One of them, confined between small, almost perpendicular, mountains, contained water in its bed, and a variety of trees, some of them very large. At ’ A herd, according to native report, of 13 sheep (Ovis tragelaphus) frequented Semna, 64 kiloms. south of Wadi Halfa, in the summer of 1890. They were supposed to have come from Jebel el Hiss, 96 kiloms. S.W. of the Elba mountains, and to have been driven to the Nile by the drought that prevailed, from 1886-91, in the Atbai district. (Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 85.) REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT INTROD, PLATE III Jebel Shellal, Elba Mountains. Looking towards the Red Sea from Jebel Shellal, Elba Mountains. i : Mi 4 ‘ : 2 % w t » a H mn ; my me at” ow ae ce ee es kp ’ é 1 - \ i mh - ie Oh i i PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXV the bend of the valley there is the conical mountain formed entirely of great blocks of red granite like that found at Assuan, and attaining to an elevation of nearly 400 metres above the valley. He ascended it with great difficulty, and found the view of the desert magnificent. ‘The other valleys, such as Daffetti, seemed to have been similar in character. This country was peopled with gazelles and ostriches !. Having cleared the defiles of Wadi Daffetti, Linant de Bellefonds visited the mountain and valley of Beint el Fegue, the latter filled with clumps of reeds, and at intervals with little stunted trees, dry and black, the abundant dew that fell not being sufficient to counteract the effects of the burning sun. NHereabouts many wild asses occurred, extremely shy, and scenting man from a great distance. ‘They were trapped by the Bisharin Arabs, who used their flesh as food. As Mount Elba, 1243 métres high, was approached the aspect of the country com- pletely changed: the soil became covered with very green mimosa-trees and luxuriant plants, and birds sang in nests of verdure—a grateful sound to Linant de Bellefonds, as since his departure from Assuan, where birds are nearly mute, he had only heard the croaking of ravens. He camped under a superb mimosa, where the borders of the ravine were covered with herbage, and many climbing plants hung down from the trees. He found Jebel Elba to be composed of granite and porphyry, and to be cut up into profound ravines overhung by perpendicular rocks of great height. The height of the five principal peaks varies from 1220 métres to close on 1600 métres above the level of the sea; but, a short way to the south, Jebel Soturba rises to 2100 métres in height. At the base of Mount Elba Linant de Bellefonds met with a valley so full of shrubs that he had to dismount from his camel. The mist on the mountains and on the surrounding country is sometimes very dense and does not clear off until noon. Like the generality of the mountains along the coast, Jebel Elba and the neighbouring mountains are separated from the sea by a maritime plain (Introd. Pl. III.), the grazing-ground of the flocks of the Arabs. This plain at Elba, as at Tokar to the south, and indeed throughout its extent, wherever it is of any breadth, is occasionally enshrouded in clouds of fine sand and dust raised by the strong south- east wind, so much so that it is difficult for man and beast to breathe. On the level country around the mountains the Bisharin find gazelles, wild asses, and ostriches, in the valleys hares, and ibex on the mountains—the animals of prey being Hyena striata, the ‘common wolf” (? Canis anthus), the jackal (C. variegatus), the small fox (C. famelicus), the “large wolf” called by the Bisharin Ose/o, the name by which it is known to the Gallas. Linant de Bellefonds returned to Dardwi by a north-westerly route, along which the 1 Floyer (‘Etude sur le Nord-Etbai,’ 1893) mentions that one of the wadis of this region is called ““ Na’am”’—that is, the Wadi of Ostriches. XXVi INTRODUCTION. country traversed had much the same character as the region between Assuan and Allaki. Schweinfurth’, in his enterprising voyage made thirty-four years ago along the coast of the Red Sea from Kosseir to Suakin and back in a native boat, visited the Elba group of mountains in the month of April and again in July. On the latter occasion he attempted to reach the summit of Jebel Soturba, but was turned back by the Bisharin. The way to the mountains from the sea lay over undulating ground, alternately between sandy watercourses full of shrubs and ridges of basalt, porphyry, and granite. In places he had to tear his way through thorny bushes and sharp- edged boulders. Further on, when he had reached a low chain of hills (about 30 métres high), the sandy plain began to rise considerably, and after marching for an hour and a half he encamped on soft sand and grass. Here heavy dew fell at night. Beyond, he crossed a sandy plain bordered by hills and rich vegetation, but the plants were now half dried up, and, at the beginning of Castle Hill, heights of red granite about 76 metres in altitude were covered to their summits with dried shrubs, and a valley further on was rich in “SSammors trees.” This is only one of a group of mountains each of which is more or less separated from those around it. ‘The double-peaked Jebel Soturba is the mountain that gives its name to the group among the Bisharin. The neighbouring Jebel Alafa is cut into by three great defiles, in which water collects in a number of natural basins among the granite rocks. Schweinfurth, who ascended one of the lesser peaks, states that the flora of this mountain group has exactly the same characters as the flora of Abyssinia, and that the plants on the summit of the peak he climbed were quite distinct from those below. From the highest peak he saw the plain beneath studded with hundreds of thousands of little spots, all acacia-trees. The flora was wonderfully rich considering the rarity of rain. The late Mr. Theodore Bent? also visited the Elba mountains (Introd. Pls. III. & IV.) from the sea, and he describes Jebel Shellal (close on 1220 métres in height) as the most fertile of the group; and in the month of February, immediately after a copious rainfall, he found its slopes beautifully covered with verdure, and a stream issuing from a deep ravine (Introd. Pl. IV.) that ran right into the heart of the mountain, promising an ample supply to the nomads for some months. He concluded, however, that the country around Elba, except after heavy rain, is little better than a desert. To the north of the First Cataract the granitic area on the east bank of the Nile becomes narrowed, but the mountainous character is retained throughout the area to which the term Arabian desert is restricted. This entire region, which rises in a gentle slope from the river to the main range, is cut up on the west of the crystalline ‘ Zeitschr. Ges. Erdk., Berlin, 1865, p. 181 et seq. * Geogr. Journal, Oct. 1896. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT. INTROD. PLATE IV Sifplyon Source of the Shellal Stream, Elba Mountains. Jebel Shindui from Jebel Shellal Elba Mountains. ma é f \ ; vip 4 a A : ” , i oo an i -y & ve ah " : ay v AL) ee adh, , ‘ ; i | i hs ba: , 7 er . + ‘ fae ‘ : } , ar, ; ' = 1 r a . a" ig ' he a ; ies , ' ‘ ‘ . . PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXVll mountains by ravines, deep valleys, and khors, having generally a direction from east to west, enclosing lofty plateaus and terraces ranging from 100 to 700 métres in height, and debouching into the Nile. On the east of the axial range other ravines, valleys, and khors trend down to the tehama and discharge their intermittent floods into the Red Sea, but, in places, the mountain-ridge runs down close to the shore in bold escarpments. A prominent feature of the Arabian desert is the great depression that crosses it between Kenneh and Kosseir, a highway between the Red Sea and the Nile notable from time immemorial, which has been frequently described. Klunzinger has recorded the following reptiles from in and around Kosseir, viz.:—Gymmnodactylus scaber, Ptyo- dactylus hasselqustu, Hemidactylus flaviviridis, H. turcicus, Agama sinaita, Uromastix eqyptius, Acanthodactylus boskianus, Eremias guttulata, E. rubropunctata, Chalcides ocellatus, Zamenis florulentus, Z. ravergieri, and Lytorhynchus diadema. The broad Wadi Arabah, dominated by lofty cliffs, opens into the Gulf of Suez near Ras Zafarana, and is memorable as the site of Prof. Schweinfurth’s discovery of palwozoic rocks’. All of the ravines, wadis, and khors on the western slopes of the crystalline ridge of mountains in the Arabian desert north of Ras Benas at Berenice preserve much the same general characters as those delineated by Linant de Beilefonds as distinctive of the lines of drainage of the Elba group; but this great area has yet to be systematically explored, as it has only been touched at points by a few travellers. Schweinfurth” has described his visit to the imposing five-peaked Jebel Farageh, about 1515 métres in height, the Pentadactyle of the ancients, and at the base of which is a plain covered with an encrustation of salt derived from the sea in storms. ‘The bare summits of this mountain present a remarkable contrast to those of the Elba group, which are clothed to their summits with grass and shrubs. The entire mountain is more or less covered with gigantic blocks of granite, often as large as houses, or with great sheets of granite as smooth as tables, while square jagged masses form dark erottoes that serve as hiding-places for gazelles. There are also deep detiles. Schweinfurth, who attempted, in the month of April, to ascend the highest peak, had to abandon his intention about halfway up, owing to the physical obstacles to be surmounted and to the intense heat. He was, however, rewarded by many interesting plants. This mountain is the southern limit of the distribution of Acacia tortilis. The Tropic of Cancer, with the desert which it crosses, not only separates Farageh geographically from Elba, but also forms the boundary between a large number of plants. The zoology of this area is quite unknown, but when it has been investigated it will be interesting to ascertain whether any of the animal species have corresponding limits set to their distribution ; however, what is known of the forms found along the valley of the Nile does not favour such a supposition. ' Bull. Instit. Egyptien, no. 6 (1885). * Zeitsch. Ges. Erdk. 1865, p. 308. XxXVlll INTRODUCTION. The Wadi Kenneh to the north, which conducts nearly all the western drainage of the ridge between Jebel Gharib and Jebel Kittar to the Nile, leads into a very interesting mountain-region, which may be taken as fairly representative of the Arabian desert. This wadi comes down in a southerly direction, thickly studded in places with acacias, and with other desert plants and shrubs, under which the burrows of many rodents occur. Insects are frequent, and also small birds}. As the Wadi Kenneh enters the hills plants become more numerous, and further up it is joimed by one of its affluents, the Wadi Kittar, which comes down from a mountain of the same name. In some parts of its course the Jatter waddi is rich in mimosa-trees from 6 to 9 métres in height. One of its upper reaches is choked, in places, with great granite blocks, while higher up its bed is filled with gravel and scattered boulders; and here, by scraping aside the gravel, water may be obtained in sufficient quantity to satisfy a few camels and men. Wilkinson 2, who was the first to describe this wadi, mentioned the existence at the head of one of its ravines of a precipitous rock overgrown with hanging water-weeds, down which water dripped slowly. Below were palm-trees and rushes, and a basin which afforded a plentiful supply of excellent water on digging a hole in the gravel with which it was filled. Doubtless many other such natural reservoirs of rain-water are present in this desert, and are well known to the nomadic Arabs, who, however, never reveal their presence unless driven to do so, as they are entirely dependent on them for their supplies of water. In the Wadi Medisa, not far from the Wadi Kittar, there are other large basins of water, and to the north, in a small lateral valley near the Wadi Tarfaeh, and at an elevation of about 800 metres, there is a large very characteristic natural reservoir of which Schweinfurth has given an account and a drawing in his interesting com- munication on this part of the Arabian desert, entitled “La Terra Incognita dell’ Egitto propriamenta detto” °. Animal life is always to be found in the neighbourhood of these reservoirs; and Wilkinson, who knew this desert well, says that, so far from its being destitute of any trace of life, he had the pleasure of seeing gazelles and ibex browsing under Acacia Seyal. My. KB. A. Floyer4, when in the vicinity of the reservoir in Wadi Kittar, found Hyrax syriacus and Capra sinaitica to be common; and mentions that he saw three donkeys, one of them being young, leaping from rock to rock with the agility of goats. He considered them to be domestic animals; but James Burton®, in the beginning of the second decade of this century, had observed the wild ass at Ayd, near Jebel Kenneh, not far to the south of the spot where Mr. Floyer saw his supposed domestic animals, and had called attention to the fact that the Arabs of this part of * Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soe. ix. 1887, p. 670. * Journ. R. Geogr. Soe. ii. 1832, p. 49. ’ Giornale l’Esploratore, anno ui. fase. 4°, 5°, e 6°; and as a separate publication, Milano, 1878. * Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soc. ix. 1887, p. 671. 5 Add. MS. Brit. Mus. 25,666. PHYSICAL FEATURES. Xx1X the Arabian desert let their female donkeys loose to be served by wild males. Gazelles wander over the mountains as well as over the plains, and on the latter and in the wadis hares and other rodents are not uncommon. Ovis tragelaphus is associated with the foregoing animals, as Professor Schweinfurth in 18781 pointed out that it was found in the neighbouring Wadi Shietun, which opens on the Nile, below Akhmin. Dr. Sclater? has quite recently recorded its presence in the Wadi Medisa, on the authority of Mr. E. N. Buxton®. //yrax syriacus occurs in one of the upper reaches of the Wadi Shietun in such great numbers that Professor Schweinfurth has named it the “ Valle di Hyrax.” Natural reservoirs of water are also present in the upper part of this valley. Wilkinson 4, who long ago described the general characters of the mountain masses of Jebel Kittar and Jebel Dukhan, ascended Jebel Gharib, a very bold and striking mountain to the north, overlooking the Gulf of Suez. It attains to an altitude of 1646 métres above the level of the sea, and near its summit he stalked gazelles that had doubtless wandered up the mountain in search of the stray plants which he observed growing every here and there under the shade of projecting stones in the ravines. The following reptiles have been obtained from the plain below Jebel Gharib, viz.:—Stenodactylus elegans, Hemidactylus turcicus, Eremias rubropunctata, Psammophis schokari, Cerastes vipera, and C. cornutus. The rarity of rain over the great mass of the Arabian desert, more especially to the west of the crystalline range of mountains, may be held as entitling that portion of it to be designated a desert, but at the same time it should be borne in mind that it is a region devoid of rain-gauges. When rain does visit it, it generally falls as a steady downpour, particularly severe in the mountainous portion; but in the wadis to the west the floods of water from off the plateaus and terraces rush into them from every side, leaping in waterfalls over their steep banks, scouring out their beds, rushing as cataracts along the rocky channels with irresistible force, carrying before them the uprooted shrubs or burying those that withstand them under heaps of rubble and sand, a mighty disintegrating power with a capacity for work that can only be justly estimated when it is witnessed in action, or by its effects when viewed immediately after action has ceased. As the waddfs are the lines along which animal life is distributed, these floods prove destructive more especially to rodent and to reptilian life. These storms sometimes assume the character of violent hail-storms: one such was experienced by Professor Schweinfurth® on the 12th April, 1864, just outside the tropics, at Wadi Lekhuma, on the coast of the Red Sea, to the north of Berenice, the hail-stones being as large as cherries or pigeons’ eggs; and Professor Schweinfurth states that Dr. Dtimichen, who was staying that day at Thebes, experienced there 1 Terra Incog. &e. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 84. * See also Buxton, ‘ Short Stalks,’ 1898, p. 106. * Journ. Roy. Geogr. Soc. ii. 1832, pp. 28-60. ° Zeitsch. Ges. Erdk., Berlin, 1865. e2 YOK INTRODUCTION. three days of almost incessant rain. In winter, the showers also occasionally fall as snow on the higher mountains, such as Jebel Kittar, covering them with a mantle of white and their sides with a network of streams !. The variations of temperature to which the Arabian desert is subject are very con- siderable, being as much as 30° to 35° Centigrade in the 24 hours, whilst, on the heights, frost is not unfrequent during winter. The cold of the winter months exercises a powerful influence on animal life, rendering many species, more especially reptiles, almost semidormant while it lasts. It is only when the sun fully exercises its sway in the months of summer that reptiles may be said to become possessed of their full vital activity. This is also true, but to a more limited extent, of the smaller mammals. Some of the latter which I have kept in confinement, although they were given every protection in the way of a covering during night, were found in the early morning so utterly benumbed with cold as to give rise to the impression that they wete in a fatal collapse, but when the sun rose, and they were exposed to its heating influence, their powers of life returned to them. I have observed this both in the Insectivora and Rodentia, and, as already stated, even camels, in the early morning, are occasionally so torpid from the benumbing action of the cold, that the hour of departure of a march has to be postponed until they become revivified by the sun. The region on the left bank of the Nile known as the Libyan desert has now briefly to be considered, so as to bring out the conditions under which animal life subsists upon its surface. Its physical features differ considerably from those of the Eastern desert, as it is not traversed by a mountain-ridge, and is consequently devoid of any of the great altitudes met with to the east of the Nile. It is also not cut up into deep transverse valleys and ravines, but forms a great tableland with a gradual, but in places irregular, slope from south to north, and attaining on an average to an altitude of from 250 to 500 metres, although rising in parts to 500 métres above the sea. Depressions of varying size and depth are met with over its surface, some of them not more than a few miles in length and breadth, while others are hundreds of square kilometres in extent. They are all more or less enclosed by bold escarpments resembling those which define the plateau where it skirts the Nile, and in some of them the descent to the oasis is made through labyrinths of fantastic rocks. The floors of these depressions, the sites of the famed oases, lie at various heights, but there is no regularly graduated slope from south to north, as the floor of the oasis at Farafreh (76 metres above the sea) lies at a lower level than that of Dakhel (100 métres), whereas that of Baharieh (114 métres) is somewhat more elevated than that of Dakhel, that is, there is a distinct fall from Dakhel to Farafreh, and a marked rise from the latter to Baharieh, beyond which the land sinks, in the Aradj and Siwah district, to 70 métres and 30 métres below the level of the Mediterranean. ‘The famous Birket-el- * Floyer, Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soc. 1887, p. 678. PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXX1 Qurun, Wadi Raidn, and Wadi Natrun are further examples of depressions. The first, which occupies the deepest part of the Fayum, had its surface-waters, in 1892, 45°30 métres below the level of the sea, but the bed of the lake lies from 5 to 17 metres lower. ‘Lhe second is a bare desert, 40 metres below sea-level, whilst the third is slightly under the level of the Nile at Teraneh. ‘The springs which give rise to the fertility of the more southerly oases derive their supplies of water, according to Zittel, from a water-bearing bed fed by the water that finds its way down to it from Dar-Fur, a region which has a heavy rainfall. Numerous wells, some of them of great depth, once existed, more or less, throughout all the oases, but many have been choked up with sand. The Libyan plateau is studded over, in places, with flat-topped or conical hills, 60 to 80 métres high, the remains of a tableland which formerly had its general surface at the level of their summits, and now and again a low isolated mountain rises from it. This tableland of limestone is covered with sand that either accumulates in the form of drifts in the hollows, or covers large areas with shifting sand-dunes 3 to 5 métres in height, directed from south-east to north-west by the polar winds. ‘his sand, which is so characteristic a feature of this desert and more especially of the great area to the west of the oases, and designated by the members of the Rohlfs Expedition “ Das grosse libysche Sandmeer,” is derived from the denudation of the Nubian sandstones, chiefly brought about by the action of the wind aided by the extremes of heat and cold, and by rare falls of rain. ‘he sand-charged wind has played a powerful ré/e in modifying the Libyan desert, but the nature and extent of its action are questions to be decided by physical geographers. However, from a biological standpoint there can be no doubt that it materially influences the distribution of plants, and thus also affects animal life. The vast plains swept by the winds are practically devoid of plants and animals, and this is markedly the case on the plateau of Nubian sandstone, and amid the huge sand-billows 100 to 150 metres in height, and the intervening wavelets of the great sand-sea which defied the passage of the Rohlfs Expedition. The surface of the desert at midday is, as a rule, much hotter than the air which becomes heated by the amount of caloric reflected from off the soil, be it sand, stones, or rocks. ‘The most uniform temperature is met with in such localities as the “Sandheim,” to the north-west of Dakhel, in the uninterrupted surface of the great sand-sea. Ifa thermometer be sunk into the sand for a depth of from | to 2 centi- métres the temperature of the surface can be ascertained and compared with that of the air; and from the observations made by Jordan in the Dakhel oasis, in the Regenfeld, and in the “Sandheim” it appears that the temperature of the surface sand is, on an average, from 1°3 to 1°8 Cent. higher than that of the atmosphere. In the latter locality, on the 12th February, the temperature of the air at 8 o'clock A.M. rose above that of the sand, but by noon the latter had become heated 2°-4 Cent. in excess of the air. On the stony desert the variations of temperature during the day are Xxxii INTRODUCTION. sometimes enormous. In the early morning it may be —4° Cent., and in the afternoon as much as 57° Cent. Associated with these extremes there is an ever-recurring expansion and contraction of the materials composing the surface of the desert, which in time leads to the complete shattering of pebbles, stones, and rocks. The character of the climate is brought out in the following brief summaries of the itineraries of Cailliaud and other travellers }. Although much can be learned regarding the physical features of the Libyan desert from the writirgs of Browne’ and those of succeeding travellers, the names of Cailliaud, Rohlfs, Zittel, and Jordan stand out promineutly as the most eminent authorities on that remarkable and deeply interesting area of North-eastern Africa. The first? of these distinguished travellers, favoured by the goodwill of Mohammed Ahi, visited, in 1819-20, five of the oases of the Libyan desert, besides the oasis of Siwah, where Boutin had lost his life a few years previously. Rohlfs’s Expedition 4, of which Zittel®, Jordan ®, Acherson’, and Remelé® were members, proceeded to explore the Libyan desert under the auspices of the Khedive Ismail Pasha. leaving Assiut in the latter half of December 1873, and returning to the Nile valley in the end of March of the following year. Browne, on his visit to the oasis of Siwah °, Feb. 1792, followed the coast from Alexandria, only losing sight of the Mediterranean when he struck southwards to reach his destination. The route was generally smooth and sandy, but many spots were marked with verdure that relieved the general aspect of barrenness. In the places where he encamped he usually met with a species of jerboa 1°, a land-tortoise (Testudo leithii), some lizards and serpents, but not in great numbers. Snails, however, were very abundant, attached to the thorny shrubs on which the camels fed. A few hares 1 were observed in the neighbourhood of the springs, and the tracks of antelopes (gazelles) Phys. Geogr. u. Meteorologie der libysche Wiiste. Rohlfs’schen Exped. 1873-74. 1876, pp: 127-128. Browne (W. G.), Travels in Africa, Egypt, and Syria, 1792-98. Cailliand (M. F.), Voyage 4 Méroé et au Fleuve Blanc, 1819-22. 4 vols. 1826. Rohlfs (Gerard), Drei Monate in der libyschen Wiiste. 1875. ” Zittel (Karl A.), Beitraege zur Geologie u. Palaeontologie der libyschen Wiiste, &c. 1883. ° Jordan (W.), op. cit. Acherson (P.), Botanische Zeitung von Dr. Von Barry u. Kraus, 1874, nos. 38-40. Remelé, Photographische Album Rohlfs’schen Hxped. 1876. Since W. G. Browne’s day, Siwah has been visited by many Europeans, e. g. Fv. Hlornemann, 1798 ; Boutin, 18 —?; Belzoni, 1819; Cailliand, 1819-20; Drovetti, 1820; Minutoli, 1820-21, accompanied by Hemprich and Ehrenberg as naturalists, Scholz as orientalist, Gruoe as astronomer; J. R. Pacho, 1826 ; Bayle St. John, 1849; Hamilton, 1856; Rohlfs in 1869, and again in 187+ accompanied by Zittel, Jordan, &e.; Robecchi-Bricchetti, 1886; Weld Blundell, 1894; W. Jennings-Bramly, 1896; Silva White, 1898. * Ehrenberg, on his journey from Siwah to Alexandria, discovered the form known as Scirtomys tetra- dactylus (Licht.). we "’ Ehrenberg recognized the coast hare that he met with on the above route to be Lepus aegyptius. The hedgehog, which also oceurs, he regarded as distinct from Erinaceus auritus. PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXXxlll (?Gazella leptoceros, F. Cuv.) and even those of ostriches were frequently seen. The correctness of this observation regarding the presence of the ostrich in the northern portion of the Libyan desert in the end of last century is verified by Geoffroy St.-Hilaire’, who says, “elle est commune dans les montagnes situées au sud-ouest d’Alexandrie”?. At the same period Ovis tragelaphus existed on the hills to the east of Cairo. Marsa Matru, which lies on the coast to the west of where Browne turned southwards to the oasis of Siwah, has as yet yielded only four species of Reptiles, viz. Tarentola mauritanica, Eumeces schneideri, Chameleon vulgaris, and Zamenis rogersi ; but, when properly investigated, the fauna of the coast-line from Alexandria to Marsa Matru will be found to be, in all likelihood, as far as Reptiles are concerned, a repetition of the littoral fauna of the Delta. After a series of marches along the coast, extending to 75 hours, during which Browne remarks that hardly a day passed without his being incommoded by showers and by cold winds from the north-east or north-west, he came to a copious well, where he watered his camels and proceeded south-west towards Siwah, and, in about three days, reached the oasis of Garah with its fresh water and date-palms, which, a few years later, was visited by Hornemann. ‘The country beyond was a perfect desert, consisting of ‘‘ mountains of sand and barren rock,” succeeded by an extensive sandy plain followed by other low hills and rocks. Between the oasis of Garah and Siwah the soil was completely encrusted with salt °. The oasis of Siwah, which has frequently been described, and quite recently by Robecchi-Bricchetti‘, lies in a depression 25 to 30 métres below the level of the Mediterranean, surrounded more or less by fantastically shaped cliffs, whilst a number of isolated rocky masses stand up from its centre. ‘The dwellings of the inhabitants are built on these eminences, and are so constructed that they assume the appearance of feudal fortresses. ‘These heights once formed part of the surrounding plateau, to the level of which their summits nearly reach. Numerous lakelets and many running fresh- water, mostly thermal, streams are seen on the floor of the oasis, some containing fish, possibly among them the two species, Cyprinodon dispar and C. calcaritanus; other waters are generally brackish, while some springs contain sulphur. Besides groves of date-palms—apricots, figs, olives, peaches, plums, pomegranates, vines, &c. are cultivated, also some cereals. Although Browne complained of the cold of the journey along the coast, he suffered much from the heat of the oasis. As it lies, however, within the influence of the climatic conditions of the Mediterranean, rain is not uncommon in the months of January and February. ‘ Mem. sur I’Egypte, i. (1799-1800), p. 79. * Also once present in Tunisia: Johnston, P.Z.S. 1898, p. 353. * The salt of Siwah was formerly reserved for certain religious ceremonies and was exported to Persia to be used by the Royal household. 4 All Oasi di Giove Ammone, 1890. XXX1V INTRODUCTION. Cailliaud, in his account of his journey from the Fayum to the oasis of Siwah in November and December 1819, describes how in that direction he crossed immense plains where the horizon was lost in sand and without a vestige of vegetation, and how he passed among dunes of moving sand which, in places, so obstructed progress that trenches had to be cut to permit the camels to pass. He spent two days in the depression of the Wadi Raidn, and he describes it as bordered, in his day, with shrubs, acacias, and some palms, so luxuriant in their growth that they conceale him from the Arabs, and permitted him to take his observations unseen ; but this valley is now quite destitute of vegetation!. Beyond Wadi Raian, Cailliaud left the route that had been followed so far by Belzoni? in May 1819, and took a course to the west and some degrees north. He first encountered numerous sand-dunes and springs of brackish water with some herbage, and further on passed over a desert tract, covered with calcareous isolated rocks, and with a chain of hills to the north, the horizon to the south being lost in sands—the cold north wind being so intense that he was glad to avail himself of the shelter of some low hills. The next tract of desert passed over was covered with rounded pebbles, and in the hollows beyond there was a little herbage, then again in places great stretches of sand, with extensive dunes running south to north, due to the prevalence of the polar winds. In the last days of November, amid this sea of sand, he met with a little rain lasting about five minutes. Some marches beyond, over a similar desert, he sighted the eastern continuation of the escarpment of the plateau of Cyrenaica, which, viewed from the south, appears as a chain of mountains extending from the east, away in the distance, towards the west. He visited the basin of Ain Ouara, covered with reeds, shrubs, herbage, and palms, its centre occupied by a lake of saltish water full of reeds highly prized for mat-making. Several wells of sweet water exist here at the base of a sand-hill covered with shrubs. The cold of the morning at 7 A.M. was as low as 6°°8 Cent., but at 3 P.M. it was as much as 28° Cent. An immense plain borders the foregoing escarpment, occasionally broken by sand-dunes, and while crossing the plain some drops of rain fell one day in the afternoon. As the oasis of El Garah was approached a salt plain grooved like a ploughed field was crossed, and afterwards he descried in front of him a fertile valley with palms, acacias, and many herbs. Following this, an elevated desert covered with irregularities was passed over, to a high plateau from which a rapid slope descended to a plain studded with hillocks, but having herbage and shrubs, and, continuing onwards, the palm-groves of the oasis of Siwah became visible. He remained at Siwah from the 10th to the 25th December, and then retraced his steps in an easterly direction to the oasis of Baharich. ‘The eastern portion of the Siwah district, across which Cailliaud and other travellers have passed, * Brown (R. H.), The Fayum and Lake Morris, 1892, p. 5. > Narr.tive cf th» Ope atio:.s and Pecent Discoveries in Heypt and Nubia, 1820. PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXXV has been recently traversed by Mr. Jennings-Bramly!, who characterizes it as a ‘“ low- land” over 4 kilométres in breadth, covered with halfa-grass. Beyond this there is a ereat salt plain ‘broken up into small pools of clear water glistening on beds of crystallized salt as white as snow.’ The following Reptiles have been recorded from the oasis of Siwah, viz. :—Chalcides ocellatus, Zamenis diadema, Cerastes vipera, and Echis carinatus. Doubtless many more species occur, and it is probable that the majority of the more essentially desert forms having a wide range to westward over Northern Africa will be found in the different oases. Leaving the depression of Siwah, the route rises to the summit of the plateau, here only 25 métres above the sea. Cailliaud describes the desert beyond as very peculiar, consisting as it does of a multitude of small projecting rocks which hide everything from view. Further on small hillocks are passed, and then the oasis known as El Aradj is seen lying before the traveller, in a depression 70 métres below the level of the Mediterranean, enclosed almost continuously by the bold lmestone escarpment cf the plateau, excavated by tombs attesting the former presence of permanent inhabitants ; the cliffs surrounding this oasis are described by Rohlfs as perpendicular rocks 91 métres high, of snow-white nummulitic lhmestone presenting fantastic forms. ‘The floor of the oasis in Cailliaud’s time was rich with the foliage of the date-palm, among which he observed some dhum-palms; but in Rohlfs’s day the latter had seemingly disappeared, and recent travellers have remarked that its palm-groves generally are being buried under the advancing sand-drifts. The brackish springs and the vegetation they nourish are the breeding-ground of such multitudes of mosquitoes, that the place is uninhabitable. It is, however, now and again visited by the Arabs because the dates that remain are excellent in quality. Gazelles (Gazella leptoceros) abound around this oasis, and associated with them is the large jackal (Canis anthus), the so-called wolf of Egypt. Cailliaud mentions another ruminant under the name of ‘ daqguar ou beuf sauvage.” He describes it as being as large as a calf, and states that the sands were marked by its footprints. It may possibly have been Bubalis boselaphus. The desert immediately to the east of Aradj, at an elevation of about 35 métres above the sea, is strewn over with: hillocks, and on its barren surface Cailliaud, on the 26th December, experienced two degrees of frost at 7 A.M., while at midday the thermometer had risen only to 19° Cent. ‘The route continues to traverse similar ground until it reaches the margin of the depression of Uttiah, 50 métres below the Mediterranean, with its date-palms, and in which Mr. Jennings-Bramly observed a few night-herons. Leaving this small oasis the route leads on over much the same kind of desert as that between Aradj and Uttiah to the edge of the hollow in which the salt lake of Sittrah lies, 25 métres below the Mediterranean, or even still lower; it is ' Geogr. Journ., Dec. 1897, p. 6C6. 7 XXXVL INTRODUCTION. reached in three marches from the confines of Siwah. This salt lake was first made known to Europeans by Cailliaud, who was also the first to traverse the route which has since been explored by Pacho, Rohlfs, Zittel, Jordan, and other travellers. Rohlfs says that the Sittrah lake is defined on the north by a picturesque rocky chain and on the west and east by reeds; and Cailliaud mentions that on the south side, in his day, there was a great bank of sand with a few date-palms. When Rohlfs visited Sittrah the surface of the lake was covered with ducks and white ibis. About half a mile from its southern end, where the route passes, there is a fresh-water spring at the foot of a date-palm, and some marshy land covered with reeds; but here, as in Aradj, mosquitoes are so numerous that neither man nor beast can endure their attacks, and consequently a camping-ground has to be sought for further to the east, where there is a little herbage for camels. Cailliaud continued on to the oasis of Baharieh; and Jordan, when he separated from Rohlfs at the Sittrah lake, in 1874, followed a route slightly to the north of that taken by the French traveller. As Rohlfs accompanied by Zittel proceeded to the oasis of Farafreh, a knowledge of this part of the Libyan desert is gained by their experiences. Along this route there are great collections of sand, not, however, in the form of continuous dunes, but as confused masses very difficult to cross, and giving rise to great fatigue. In proceeding from the Sittrah lake the route traverses an eastern rounded arm of the sand-sea, 47 métres above sea-level, and then passes over a short western prolongation of the plateau 104 métres high, to descend again to another arm of the sand-sea only 10 métres above the Mediterranean, after which the plateau is once more reached, rising ina gentle slope to the south-east, until at the summit of the escarpment of Farafreh (Introd. Pl. V.) it is elevated 242 métres above the Mediterranean. ‘The distance between the Sittrah lake and Farafreh is accomplished in six marches; only traces of vegetation occur here and there along this route. Cailliaud mentions that, after leaving the Sittrah lake, on his way to Baharieh, scant herbage was found, but after this, at the foot of a long mountain, there was a great extent of sand impregnated with salt, associated with which there was a small collection of saline water which his guide assured him had formerly constituted a part of the Sittrah lake. Beyond this point the desert rises to 47 metres, again falling to 43 métres, and rising once more to $0 métres, followed by a descent to 38 métres, with a high desert escarpment on each side of it. ‘This slight depression is the well- known Bahr-bela-ma, which is bordered by rocks about 20 metres high and partly by slopes and sand-dunes. Zittel states that this valley has nothing in common with a river but the name, and Rohlfs says it is of so little importance that it may hence- forth disappear from the maps. It passes into the nummulitic plain to the east and at last into sand-dunes. As sand is less frequent on this route to Siwah than on that from the Fayum, Cailliaud supposed this was the reason why the ancients preferred it to the the latter. Jordan, when in the neighbourhood of the Bahr-bela-ina (4th March) PLATE V. INTROD REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT. Western Slope of Desert, at Farafreh. Bab el Cailliaud, Oasis of Dakhel. “ : PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXXVI encountered a fall of rain at 10 a.m., lasting about an hour, but so slight that the moisture only penetrated the soil from a half to one centimétre in depth, and a little more rain fell in the evening. He afterwards ascertained that rain had also fallen at Favafreh, on the same forenoon. The part of the desert between Bahr-bela-ma and Baharieh seems to be destitute of vegetable and animal life. Before the escarpment (194 métres) is reached the route passes over rocks and amongst numerous hillocks. Five days are occupied in marching from Sittrah to Baharieh. The descent to this oasis, first visited in modern times by Belzoni, is much less steep than that of the escarpments of Siwah, Farafreh, and Dakhel, being not more than 20 metres in depth. However, after the chief town has been reached, a further descent is made to the springs of the oasis, the approach to which is described by Jordan as the most beautiful he ever beheld, and reminding him of the descent to the oasis of Dakhel. It passes down over deep and large terraces, and around the springs are numerous palm-trees and bushes, and Mr. H. Weld-Blundell !, who has lately visited it, saw olives, oranges, and other fruits, and observed sheep, goats, and cattle. Caillaud experienced great variations of temperature during his visit to the oasis of Baharieh. In the middle of January water froze overnight, and at 8 a.m. the thermo- meter was still only 3° Cent. above freezing, whereas at 3 p.M. it rose as high as 35° Cent. The inhabitants informed the traveller that rain falls every year in January. Lefebvre, in 1828, found Scincus officinalis in the sandy parts of this depression, and the larve of a Salamander in the reedy marshes that occur in the neighbourhood of the springs and elsewhere. From the oasis of Baharieh, Cailliaud proceeded to that of Farafreh, first made known by himself and his fellow-traveller Latorzec. He ascended gradually to the south-western extremity of the former depression, where the route attains an altitude of 134 metres. At this point the escarpment is scaled, and when its summit is gained the surface of the plateau is 193 métres above the sea. ‘The distance between the escarpments of the two oases can be traversed in less than two days. ‘The great inter- vening plain is covered in places with isolated fiat-topped mounds, but, as a rule, it loses itself in the horizon, and, owing to the whiteness of its calcareous scorched surface, the glare of the sun reflected from off it is almost unbearable to the traveller and his camels. It is apparently devoid of life, but whenever the escarpment overlooking the depression of Farafreh is reached, and a slight descent accomplished, the wearied eye is gladdened by the sight of vegetation, which appears only as small points of verdure in the immensity of the desert around these oases. The mammals mentioned by Rohlfs are the inevitable so-called wolf-dog, jackals, fennecs, wild cats, mice, jumping mice, and bats; but beyond this most general statement, no further information is extant regarding the mammals of this oasis, ’ Scottish Geogr. Mag. x. 1894, p. 472; Bull. Soc. Khéd. de Géogr. iv. sér. no. 4, 1895, p. 267. f2 XXXVill INTRODUCTION. which lies in a depression said by the same traveller to embrace an area of at least 2000 square kilom. Of the reptiles absolutely nothing is known, but among birds he enumerates vultures, ravens, sparrows, the reed-warbler, wagtails, quails, swallowsl lapwings, and wild ducks. The products of the soil of this oasis according to Rohlfs are the never-absent date-palms, figs, prickly pears, both sweet and bitter oranges, lemons, olives, pomegranates, mulberries, the locust-tree, apricots, peaches, carraway- seeds, onions, garlic, radishes, turnips, carrots, wheat, oats, rice (sparingly), &c., with a little cotton. Acherson, during his visit to this oasis, collected 92 species of plants. The climate of Farafreh, according to Rohlfs, is more thoroughly desert than that of any of the other oases. The cold at night in winter is great, and the heat in summer is unendurable. According to observations made by the same traveller in December, the temperature fell to —4° one night, and rose only to 20° Cent. at midday; while in the middle of March it was also as low as +2° during night, and did not rise above 23° Cent. in the middle of the day. Slight rain, as in the neighbouring oasis of Baharieh, falls in the months of January and February. The thermal springs of this oasis have a temperature of about 26° Cent., but although they have a metallic taste they afford the best drinking-water of the Libyan desert. Rohlfs’s expedition first approached the oasis of Farafreh from Assiut. They ascended the limestone plateau at Mer, to the north of Assiut, on the 20th December, 1873, where it has an elevation of 96 métres above the sea. They passed over a gravelly desert covered with coarse sand, and between low limestone hills, with Jebe Ismail to their left. On this part of the desert they met with a few plants such as Traganum undatum, Fagonia arabica, Aristida plumosa, Anabasis articulata, Cornulaca monacantha, and a species of Salsola. The desert rises to 118 métres, and, beyond, Xohlfs and his party found some shallow wadis and gravelly ground covered with sand, in places strewn with Nummulites. Vegetation was still represented by such plants as Caroaylon fatidum, Farsetia egyptiaca, Calligonum comosum, Ephedra alata, Aristida plumosa, and A. zittelii. Sand-dunes were afterwards encountered running north and south, and beyond them more vegetation, the desert continuing to rise so that on the 24th December they were at an elevation of 219 métres above the sea. ‘The route was still enlivened by the sight of a few plants of species already mentioned, and after the travellers had passed some low hills they reached, on the 26th December, the watershed between the depression of Farafreh and the Nile, at an elevation of about 280 metres above the Mediterranean. A sparse vegetation was still present, and after descending 42 metres down the plateau, they were astonished to meet with many trees of Acacia Seyal and numerous plants of Francoeuria crispa. 3eyond this there was a slight ascent to the escarpment of the depression which, at the “Png Pass,” was found to be 260 metres above the sea. Between the watershed and the escarpment they met with distinct traces of rain in the low ground and in the hollows in the form of a slimy encrustation several centimétres in thickness. The PHYSICAL FEATURES. XXX1X descent to the first of the fertile spots on this side of the depression is extremely steep and rugged. At the foot an abundance of Alhagi manniferum was met with, along with clumps of tamarisk, Calligonum, and wild palms. No mention has been made of any animal life having been observed by the members of Rohlfs’s expedition along this route, but the comparative abundance of vegetable life evinced by the number of species recorded sanctions the supposition that animal life is equally well represented. The disturbance necessarily created by the passage of a large caravan through the intense and noiseless repose of the desert would scare animals away, and this doubtless largely accounts for the meagre reference to their presence by travellers. Moreover, the winter, as has been before pointed out, is a season of torpidity with reptiles, and, besides, not a few are nocturnal in their habits and have to be specially sought for by turning over stones and by searching carefully in crevices of rocks and at the roots of plants. The desert between Farafreh and Dakhel begins to rise at Bir-Dikker, 95 metres above the sea, and at this point a great zone of sand extends nearly to the northern escarpment of the oasis of Dakhel. In the neighbourhood of Bir-Dikker, Jordan met with Zygophyllum album, Acacia nilotica, Juncus maritimus, tamarisks, isolated date- palms, and some other desert plants; but between this portion of the Farafreh depression to near the Dakhel escarpment he saw no vegetation. However, at the southern end of the zone of sand he found some bushes of Fagonia arabica; and at this part of the plateau, 370 métres above the level of the sea, Rohl fs afterwards observed Anabasis articulata. ‘Vwospecies of Acanthodactylus ', viz. A. boskianus and A. pardalis, were obtained by the Rohlfs Expedition, probably either at Bir-Dikker or to the southward of the sand zone. Cailliaud describes the route as traversing at first a more or less sandy limestone plain, and afterwards a tract of sand many kilométres in length, forming a narrow valley along which it passes. It then ends in another plain strewn with irregularly-shaped little rocks, its surface cut up and waved superficially as if by water flowing towards the north. The summit of this plain is covered with jagged conical hillocks, giving a wild and imposing aspect to the scene and constituting a perfect labyrinth of rocks. The highest part just before the descent is made into the depression of Dakhel lies 445 métres above the level of the sea. From the edge of the escarpment the traveller, for about half an hour, descends through magnificent scenery, between the upper Pass or Bab-el-Jasmund, and the lower Pass or Bab-el-Cailliaud (Introd. Pl. V.), so called by Rohlfs in honour of the French traveller. In these passes, but especially in the lower, sand accumulates in great drifts, very difficult to traverse owing to its loose and shifty character. Sir Archibald Edmonstone and his companions seem to have been the first Europeans who, in modern times, visited this oasis of Dakhel (Introd. Pl. VI.). Their visit took * These two species have been included in the Table of Distribution under Oasis of Dakhel, as they were found in that neighbourhood. xl INTRODUCTION. place in February 1818. They approached it from Assiut, and were nearly five days crossing the desert, which is at first a vast level plain, but as the route advances the desert varies much, and in some places occur hills of considerable magnitude; the sand is rarely deep except when drifted into dunes. The day before Edmonstone reached the oasis he saw “ coveys of partridges” (probably sand-grouse migrating), 70 to 80 miles distant from vegetation of any kind, and he states that lions and tigers! (leopards (3) were said to be not uncommon in his day in the Oasis of Dakhel. Drovetti!, who visited this oasis about the same time as Edmonstone and Cailiiaud, describes the district contiguous to the village of Besendi as well watered by two streams, bordered with very ancient and beautiful trees of Acacia nilovica. The thermal springs of this oasis, some of them impregnated with sulphur and having a temperature of 27° to 36° Cent., may be said to be situated in a great plain about 100 to 110 métres above the sea, and which rises to the west and north-west, and in the former direction from Kasr Dakhel stands an isolated mountain, Jebel Edmon- stone, the name being given by Rohlfs in honour of. the British traveller. It is a prominent object in the landscape, and to the west of it the region of sand begins to show itself. The escarpment (Introd. Pl. VI.) which defines this depression to the north rises in bold cliffs that shelter it somewhat from the cold north winds. ‘Lhree species of reptiles were obtained by the Rohlfs Expedition in this oasis, Varanus griseus, Scineus officinalis, and Cerastes cornutus, and one batrachian, Bufo viridis ; but as the Dakhel oasis abounds in springs and ditches, the moist soil around them being clothed with a variety of verdure, reptilian and batrachian species are probably better represented in it than in any of the other oases. It is rich in vegetation, as Acherson collected more than two hundred species of plants, comprising some Western Saharian forms, but, curiously enough, to the exclusion of the widely spread Plantaga major present in the oases of Farafreh and Khargeh. Rohlfs and his companions, Zittel and Jordan, attempted to penetrate the desert to the west of Dakhel, but when they had reached a point about 450 métres above the level of the sea they were compelled to abandon the attempt by reason of the immense sea of sand-dunes which they encountered. They therefore directed their course to the N.N.W., and proceeded towards the oasis of Siwah along a route previously unexplored. On this journey they had their first experience of a continuous rain in the Libyan desert. It began at 6 a.m. on the 2nd of February and lasted until 2 p.m. on the 4th February ; 16 mm. fell, and the rain penetrated the sand to a depth of 17 em. ‘They afterwards ascertained that nearly quite as much rain had fallen at Dakhel and at Khargeh, but that only a little had been observed at Farafreh, while none had fallen at either Baharich or at Siwah. On account of the rain that had fallen, they named the place Regenfeld. Beyond, the route descends gradually from 450 métres above the sea to 30 métres on the southern escarpment of the oasis of Siwah. ‘heir ' Phillips's New Voy. and Travels, (8) vol. vil. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS OF EGYPT. INTROD. PLATE VI. Oasis of Dakhel, Escarpment of Plateau in the distance. PHYSICAL FEATURES. xh journey from Regenfeld to the oasis was accomplished in twelve marches; but they found much difficulty in travelling, having met with a sand-storm and being exposed to a cold chilly north wind. Vegetation was noticed only at one spot. On their fifth march, at Zittel’s Ammonite hill, which marks a depression 250 métres above the sea, defined to the north by an escarpment 100 m. high, an example of Colopeltis monspessulana, several feet in length, was captured lying in a cleft of rock. Nothing was found in its stomach except sand, but other animal life had been present, as it is stated that the snake fed either on small insects, lizards, mice or jumping mice, and it is added that a few plants were present, especially the grass, Aristida plumosa. In the Regenfeld the temperature at 6 4.M. from the 28th January to the 4th February varied from 2° to 11°9 Cent., and at 2 in the afternoon during the same period from "4 (after rain) to 208 Cent. The rainfall experienced by Rohlfs was, however, quite exceptional. When rain does fall in this part of the desert, it is restricted, as a rule, to the months of January and February, and it generally assumes the form of gentle showers occurring now and again after years of absolute drought. An occasional thunderstorm may very rarely occur at other seasons, attended by a few drops of rain. The oasis of Khargeh was visited by Poncet on his journey from Assiut southwards towards Abyssinia in the closing years of the 17th century, and by Browne a century later. Drovetti, Consul-General of France in Egypt, also passed through Khargeh on his journey to Dongola and Dar-Fur prior to 1818; and Sir Archibald Edmonstone and his companions, after they had visited the Dakhel oasis, proceeded to Khargeh by the usual route across a southward projection of the Libyan plateau to Ain Amur. In June 1818, Cailliaud, after the completion of his observations in the Eastern desert ', was at Esneh preparing for his journey to the oasis of Khargeh. He started on the 26th June, and in the latter part of the same year Drovetti again visited the oasis of Khargeh and passed on to Dakhel. Since their days these oases have been visited by many Europeans, who have published the results of their observations, while others, it is to be regretted, have not done so. ‘Towards the end of June, when Cailliaud reached the plateau, he suffered severely from a scorching south wind, against the full blast of which he traversed an enormous sandy desert, dotted over with little hills. The courage and enthusiasm of the young traveller, however, were soon rewarded by a change in the wind, which veered round to the cooler north. On the fourth day, he passed down a defile and thus began his descent to the depression in which the oasis of Khargeh and its minor oases stud the monotonous, barren, yellow plain like green islands. Along his route he had noticed neither vegetable nor animal life, bat Rohlfs, who, many years afterwards, followed the same route, in the month of March, however, met with nearly the same plants as those with which he had been familiar on his march from Assiut to Farafreh in the month of December. The circumstance that * «Travels in the Oasis of Thebes and in the Deserts East and West of the Thebaid, 1815-1818,’ see Phillips’s New Voy. and Travels, (3) vii. 1822. xhi INTRODUCTION. Cailliaud’s journey was made in June probably accounts for the disappearance of all vegetation, whilst Rohlfs’s visit, besides being made in winter, took place in a year remarkable for its exceptionally heavy rainfall. The oases of the Khargeh depression cover an area 120 kilometres in length. ‘Lhe chief oasis lies 69 métres above the sea. It has the same productions as those of the other oases, and it is especially well supplied with water. Cailliaud affords absolutely no information about its fauna. Hoskins !, who visited Khargeh, in 1835, states that wolves, hyenas, and gazelles found a favourite resort among the rocks of an eminence, surrounded by sand-dunes. on which two convents stood. Some definite information about its reptiles was obtained by the Rohlfs expedition, who found an Agama (? sinaita) and Chalcides ocellatus, to which have to be added Evemias rubropunctata collected by Professor Sickenberger, and Psemmophis schokari from Berys, one of the oases to the south, where it was procured by Major Lyons. It was the latter oasis to which Cailliaud first directed his steps after leaving the small oasis of Hagegeh, situated on rising ground covered with sand, but bearing a few dhum-palms and some date-trees, with orchards, and fields of dhurra irrigated from a spring of fresh water. ‘The village of Berys, on an elevated rock, has near it some copious springs of hot water, varying in temperature from 26°-6 to 32°-2 Cent., one of which, Cailliaud says, issues with such force from the middle of a pond that a person descending into the cavity whence it bubbles forth would be carried away by it. Like all such hot springs in the oases, these are used for irrigation. Cultivation is here carried on under great difficulties, as palisades, made from the stalks of the date-palm, have to be erected as a protection against the steady inroads of the desert sands. Schweinfurth 2, who visited the oasis of Khargeh, in 1874, advanced from Assiut and retraced his steps to the Nile by Girgeh. In his references to the animal life of the oasis, no mention is made of either Reptiles or Batrachians, except a passing allusion to lizards. Although springs, brooks, and ponds abound, he affirms that no fish are present, and that, owing to the damp summer miasma and plagues of midges, it has been found impossible to acclimatize the camel; but, on the other hand, donkeys, sheep, and cattle are easily reared. Schweinfurth found five species of carnivorous Mammalia, animals which he says are almost without exception nocturnal, but by the aid of traps he succeeded in obtaining a great number of them. ‘The species he enumerates are the dog-wolf, the Libyan cat, the dog-hyena (Canis pictus), the jackal, and the Nile fox. ‘The food of the Jast two, he states, consists largely of rodents (viz. Dipus and Grerbillus) and lizards, in which the desert abounds. Locusts, fowls, and domestic pigeons also are plentiful. Besides these, he mentions two species of antelopes of the oasis under the names of Antilope dorcas and A. dame. He 1 ¢ Visit to the Great Oasis of the Libyan Desert,’ by G. A. Hoskins, 1837. 2 Bull. Soc. Geogr. Paris, 1874, 6 sér. vii. p. 627; Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1874, p. 173. PHYSICAL FEATURES. xhil contradicts Edmonstone’s statement about the existence of the lion, which he says is unknown. The temperature and rainfall of this oasis are much the same as in Dakhel. To the east of the oasis of Khargeh, and between it and Assuan, lies the small but little-known oasis of Kurkur. About 500 species of wild and cultivated plants were collected by Acherson in the oases of Farafreh, Dakhel, and Khargeh. The greater proportion of these species have been found to be of Kuropean origin, whereas the majority of the wild and cultivated plants of Egypt are essentially African in their descent. ‘The strong affinity which the flora of the oases presents to that of Europe sanctions the inference which has been put forward in explanation of it, viz., that the area of the Libyan desert in which the depressions lie had been directly continuous with the lands of the Western Mediter- ranean before it had formed part of Egypt. It remains yet to be ascertained whether the fauna of the oases will also favour a similar conclusion. The foregoing relations between the flora of the oases and that of Europe should, however, be kept in view in studying the eastern distribution in North Africa of south-western European species of reptiles, one or more of which have been reported as far east as the Delta, and one species in the south-east even as far as Somaliland. Major Lyons !, who has traversed the portion of the Libyan desert immediately to the south of the oases of Khargeh and Dakhel, describes it as a sandstone plateau falling away towards the north. A few hills rise from the plateau, but they are never more than 61 to 76 métres above its level. ‘The sandy desert of this great region is almost destitute of vegetable and animal life, except in the neighbourhood of some other oases to the south, such as the oasis of Selima on the caravan-route between Assuan and Dar-Fur, and in the Wadi el Kab to the west of Dongola. The former is of no great extent, and lies in an undulating plain, over which low rocks are scattered, and it is surrounded more or less by a low escarpment. Browne rested at this oasis for a day in the month of June, 1793, on his way to Dar-Fur. He describes it as a verdant spot at the foot of a ridge of rocks of no great height, affording the best water along the route, but devoid of vegetation “fit for the support of either man or beast.” Cailliaud, however, in 1822, found tamarisks and date-palms in this small oasis. The Wadi el Kab lies to the west of Dongola. It is a depression below the level of the high Nile, and is shut off from the river by rising ground about 5 to 6 kilom. in breadth, beyond which the land slopes to the west in a succession of terraces for about a distance of 11 to 12 kilom., when the edge of the oasis is reached, defined by low cliffs. It is about 200 kilom. in length, and in some places 8 kilom. in breadth. It is plentifully supplied with water, as there are numerous springs and sheets of water, and consequently there are groves of date-palms and other trees and sufficient pasturage to support the flocks of the Kababish Arabs who frequent it. Its southern end lies within the extreme northern limit of the area of periodical rains. ? Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. ]. 1894, p. 531. xliv INTRODUCTION. Owing to its fertility and geographical position, an investigation of its fauna would probably yield interesting results. Before leaving the oases of the Libyan desert, the Fayum and the Wadi el Natrun require to be noticed. ‘The first of these depressions is surrounded by the desert, except at the point where the Bahr Yusuf enters it, but the interspace is so narrow, being not more than four to twelve kilometres in breadth, and the intervening heights are so low, that the Fayum may be considered as a part of Egypt proper, so far as its zoology is concerned ; and, in connection with this, the Fayum is interesting as being the northern limit to the distribution of the egg-eating snake, Dasypeltis scabra. It is in no sense isolated from the valley of the Nile, as the course of the Bahr Yusuf is marked by cultivation linking its fields with those of the Nile. The valley of the seven or eight permanent Natron lakes, visited by Browne in May 1792, and seven years later described by Andréossy!, is separated from the Nile by a shingly desert about 39 kilom. in breadth. It is usually approached from near Teraneh, and when the road reaches the low-level summit of the undulating plateau which slightly ascends towards the west, it at last begins to descend to the ridge of the valley which is of no great height. ‘The depression in which these lakes, ponds, and shallow morasses are situated is supposed to lie below the level of the Nile. It is 36 kilom. long and is about 12 kilom. in its broadest part, but the actual plain, which is more or less covered with low isolated hills and banks of sand, is much narrower. The water in the shallow basins begins to rise towards the end of September, and continues to do so until the end of December, but in summer many of the smaller basins completely dry up. During the foregoing period the water oozes up on the eastern side of the valley and flows down to the basins in blood-coloured streams due to the presence of some minute organisms. , ravergiert (Ménétr.), var. nummifer, La Coulouvre aux raies paralléles, pl. viii. = diadema (Schl.). [ Reuss. figs. 1 & V. * Giornale delle Osservaz. fatte ne’ Viagei in Egitto &c. (1841-43) (posthumous). h2 liy INTRODUCTION. Coulouwvre, Suppl. pl. iv. fig. 2 (1813). = Tarbophis savignyi, Blgr. es Suppl. pl. v. fig. 1 (1812). = 5 obtusus (Reuss). Coluber insignitus, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. = Celopeltis monspessulana (Hermann). 3 35 pl. vil. fig. 6. = 99 moilensis (Reuss). » eucullatus, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. = Macroprotodon cucullatus (Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil.). Vipere Haje, part., pl. vii. fig. 3. = Naja nigricollis, Reinh. Scythale pyramidum, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. = EHchis carinatus (Schn.). Rana esculenta (uon Linn.), Aud. = Rana mascareniensis, Dum. & Bibr. Hyla savignyi, Aud. = Hyla arborea, var. savignyi, Blgr. About 1829, Alexandre Lefébyre!, a zealous entomologist, one of the many Europeans who entered the service of Mohammed Ali, discovered the larva of a ‘Triton in the oasis of Baharieh. In 1834, Reuss? described many of the reptiles that had been collected by Riippell, and gave names to other species figured in the ‘ Description de Egypte.’ Riippell *, between 1835 and 1840, recorded Testudo sulcata=T. calcarata from Dongola, Sennaar, and Kordofan. In 1836, Duméril and Bibron 4 mentioned that the Paris Museum possessed specimens of Gymnodactylus scaber, Heyden, from Egypt, collected by Rtippell. In the following year, the same authors ° recorded the presence in Egypt of Uromastix ornatus, Heyden, the specimens having been obtained by M. Botta, a travelling natu- ralist in the employment of the Paris Museum ®. The type of this species is erroneously stated by Duméril and Bibron to have been found in North Africa, whereas Heyden was most explicit in mentioning that it was collected by Ruppell at Mohila, on the Arabian coast of the Red Sea. J. E. Gray’, in 1842, described as new a number of Egyptian reptiles presented to the British Museum; but all of them were referable to species already known. The only species of Glauconia as yet known to exist between the Mediterranean and Wadi Halfa was described by Duméril and Bibron, in 18445, from a specimen found at Cairo, preserved in the Strassburg Museum, and named by them Stenostoma cairi. In the same volume, they also pointed out the presence of Python sebew (Gmel.) in the region of the White Nile, where it was obtained by M. d’Arnaud °. > Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (2) 1836, p. 312. Lefébyre died at Sennaar in the commencement of 1840. 7 Mus. Senck. i. 1834, * Neue Wirbelth. von Abyss. 1835-40, * Erpét. Gén, iii. 1836. ° Op. cit. iv. 1837. ° It is quite possible that Duméril and Bibron may have used the term Egypt in a loose sense, and may have included the Sinaitic Peninsula, as it formed in their day a part of political Egypt. * Zool. Misc., March 1842, * Erpét. Gén. vi. 1844, ° M. d’Arnaud, in 1838, was sent by Mohammed Ali to analyse the auriferous lands at Fazakol, and, in 1840, he went as a member of a scientific expedition to the Blue Nile, under the leadership of M. Selim, a Turkish officer of Marine. He made extensive collections of natural history objects, but on his return journey they were all lost at the Fourth Cataract, with the exception of that portion of them that had been forwarded by land. (Bull. Soc. Geogr.) ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. lv J. E. Gray 1, in 1845, recorded Agama colonorum (non Daud.), Gray,=A. spinosa, Gray, from Egypt, the specimens having been collected by Wilkinson and Burton. In the same year as Gray’s Catalogue appeared, Riippell published his Catalogue of the Reptiles in the Senckenbergian Museum at Frankfort 2, the species enumerated having been chiefly collected by himself. Among the vipers we have the first instance of the presence of Bitis arietans in Kordofan. A. Duméril ? (1851) recorded the presence of Sternothewrus adansonii (Schweigger) and Cryptopus senegalensis=Cyclanorbis senegalensis (D. & B.) in the White Nile, where they were collected by d’Arnaud; and the existence of Chameleon calyptratus, A. Dum., in the region of the Nile, whence it had been obtained by Botta. Rhachiodon abyssinicus, D. & B.,=Dasypeltis scabra (Linn.), was mentioned for the first time from the Nile Valley in 18544. The specimen was found by d’Arnaud on his expedition to the White Nile. Ulrich Jasper Seetzen®, the distinguished traveller, visited Lower Egypt and the Fayum, in 1809. He had apparently interested himself in the Reptilian and Batrachian fauna of the country, as the posthumous account of his travels that appeared, in 1855, mentions about ten species of snakes and two batrachians, chiefly under their native names, but unaccompanied by any exact description. Dr. Giinther ®, in 1858, enumerated seven species of snakes from Egypt, collected by Wilkinson and Burton, and a specimen of Psammophis schokari, Forskal, obtained by A. Lefebvre, but which he did not recognize as distinct from P. sibilans (Linn.). He likewise, in the same year’, recorded the presence of a new genus (Hemisus, Gthr.) of the Engystomatide in Kordofan—the H. sudanense (Steindach.). In 1860, Jan® figured a Glauconia from Sennaar under the name of Stenostoma macrorhynchum= G. macrorhynchus (Jan). Peters ° published, in 1862, a list of reptiles collected between Wadi Halfa and Sennaar by-Baron de Barnim and Dr. Hartmann and some others from “ Egypt.” The following were new to the Nile Valley :— Pelomedusa gehafie, Riippell. = Pelomedusa galeata (Schoepff). ? Agama colonorum, Daud. — Agama savignyi, nou D. & B. = Agama hartmanni, Peters. Gerrhosaurus flavigularis, Wiegm. Lytorhynchus diadema, Dum. & Bibr. Crotaphopeltis rufescens, Boie. = Leptodira hotambeia (Laur.). Heterophis resimus, Peters. = Causus resimus (Peters). Cystognathus senegalensis, D. & B. = Cassina senegalensis (D. & B.). 1 Cat. Liz. B.M. 1845. * Mus. Senck. iii. 1845. * Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851. + Dum. & Bibr. vii. pl. i. ° Reisen durch Syrien, Pal. &c., 3 yols., 1853. * Cat. Col. Snakes B. M. * Cat. Batr. Sal. B. M. 1858, p. 47. * Icon. Gén. 1 livr. Dec. 1860, pls. v. & vi. fig. 12; Arch. Zool., Anat. e Fisiol. i. 1862, p. 190. * Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271. lyi INTRODUCTION. Strauch 4, in his account of the Reptilian fauna of Algeria, recorded Seps chalcides, Bonap.= Chaleides tridactylus, Laur., as an Egyptian lizard, but the evidence as to the existence of this species in Egypt is as yet inconclusive. In 1863, Jan 2 indicated a snake as Coronella austriaca, Laur., var. egyptiaca, thus implying that it came from Egypt. This is, however, so extremely improbable that it must be attributed to an error of locality. In the same year, Peters * recorded the presence of Tropidonotus tessellatus (Laut.) in Egypt. Dr. Steindachner, in 18674, mentioned the occurrence of a frog in Kordofan, which he named Pyaicephalus cordofanus=Rana cordofana (Steindach.). The late Professor Cope described, in 1868 5a new chameleon from Nubia, which he named C. basiliscus. An example of this species from Egypt had been presented to the British Museum by James Burton between 1824-30, but Dr. Gray had regarded it as C. vulgaris. Peters, in 1869°, recognized that the Agamoid lizard from Dongola, which he had at first identified with Agama savignyi, D. & B., was a new species, and named it A. hartmanni. In the same year, he described a small gecko from Sennaar, under the name Gymnodactylus steudneri, Peters,=Tropiocolotes steudneri (Peters). The viper V. lebetina was stated by Strauch in 18697 to be represented in the Berlin Museum by an Egyptian specimen; but by the courtesy of Dr. Tornier Iam enabled to state that no such example is present at Berlin, where there is, however, a specimen labelled from North Africa. Gray §, in his short account of the few reptiles collected on Petherick’s journey, described a chameleon, which he named C. le@vigatus, Gray,=C. senegalensis, Daud., from 805 kilom. to the south of Khartum. Strauch °, in his monograph of the snakes of Russia, mentions Coronella austriaca, Laur., as an Egyptian snake on the erroneous statement made by Jan; and also Coluber quadrilineatus, Pallas=C. situla, Linn., on the authority of the ‘ List of Animals living in the Zoological Gardens, London’ ?°, His retention of Vipera ammodytes (Linn.) as a member of the fauna of Egypt rests solely on a statement by Pliny quoted by Solinus, who lived about a.p. 238. ' Mem. Ac. St. Pétersb. vii. iv. no. 7 (1862). * Arch. Zool., Anat. e Fisiol. ti. 1863, fase. ii. p. 238. * Mon. Berl. Ak. 1863. * Reise Freg. Novara, Amph. 1867, p. 8. * Proc. Ac. Nat. Philad. 1868, p. 316. ° Mon, Berl. Ak. 1869. * Mem. Ae. St. Pétersb. vii. xiv. 1869, no. 6. * Travels in Central Africa, &c., 1869, Append. vol. 11. Mém. Ac. St. Petersb. vii. xxi. no. 4 (1878). © 4th ed. 1866, p. 991. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. lvii A few well-known species of Reptiles, and one Batrachian, were collected, in 1874, by Rohlfs and Acherson on their Expedition to the Libyan desert, and were enumerated by Peters! in the same year. Gasco, in the account of his journey to Egypt in company of his friend Panceri 2, gave a list of the Reptiles they collected, amounting in all to 48 species. He recorded the presence of Gymnodactylus flavipunctatus (Rippell)=Pristurus flavipunctatus, Rippell, in the Sudan, and added Vasypeltis scabra (Linn.) to the fauna of Egypt proper. He mentioned that he had obtained 7ropidosaurus algira, Fitz.,=Psammo- dromus algirus (Linn.), in the neighbourhood of Alexandria, and also Seps chalcides, Bonap.,=Chalcides tridactylus, Laur., in the vicinity of the same city. The presence, however, of these two species in the littoral of Egypt has yet to be verified by a competent herpetologist. C. B. Klunzinger *, in 1878, published a list of a few reptiles from Kosseir collected during his residence at that town, where he found that widely-distributed gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis, Heyden. The presence of a Salamander in the neighbourhood of Alexandria was pointed out in 1882, by Mr. G. A. Boulenger* on the authority of M. Lataste, who received some larve from the collection of the late M. Letourneux, said to have been obtained in the foregoing locality. The late Dr. F. Miiller®, of Basel, recorded, in 1882, the presence of Rana esculenta, Linn., in Egypt. The small snake Oligodon melanocephalus (Jan), found in Syria and in the Sinaitic Peninsula, was received, in 1885, from Cairo by Dr. F. Miiller of Basel °. ‘ Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde, 1874, p. 66. As so little is known of the Libyan desert, and as the species collected by Rohlfs and Acherson serve to throw some light on the character of its fauna, they are here enumerated, with the localities in which they were found, and to them I have added Celopeltis monspes- sulana (Hermann), incidentally mentioned by Roblfs in his work entitled ‘ Drei Monate in der libyschen Wiiste,’ p. 169 :— Stenodactylus guttatus, Cuv. Desert, Marak. = Stenodactylus elegans (Fitz.). Agama sinaita, Heyden. Ain-Amur, Khbargeh. =? Agama sinaita, Heyden. Acanthodactylus savignyi, D. & B. Desert between | =9 / ranTRGsS (ALA Rah PRIDE ? Acanthodactylus pardalis (Licht.). Acanthodactylus boskianus (Daud.). Ditto. Monitor (Psammosaurus) griseus (Daud.). Dakhel. = Varanus griseus (Daud.). Scincus officinalis, Laur. Dakhel. Gongylus ocellatus, Forsk. Khargeh. = Chaleides ocellatus (Forsk.). Ceelopeltis insignitus. Regenfeld. = Celopeltis monspessulona (Herm.). Vipera cornuta, L. Dakhel. = Cerastes cornutus (Hasselq. & Linn.). Bufo viridis, Laur. 5 * Viaggio in Hgitto, 1876, pt. ii. * Zeitsch. Ges. Erdk. Berl. xiii. 1878. “ Cat. Batr. Grad. B. M. 1882, p. 106. * Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882, p. 129. * Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1885, p. 678. lvili - INTRODUCTION. Mr. Boulenger, in 1887 1, mentioned incidentally that Professor Strauch had informed him that Scincus fasciatus=Scincopus fasciatus, Peters, occurred at Khartum. Strauch 2, in his memoir of the Geckonide, described a new genus from Egypt which he named Bunopus, and designated the species B. blanfordit. Lataste, in 1887, recognized a new genus of Elapine snake in a specimen that had been forwarded to him from Cairo by Dr. Walter Innes, who had purchased it from a snake-catcher, along with one or two other examples of the same serpent. This new genus he named Walterinnesia after its discoverer, and called the species egyptia on the assumption that it was an Egyptian snake. Mr. Boulenger, in 1892%, described a new snake from Sennaar which had been regarded by Miiller, of Basel, as a variety of Eryx jaculus (Hasselq. & Linn.), and named it Gongylophis muellert, Blgr.,= Eryx muelleri, Blgr. The same author* recorded Zamenis rhodorhachis, Jan, as an Egyptian species, one of the specimens in the British Museum having been obtained from Egypt so long ago as Wilkinson’s day. In the same volume in which the foregoing species appeared, Lytorhynchus diadema (Dum. & Bibr.) also occurs as a snake found in Lower Egypt, the specimens having been obtained by me at Gizeh and Abu Roash. In 1893 5, I described a species of Zamenis from Lower Egypt under the name of Z. rogersi, and, on the same occasion, indicated a new species of toad, Bufo pentoni, from the Suakin district. The second report on the additions to the collection of lizards in the British Museum by Mr. Boulenger was published in 1894°% In it one species new to the fauna of the Nile Valley in Lower Egypt is mentioned, viz. Tropiocolotes tripolitanus, Peters, the specimens recorded having been found by me at Gizeh. Another species new to the fauna of North-east Africa is also recorded, viz. Chalcides delishi, Lataste, which I found to be common at Suakin. In a preliminary list of the Reptiles and Batrachians of Egypt published in 1896 ‘, the following lizards were added to the fauna of Suakin, viz. Tarentola ephippiata, O’Shaughn., Latastia longicaudata (Reuss), Eremias mucronata (Blanf.), and Chame- leon basiliscus, Cope; whilst the presence of the last named in the Delta of the Nile Valley, along with C. vulgaris (Linn.), was established. In the same list, Testudo cbera, Pallas, was indicated as being possibly present in the Sudan. 1 Cat. Jiz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 390. * Mem. Ac. St. Pétersb. vil. xxxy. no. 2 (1857). > Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) ix. 1892, p. 74. “ Cat. Snakes B. M. i. 1893. * Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xii. Dec. 1893. ° Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, * Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, SYSTEMATIC TINIE) ON CONAN WS. REPTILIA. Order I. EMYDOSAURIA. Fam. I. CROCODILIDA. Page il, Crrogoakilns, Jets oocosovsdnceunsGs000 Il, MIOMENE, AMI oo00000000000000 > Io Order II. CHELONIA. Suborder THECOPHORA. Fam. I. TESTUDINIDA. Die Mest dos eicniseccesveratecctemtarsiavcr sieves ons 28 I, Nanda; COOFOEP oo606000000000000 28 Fam. Il. TRIONYCHIDZ. Ilo AMOR, COiP0000bcHb00000000b00000 32 1. triunguis (Forskdl) .........+.... 32 Order III. SQUAMATA. Suborder I. LACERTILIA. Fam. I. GECKONID, il, Sramoukvomlms, JOG soceo0080000000000 35 il, Glesems, JHE cbecoccxc0K00bb0 0000 42 B, josie, AWC oocosconcvccc000 60 45 2, Ubu MOCO OWE, JAAS 5a 00c0000000000000 47 i tripolitanus, Peters). )-.-+ 9. -- - 47 Qesteudnerit (eters) ssc cece de ae 48 Bi IAIN ONS, Jif ocoocsnoacacso0de0s 50 i. blantordi, Strauch .......-.....- 50 4. Gymnodactylus, Spia ................ 54 I, sealuarUZ@uED) sococodooocaog0n 54 Da PristhuTusy Lwppelliy. cia). )elel\scee) ele) ol 56 1. flavipunctatus, Ritppell............ 56 Page 6. Ptyodactylus (Cuv.), Gray.............. 60 1. hasselquistii (Donndorf?) .......... 62 Var. oudrii (Latuste) ..........-- 68 Var. ragazzi, Anders. ............ 69 “if Vlenmalyety ls, Cit 1000000000000000000 77 1. flaviviridis, Riippell .............. OO PL WHOS) (VAIO) oocegnnc0s0000000 80 Var. sinaita (Bigr.) ...........- 83 Sl, WMO, CR) >oo0e000s000b000n00000 86 il, apie (We) coce0000800000 86 2. ephippiata, O'Shaughn........+.+-- 88 3. annularis (Js. Geoffr. St.-Hil.) ...... 89 Fam. Il. AGAMIDA. Il, Aen, Dimi oobocc0sean80000000000 92 1. mutabilis, Merrem ............-- 94 DB, jolie, JHA Go0000000000000000 100 Bh Gave. JCD oo 00b00%¢000000000 106 4, flavimaculata, Riippell ............ 110 5. spinosa, Gray............5--- +e 114 Gaphartmanmniee letersi ercnaeeilenyerenelnen: 119 To SOM CARD) coccosncocd00cupcs 122 OD, Wiromnnsine<, WORD sooccG00d0 0600000 126 1, Wels, JAAN oo cach oooagenb0000 127 Py OHANWS, Je(AWAecocc0ccb0G0s80060 128 3. egyptius (Hasselg. § Linn.) ........ 129 4, acanthinurus, Bell .............- 131 Fam. II]. VARANIDZ. Ile Wermimne, GRR ocaencacccacsoudo0Ke 133 I, Ganteng (UDA) oc5ccso0cc00 005006 134 2. ocellatus, Heyden ...........----- 138 3. niloticus (Hasselq. §' Linn.) ........ 140 Ix SYSTEMATIC TABLE OF CONTENTS. Fam. IV. LACERTID. Page ISLC R se rego ooda banded SodcuanS 143 1, longicaudata (Reuss) .............- 143 2. Acanthodactylus, Wiegm............... 147 Il, |nosliatmme: C2eatth)\.o50000000¢000000 148 2, peal, CHM) 5000000000000000 151 3. scutellatus|((Aud:))...22.----...0.. 161 Sh IEMA, WAH coooccoocD0090GuDDDO 169 1. mucronata (Blanf.) ............-. 169 PX, farinallyiy (ULdaim) cooos50050000000 174 3. rubropunctata (Licht.) ........++.. 183 Fam. V. SCINCIDZ. Il, Wiblonie, J8025 6 a6 coao0c80ag000 00000006 187 1. quinqueteeniata (Licht.) .......... 187 2, WAU (CHAE) coaocaccn0ce000000 193 2, IWiwAeCHS, VWVOGPs odo0ecccssn000000000 196 lemschneiderin (acd) ieerraierae erin 196 Bh OMG NIE JAAR coobesove00000000000 200 Il, TAREE, JAAS 5 occ po 00 00000000 201 AMISCINCUS PU GUT ner ieter are tooter 204 Il, OuommAllig, ILS paocoacoda0c0000 205 5}, Olnnltoidles, Umum, sac0ca00na0aaGc00000 208 1. ocellatus (Morsk@l) ...........45. 210 2. sepoides)| (CAud.) iiss lief eine (220 3. delislii (Lataste)...........+...... 2238 Suborder Il. RHIPTOGLOSSA. Fam. 1. CHAMASLEONTIDZ. il, Chameleon, Jai, soooncccvsoso00000 Lae ll, Gules, Ded, oococcscocs0 bc vce 2S) 2. calyptratus, A. Dum. ............ 228 Sy MEWS, ClRG cocoodoacc000n0G00 230 Suborder III. OPHIDIA. Fam. 1. GLAUCONIID&. il, Glimcont, CRO cacscoossosecosoc00c Aa ile (Gabel CDoipa GP EWU) g0cdde 00000006 2338 Fam. Il. BOID. Subfam. I. Boinx. Is Wines JIG oeooogdd5000ddddano000KC 236 ls WoeNOIe, JAE coocoostunbed00e 236 2. jaculus (Hasselq. 5 Linn.) . 240 Fam. ITI]. COLUBRID. Series A. Aglypha. Subfam. I. Coruprin2. Page 1. Tropidonotus, Kuhl ..............+..- 245 1. tessellatus (Laur.)..........008- .. 246 M, eyes, VVEGUGP 0000 0000000000000000 248 1. gemonensis (Lawr.) ......+-.00055 248 2, Calalliin, (HZ) soocccoabonaccececcd Zl) Bh MACClOANINS, MAD ogcoascadovc000n 252 GL, oes, CF ooosacaneddoadaGcd 254 5. florulentus (Is. Geoff. St.-Hil.) .... 266 6. ravergieri (M/énétr.), var. nummifer (CERES) soocoocdonccc000000000 260 7. diadema (Schlegel) .......-...0000- 267 3. Lytorhynchus, Peters ...........0045-- 271 1. diadema (Dum. 5; Bibr.) .......... 271 AS Coluberslinn- once recteicreeralte 274 il, Gil, JAG, cococnc0900000000000 274 5, Ollicgoilayn, BOE ooasievascvndc0dcc0000¢ 277 1. melanocephalus (Jan) ...........- 277 Subfam. II. RuacHroponrin &. 6. Dasypeltis, Wagler ................-- 278 ily SCA CAMMs)) ooocoosov0c%00na00 278 Series B. Opisthoglypha. Subfam. III. DirsapomorPHina. %. Warbophis, Mleischm. 5.2... +02 ve 281 il, Goimlemya, Tihs cosocoscccos0000ns AY 22, OOUMUGNS (CHAISS)) 500660000008000000 283 85) Coelopeltiss Wag ler ya mmtalectee rely rielrl= 288 1. monspessulana (Hermann) ........ 288 2. moilensis (Meuss) ......-......... 292 Gh, LATO NI, JED oo GoccoDbdDOObODOE 295 1. schokari (Morsk@l) ................ 295 PD, Hoyplkins CL) oovnc0cdco00000000 302 10. Macroprotodon, Gwich. .......+...05 308 1. cucullatus (Js. Geoff. St.-Hil.) ...... 308 Series C. Proteroglypha. Subfam. IV. Exapina. Til, ING» Joa 30000000000006000000000¢ 312 1. haje(Hasselg: dy Inun.) - 2.2... 312 2. nigricollis, Reinhardt .......+..4- 322 12. Walterinnesia, Lataste ................ 324 1. wepyptia, Lataste ............--.. 324 SYSTEMATIC TABLE OF CONTENTS. 1x1 Fam. IV. VIPERID. Series B. Arcifera. Subfain. I. Virprine. Fam. Il. BUFONID. Page Page 1. Cerastes, Wagler «0.0.1.2. 2-0 eevee 326 I Bato; Laun. sae. one eee eee eee 350 1. vipera (Hasselg. f& Linn.) .......... 327 UG vitidiswiilcuic eee eee ee 350 2. cornutus (Hasselg. § Linn.) ...... 330 Ay IRE aMIEMTS IBS o.oo 0000000000n0000 353 Me, INOW GRAD odoodsopsasooouoason0es 336 Be panko, Ads coacoacccacencer 355 1. carinatus (Schneider).............. 336 Fam. III. HYLIDA. HRTIERGELUD, ilnel s yl EN! Ohi eeeeioioercieemnicepiciad crciecs a aclon 3 5 Order I. ELAUDATA. 1. arborea, Linn., var. savignyi, Blgr. .. 357 Suborder I. PHANEROGLOSSA. Series A. Firmisternia. Fam. I. RANID. Order II. CAUDATA. PRAT APES UI Tansy ye neieReeneterolia auaier sresetchleGcvers 345 Fam. I. SALAMANDRIDA. Il, Goulet, JEAPoo 6600 000000000000 345 Species ignote. 2. mascareniensis, Dum. g Bibr. ...... 346 iz By an unfortunate oversight I omitted to state, in the Preface, that all the Plates of this Volume have been printed by Messrs. Mintern Brothers, The excellence of their work is attested by the Plates themselves. Insert between pages Ixii & 1xiii, Ixiii ESTO PR ANIDE}S: CROCODILUS NILOTICUS ...........- TESTUDO LEITHII UPTON YG TRIUNGUISH eerie ier STENODACTYLUS ELEGANS .......... STENODACTYLUS PETRII ............ TROPIOCOLOTES STEUDNERI.......... TROPIOCOLOTES TRIPOLITANUS ...... PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS .. ..... GYMNODACTYLUS SCABER .......... HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS .......... HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS, var. SINAITA. HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS PryopactyLus HASSELQUISTII . a0 PryopacTyLus HASSELQUISTIIT ...... PryopacryLus HASSELQUISTII, var. OUD ERT re ih--halloteien-rorera a weet eee Pryopacryius HASSELQUISTII, var. LYMEUWHAL oooo09ag0000 sie) ele elie) = sees TARENTOLA MAURITANICA .......... TARENTOLA ANNULARIS ............ AGAMA MUTABILIS .......... VAI CUAINUAG STINVAVTVAY Fey Ey ietsitco\/e¥si(etepecsiey cust Plate I. Plate IT. Plate III. Plate IV. ” ” 0 ” ” ” 9 ” Plate V. re) ” 9 ” ” ” Plate VI. Plate VII. ” ” ” 2” Plate VIII. thy ” Plate IX. Plate X. ” ” Plate XI. URoMASTIX OCELLATUS.......... Plate XII. UROMASTIX ORNATUS .......... Plate XIII. UROMASTIX HZGYPTIUS ...... .... Plate XIV. UROMASTIX ACANTHINURUS ...... Plate XV. VARANUS GRISEUS........ alse Plate XV1. VARANUS OCELLATUS ....... ... Plate XVII. VARANUS NILOTICUS ...... ...... Plate XVIII. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA ........ Plate XIX. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS.... Plate XX. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS .... Plate XXI. ACANTHODACTYLUS SCUTELLATUS.. Plate XXII. EREMIAS MUCRONATA .......... Plate XXIII. EREMIAS GUTTULATA...........2 99 5 EREMIAS RUBROPUNCTATA ...... ” ” MABUIA QUINQUETENIATA ...... Plate XXIV. WONTON AUN Soogooeasoucde | a 35 EUMECES SCHNEIDERI .......... Plate XXV. SCINCOPUS FASCIATUS Plate XX VI. SCINCUS OFFICINALIS .......... Plate XXVII. CHALCIDES OCELLATUS .......... Plate XX VIII. CHALCIDES SEPOIDES............ 3 CHALCIDES DELISLIT........ Den Te CHAMELEON VULGARIS.......... Plate XXIX. CHAMZLEON CALYPTRATUS ...... Plate XXX. lxiv Plate XX XI. Plate XXXII. CHAMELEON BASILISCUS GLAUCONIA CATRI....... ERyx THEBAICUS noOovOoooO OOO ” ” Eryx JacuLus Plate XX XIII. JBAL GINO SoouosobocKose Plate XXXIIT. A. TROPIDONOTUS TESSELLATUS.... Plate XXXIV. OLIGODON MELANOCEPHALUS .. op op DASYPELTIS SCABRA ........-- % TARBOPHIS'OBLRUSUS).........- a aa MACROPROTODON CUCULLATUS.. ,, on YZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS ...... Plate XXXYV. ZAMENIS ROGERSI .....---.--- Plate XXXVI. ZAMENIS FLORULENTUS........ Plate XX XVII. ZAMENIS RAVERGIERI, var. NUM- MIFHR .....- penteon eters 30 LyYTORHYNCHUS DIADEMA ...... fy 5 C@LOPELTIS MONSPESSULANA .. 4, es ? COLUBER JUGULARIS ....... . Plate XXXVII.A. LIST OF PLATES. COLUBER SITULA ZAMENIS DIADBMA .......... DASYPELTIS SOCABRA......... 5 C@LOPELVIS MOILENSIS PSAMMOPHIS SCHOKARI PsAMMOPHIS SCHOKARI PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS ........ WALTERINNESIA HGYPTIA .... CERASTES VIPBRA.......-.... CBRASTES CORNUTUS ........ EcHIS CARINATUS...........- RANA MASCARENIENSIS Buro VIRIDIS BUFO REGULARIS) 5....0..+.0- BUFO PENTONI ....... flere Plate XXXVII.A. Plate XX XVIII. Plate XXXIX. Plate XL. Plate XLI. Plate XLII. Plate XLIII. Plate XLIV. Plate XLV. Plate XLVI. Plate XLVII. Plate XLVILI. Plate XLIX. Plate L. ” ths ” 2 Figure 1. + © Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. 7 ra A Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Ixv Se OE DIU Sa RATIONS TN TENT: Stenodactylus elegans, Fitz. Q. One of the types of Ascalabotes sthenodactylus, Licht. ...... Page 37 Stenodactylus elegans, Fitz. S. mauritanicus, Guichenot . Page 40 Stenodactylus elegans, Fitz. Page 44 Bunopus blanfordii, Strauch. One of the types ........ Page 52 Tarentola ephipprata, OMOMEAIN, oo soccce000006 Page 88 Agama pallida, Reuss ...... Page 101 Agama stellio, Linn. ........ Page 128 Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 18. Figure 14. Chameleon calyptratus, A. Dum. One of the types........ Glauconia cairi (D.& B.). x9 Zamenis dahlit (¥itz.) Tarbophis savignyt, Blgr. Coluber sibilans, Linn. Type. Toad in blue glazed earthen- ware (? Bufo regularis). Ruins of Kahin Hyla savignyi, Aud. Page 229 Page 234 Page 251 Page 282 Page 306 Page 356 Page 358 i rs AC) a iy Tape i WEP AS, 1 et ii f i ; i oi : i bi) u i mi v os a a i a. 1 \ THE epee eS Or EG Y Pi. Reese EIA: EMYDOSAURIA. CROCODILID. CROCODILUS. Crocodilus, part., Laur. Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 53. Tue crocodile of the Nile’ has formed the subject of elaborate memoirs by E. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire 2 and Cuvier*®; but as the former authority believed in the existence of five species of crocodiles in the Nile, it is necessary to examine the evidence he adduced in support of this view. * The Nile crocodile was described, so long ago as 1699, by Oligerus Jacobeeus, as Crocodilus niloticus (vide Mus. Reg. Hfn. 1699, pars prima, p. 8, tab. viii. fig. vi.). Seba (Thes. i., 17384) devoted three plates to crocodiles, and on plate 105 figured two crocodiles, viz. figs. 3 & 4. The first of these he named Crocodilus aquaticus, ceilonicus; mas.; and the second Crocodilus ceilonicus, superius; femina. Laurenti (Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 58) quotes these two figures as illustrating a species which he called Crocodylus niloticus, and closes his description of it with the words “ Habitat in India orientali, et Agypto.” The characters assigned by Laurenti to this crocodile are so general as to be equally applicable to C. palustris and C. porosus, doubtless for the cogent reason that he regarded the crocodiles of Ceylon and of the Nile as specifically identical. I propose to follow Mr. Boulenger, whose labours mark an epoch in the history of herpetology, and to retain C. niloticus for the crocodile of the Nile, as it has priority to Cuvier’s term C’. vulgaris and is in every way more definite and appropriate. ee * Ann. Mus. ii. 1803, p. 37, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2; id. op. x. 1807, p. 82, pl. iii. figs. 1-4; Deser. de Egypte, Hist. Nat. i. (? 1827) p. 185, pl. ii. * Ann. Mus. x. 1807, p. 40, pl. i. figs. 5 & 12, pl. ii. fig. 7; Oss. Foss. iv. 1812, pt. v. p. 33. B bo THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Among the many classical authors who have described the crocodile of the Nile, Herodotus’ hoids the front rank. He informs us that it was known to the ancient Egyptians as Champse,a name which survives in the Coptish amsah, or, with the masculine article P prefixed, P-amsah?, and in the Arabic ~L..3—Timsah, all of which have a common origin in emsuh, signifying “ from the egg.” Strabo ® relates that 100 stadia above the Labyrinth the traveller comes to the city of Arsinoe or Crocodilopolis, so called because the crocodile was held in high veneration by the inhabitants, who kept one alive in a lake and called it covyoc. ‘This term, as opposed to yaya, was supposed by E. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire to signify the existence of two species in the Nile; and so firmly convinced was he of their existence, that he described them under the names C. vulgaris and C. suchus. Strabo has given a graphic account of his visit to the tame crocodile of the nome of Arsinoe. He was accompanied by his host, who went provided with some cake, roast beef, and wine ; and on reaching the lake they found the crocodile lying on the bank, and so docile was it, that the attendant priests opened its mouth, into which they placed the cake and meat, and afterwards poured the wine. Geoffroy held that crocodiles manifesting this mild disposition were specifically distinct from another species distinguished by its savage nature, and that the sacred crocodiles were always selected from the former. He quoted, in suppert of this view, a statement made by Damascius*, in his life of Isidore, to the effect that ‘the suchis is righteous or just ; this is a name of a species of crocodile. It hurts no animal.” Cuvier has pointed out that neither Herodotus, Aristotle, Deodorus, Pliny, nor Alian had any idea of two different kinds of crocodile existing in the Nile, and that the mildness of character of the sacred individuals, as pointed out by Aristotle and other classical authors, only illustrates the fact that no animal is so savage that it cannot be tamed by man, if his treatment of it is gentle, and if he supplies it with abundance of food. The destructive C. palustris of Indian rivers when similarly treated becomes so iame that it can be fed by hand, and so trustful of man that the priests at the hot springs of Pir Manglo, 6 or 7 miles from Karachi, even paint its forehead ®. A careful consideration of all that has been handed down by the ancients regarding * Herod. ii.69. Herodotus also states that xpuxddecAos was a word of great antiquity and of Ionian origin. it was applied by lonians in Egypt to the crocodile because in this animal they saw a resemblance to the large lizards of their own hedgerows. Etymologists hold that kpoxddecdvs is a compound word. ‘They are at one that the second element dex\ds signifies “ fearful or timid”: but some bold that the first portion of the word is xpoxos, saffron ; while others maintain that it is xpd«n, the sea-shore or a bank. Gesner favoured the first explanation, but Bochart regarded both derivations as ridiculous. * Jablonski, Pantheon Agyptorum. Frankfurt, 1750. 8yo. Pt. iii. p- 70. * Geogr. Bk. xvii. vol. v. p. 411. Paris, 1819. to. ‘ Photii Bibliotheca, ed. Hoeschelii, 1653, p. 1048. * A. I. Adams, ‘ Wanderings of a Naturalist in India,’ 1867, p. 43. CROCODILUS. 5 the sacred crocodile of the Nile led Cuvier to dissent from Geoffroy St.-Hilaire’s opinion that the term suwchus meant a distinct species, and to conclude that it was merely the name applied to individuals of the Nile crocodile set apart as sacred, and, as pointed out by Champollion! the younger, codyos is the very name of the crocodile God, Sebak or Souk. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, during his twenty-three days’ residence at Thebes, now close on a century ago, chiefly occupied himself in searching for and preserving as many mummies of animals as he could find, and skeletons of those species still living in Egypt, his object being, by a comparison of the mummified and recent skeletons, to throw, if possible, some light on a question much debated in his day, viz. whether species degenerate, or acquire characters in perpetuity, in a country like Egypt that has been the subject of great physical changes; but he does not appear to have arrived at any definite results on this interesting question taken as a whole. The skull of a mummified crocodile obtained by him at Thebes appeared, however, to him to differ from the skull of a recent Nile crocodile in being narrower and more elongate, in the cheek-bones being proportionally further apart, and in the openings of the orbital cavities being much wider. ‘These differences he considered indicated a distinct species ; and he states that a fisherman at Luxor told him that there were three species of crocodile in the Nile, viz. one coloured green, another brownish red, and a third black. The novelty, however, of his surroundings in the Thebaid and the fascination of its monuments so interrupted Geoffroy’s zoological work, that he was unable, he tells us, to verify this statement made by the fisherman; but every one who has had to deal with ignorant fishermen knows how little, if any, reliance can be placed on their judgment in such matters. Geoffroy says that he would not have ventured to establish the species merely cn a mummy’s skull, as he was aware that the difference he observed might ultimately prove to be individual or characteristic of a particular age. He had, however, another skull exactly like that of the mummy, and he had, moreover, observed another similarly shaped skull in what he calls ‘“ our collections.” Geoffroy was well aware of the remarkable changes that take place in the form of the skulls of crocodiles as they increase in age, and was thus quite alive to the danger attending the selection of the relative length of the skull to the body as a specific distinction, but at the same time he does not appear to have recognized them in their full extent. In the semi-adult condition the lower jaw partakes of the elongated form of the anterior part of the skull, but in mature age it assumes a massive character in keeping with the rest of the skull. In the skull of the type of C. suchus, which only measured 95 millim. in length, the lower jaw was long and slender, in keeping with its youth. Geoffroy, however, held that this supposed species did not exceed 5 ft. 1 Panthéon Egyptien. Paris, 1823-5. 4to. No. 22. syP B2 4 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. in length, and he believed that the mildness of disposition attributed to the suchus by Damascius ! was really the outcome of its weak jaws. Geoffroy makes no mention of the differences in the form of the head of the two sexes, except in one passage, in which he says that his guides assured him that they could distinguish the sexes by their heads, and even by the impress left by them on the sands, as the head of the male was heavier and broader than that of the female. These characters are well marked, and not only has the male crocodile a heavier and broader head as a whole than the female, but the snout also is broader and less elongate. The characters which he supposed distinguished C. suchus from C. niloticus were, that the former had its nasal bones forming a gentle eminence throughout their length, that they were proportionally narrower than in C. niloticus, that a groove lay along their external borders, and that the upper surface of the head was smooth, while in C. mloticus it was rugose. All of these characters, however, when a large series of skulls is examined, are to be explained either by sex, difference of age, or individual peculiarity. He recognized that, in the form of its scales generally, C. suchus was closely allied to C. niloticus, and that the colours in the two were much the same, but he held that in C. swchus the nuchals were always longer than broad. The nuchals, however, of the crocodile of the Nile vary considerably in their length, breadth, and distribution, so that no importance can be attached to the trivial variation indicated by Geoffroy. Another feature in which Geoffroy says C. suchus differed from C. niloticus was the greater length of its tail. In connection with this it is interesting to find that John Antes?, who was resident in Egypt from 1770 to 1782, wrote as follows :—‘I observed two sorts of crocodiles, though I question whether the difference did not consist in the sex only. The one is, in proportion of its thickness, rather longer than the other, but it consists more in the tail.”? Geoffroy, however, thought that John Antes’s observation favoured his view as to the presence of two species of crocodiles. Cuvier regarded Geoffroy’s C. suchus as possibly a variety of the Nile crocodile, on the ground that its head was more flattened and more elongate than that of C. niloticus, and because he had two entire individuals the heads of which presented the same characters. Besides the differences in the form of the head, the specimens referred to the variety were also said by Cuvier to be distinguished by their colours. On these grounds, and from the circumstance that Geoffroy had been told by the fisherman of the * Damascius lived in the 6th century, long after the cult of the crocodile had become extinct, so that anything he has to say on the subject was derived from tradition, and, moreover, he was ignorant and credulous. * Obsery. on the Manners and Customs of the Egyptians (1800, 4to), p. 83. * He further remarks: “ of this sort were all those which I have seen in the museums of Florence, London, aud some other towns in Hurope.” CROCODILUS. 5 Thebaid that there were more than one species of crocodile in the Nile, Cuvier held that, if not a species, at least it was possibly a variety; but he hesitated to give a decided opinion, because before doing so he wished to follow it in its different ages. There is no evidence, however, that the sexes of the specimens referred to the variety had been determined; and as Cuvier makes no mention of the differences in the shape of the head of the male and female crocodile, it is possible, nay probable, that the specimens with the narrower and more elongated heads were females. At the same time, a variety of the common crocodile may exist, but no material that has as yet come under my observation seems to sanction such a supposition. Sir J. G. Wilkinson }, on the other hand, held that there were two species, but the specimens presented by him to the British Museum certainly represent only one. The information he recorded regarding them is so meagre as to be worthless in a question of this kind. He says, “though the scales serve to indicate the two species known in the Nile, they differ very little in their position; and the black and green colour of the two crocodiles is a more evident distinction.” Sir Samuel Baker? is also very explicit regarding the existence of two kinds of crocodiles. He says: “I have noticed two species of crocodiles throughout all the rivers of Abyssinia and in the White Nile. One of these is of a dark brown colour, and much shorter and thicker in proportion than the other, which grows to an immense length, and is generally of a pale greenish yellow. The Arabs assert that the dark- coloured thick-bodied species is more dreaded than the other.” Unfortunately neither Wilkinson nor Baker were trained naturalists, so that their opinion on this question does not carry much weight, and, moreover, the bare statement that two exist throws no light on the question whether C. suchus, Geoffroy, is in reality a species. Subsequently Geoffroy ? figured the skull of the type of C. suchus, natural size. The drawing represents a skull 95 millim. in length. A crocodile in the British Museum, having a skull of similar dimensions, has a total length from the tip of the snout to the extremity of the tail of 678 millim.; so that the type of C. suwchus was probably about the same size, for, as pointed out by Geoffroy, the length ofa crocodile skull is 7 of the total length of the animal. At such an early age it is impossible to determine the sex of a crocodile by the characters of the cranium ; and as the type was a mummy, we are in complete ignorance on this point. We obtain some further information regarding the materials which served Geoffroy St.-Hilaire for the establishment of the species in the account given of it in the ‘Description de Egypte,’ which he tells us was written 20 years after his memoir had appeared in the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ published in 1807. In the former work 1 Rawlinson’s Herod. ii. p. 115; Genl. View of Egypt, 1835, p. 225, note; The Ancient Egyptians, ii. 1878, p. 133. * The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia, 1867, p. 96. * Ann. Mus. x. 1807, pl. iii. figs. 1 to 4. 6 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. we are informed that a specimen in the Paris Museum measured | m. 280 millim. long, and that it had been brought by Adanson from Senegal, and that it bore in his handwriting “ Crocodile du vert,” and that a second specimen 1 m. 190 millim. long also existed in the same museum. This specimen was undoubtedly from the Nile, and had been presented to the Paris Museum by the son of M. Thédenat-Duvant, Vice-Consul at Alexandria. The small size of the crocodiles suggests that they were young; but Geoffroy held that they were adult ; and in support of this he reverts to a passage of his in the ‘ Annales du Muséum’ of 1807, in which he stated that he believed that C. suchus attained only to about five feet in length, being led to that conclusion by a skull nine inches long, which he says had its sutures nearly effaced, a condition which Geoffroy states generally takes place only in adult crocodiles and at a certain age. He quoted the passage in question, as the specimen itself was no longer at his disposal. In the British Museum there is a mummified crocodile, about 15 feet long, from Kom Ombos, one of the seats of its worship; and the recent researches of Professor Petrie! in the Labyrinth in the Fayum have brought to light mummified crocodiles, varying from infants up to 15 feet in length; and the occurrence in other parts of Egypt of mummies of similar dimensions conclusively proves that the ancient Egyptians made no distinction between small and large crocodiles, and that all were equally sacred to them. ‘This disposes of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire’s contention that the sacred crocodile did not attain to a greater length than five feet. With regard to the supposed obliteration of the sutures of the foregoing skull, it is important to bear in mind that the condition was abnormal, if anchylosis of the sutures was in reality present, because persistence of the sutures of both skull and skeleton throughout life is the normal condition not only among the Emydosauria, but among the Reptilia generally, and that the sutures are more markedly visible in the adult than in the young and half-grown individuals. Professor Owen 2, in 1850, figured the skull ? of a mummified crocodile from Egypt, under the name of C. suchus, but he truly says “there is no good specific character which distinguishes them (the mummified crocodiles) from the modern crocodile of the Nile.” Professor Huxley *, in 1860, in his description of the premaxillo-maxillary suture of the Nile crocodile, pointed out that the whole suture has the form of a W, and that it runs backwards from the canine groove as far as the level of the middle of the alveolus of the second tooth behind the groove (or that of the seventh tooth), whereas in the * Hawara, Biahmu, and Arsinoe, 1889, p. 10. * Paleeontogr. Soc. 1850, Monograph Foss. Rept. Lond. Clay, pt. ii. p. 29, pl. 1. fig. 2. * ] have not succeeded in tracing the skull. It is neither in the Royal College of Surgeons Museum nor in the British Museum. * Journ. of Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. iv. 1860, p. 8 & 15. CROCODILUS. 7 mummified skull figured by Owen the suture appears only to have reached the anterior margin of the seventh tooth ; and, apropos of this, Huxley asked: “ Are there, then, two or more species of crocodile in Egypt, as Geoffroy St.-Hilaire supposed?” In the skull of C. suehus figured by the latter author the suture is asymmetrical on either side. On the left it passes backwards to the middle of the alveolus of the seventh tooth, and then forwards internally to halfway between the alveolus and the com- mencement of the suture in the canine groove. It then bends abruptly inwards and slightly backwards to join the suture of the right side, but before doing so, it again for a very limited space bends abruptly forwards. ‘The last bend represents the inner fourth limb of the W, but almost aborted. On the right side, the W form of the suture is still more obscured, as it becomes reduced to a zigzag line running backwards from the canine groove to the mesial line of the maxilla, as far as on a level with the middle of the alveolus of the sixth tooth, and then inwards, as a jagged almost trans- verse line, to the middle of the palate, with a short angular forward bend to join its fellow of the opposite side. In view of the modifications in the form of the premaxillo-maxillary suture that occur in the skulls of Egyptian crocodiles undoubtedly referable to C. niloticus, the slight differences indicated in the foregoing description of the suture in these two skulls, in the extent to which the outer limb of the W is prolonged backwards, cannot be regarded as illustrating more than variation, as in all other respects these skulls are specifically identical. The W form of the suture is always more or less present, but it is more open in some individuals than in others, and the length of the limbs of the W varies considerably. Geoffroy believed that the proportion in which the length of a crocodile skull stood to its base served as a comparative measure that could be usefully applied in the deter- mination of the species, but he allowed at the same time that differences were introduced depending upon the conditions of age and sex. As he was, however, under a misapprehension as to the age of the type of C. suchws, the figures he adduced regarding the relative proportions of the length of the skull to its basal breadth do not prove it to be distinct from C. niloticus. Geoffroy allowed that the coloration, as already stated, was almost the same in the two supposed species, but that there was this difference, that C. niloticus was green inclining to bronze, with the black arranged in narrow bands, whereas in C. suchus the black was in small spots on a clear green ground. It has been impressed on me, by the study of a considerable series of crocodiles, that the general tint is subject to much variation, and that the black may either be arranged more or less in bands, distinct in some, less so in others, and even becoming broken up into small spots. The crocodile of the Nile is thus no exception to the colour-variation which prevails to so great an extent in many other reptiles, and indeed is trivial compared with what is met with in some snakes and lizards. In certain species of the former group the 8 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. colour-variation is such that groups of individuals, if judged only by their colour, would unhesitatingly be referred to distinct species. A most striking instance of this is the snake Homorelaps lacteus, the colour-variations of which have lately been made known by Mr. Boulenger !. When Geoffroy St.-Hilaire returned, in 1827, to the study of the crocodiles of the Nile, not only did he still regard C. suchus as a good species, but he went further and described three other species from the same river, besides it and C. niloticus. The first of these species, C. marginatus, was represented by mummies and by recent specimens. He states that “ Les écailles cervicales, dorsales, pelviennes et sexuo-caudales, ne différent ni par nombre ni par la forme de ces mémes écailles dans l’espéce précé- dente ” (C. niloticus) ; also that ‘“‘ Les couleurs de cette espéce, qui séparément sont les mémes que celles des autres crocodiles, different dans leur distribution respective. C’est le méme fond vert, mais il est masqué par une si grande quantité de traits noirs, déliés et rapprochés, que cette derniére teinte domine. Les pécheurs de Thebes, m’ont parlé de ce crocodile noir; c’est ainsi qwils l’appellent.”? Notwithstanding its close similarity to C. niloticus he held that it was distinguished from it by its nuchals always being more than two and not exceeding six in number, and by another character, viz. :—‘' Le bord jugo-temporal ne forme plus une ligne toute d’une venue, parfaitement droite, et uniformément soutenue a la hauteur de la plaque frontale ; mais il est remarquable par un relief trés prononcé supérieurement, beaucoup plus en arriére que par devant. En vieillissant, ces saillies deviennent des bosselures con- sidérables. Le nom de marginatus m’a paru rappeler utilement ce caractere.” Added to this, he considered that the way in which the colours were distributed entitled it to specific rank. He also attached some importance to the presence of 21 scales in the posterior portion of the tail, 7. e. behind the junction of the dorsolateral ridges, as he had only met with 16 scales in that part of the tail of C. niloticus, and 19 in C. suchus. The swellings on the side of the head, supposed to be characteristic of C. marginatus, are also present in skulls which cannot but be regarded as referable to C. niloticus. They seem to be largely brought about by age, as they are always most pronounced in adults. Cuvier, in 1812, described a crocodile from the Senegal as C. biscutatus, distinguished by the presence of only two large pyramidal scales on the middle of the nape and two small ones in front. Geoffroy was uncertain whether it might not be the same species as his C. marginatus; but in describing the fourth species of crocodile from the Nile, which he called C. /acunosus, and which had also only two nuchal scales, he says, ‘**T know of no other crocodile distinguished by this feature, unless it be the discutatus of M. Cuvier.” C. lacunosus and C. complanatus were founded on mummies—the former on a specimen 2 m. 496 millim. in total length, and the latter on a still larger 1 Cat. Snakes B. M. iii. 1896, p. 409. ? Deser. de Egypte (Svo ed.), Hist. Nat. vi. 1829, p. 565. CROCODILUS. 9 specimen, the dimensions of which are not given. It is, however, now generally recognized that all of these supposed species are nothing more than varieties of the common crocodile of Africa. Bory de St. Vincent! has also described the Nile crocodile under the name C. chamses. The crocodile described by Baikie from the Niger as C. binuensis 2, and the one from Madagascar named by Grandidier? C. madagascariensis, are both unquestionably specifically identical with C. niloticus. * Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. v. 1824, p. 105. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1857, p. 48. $ Ann. Se. Nat. xv. 1872, art. 20. 10 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. CrocopiLus NiLoticus. (Plate 1.) ljuv. Wadi Halfa. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. Snout variable, broader in both sexes in the adult than in semi-adults, narrower in females than in males, short and broad in the young. Upper surface of the head more or less rugose, most so in adults, but devoid of ridges. Two to six anterior nuchal plates arranged singly or in pairs on each side of the mesial line, symmetrically or asymmetrically, thus: 1+1=2; 24+2=4;3+42=5;3+43=6. Generally six posterior nuchals, four anterior and two posterior; but occasionally 5, =, or 1=8, These shields have generally a few small scales around them. Fifteen to seventeen transverse bands of plates along the back to the base of the tail, thirteen or fifteen of them being dorsal and two pelvic in position. Generally six juxtaposed plates in each transverse row on the back, with smaller separate plates external to them on the sides, but only four plates in transverse series on the pelvic region. The dorsal plates are strongly keeled, and constitute six ridges on the back and four on the pelvis. Fifty-one to sixty-one rows of scales from the first dorsal to the tip of the tail, and thirty-two to thirty-seven from the first dorsal to the commencement of the azygos caudal ridge. Sixty-seven to seventy-nine rows of scales from the largest pectoral scale to the tip of the tail. Scales on the limbs smooth or carinated ; the hind limb with a broad serrated fringe along its posterior border. Hind foot broadly palmate; fore foot webbed at the base of the digits. General colour greenish or bronze-green, more or less banded or spotted with black, more profusely in some than in others, so that the prevailing colour is brownish black, but with the green colour still distinct in the interspaces?. Under surface greenish yellow. The premaxillo-maxillary suture W-shaped, but the degree of openness of the W and the length of its limbs variable. 18 or 19 teeth in the upper, and 15 teeth in the lower jaw. There is considerable variation in the number and size of the nuchals generally. The lowest number of the anterior nuchals is 1++-1, and the highest 8+3=6, but 2+.2—4 appears to be the prevailing arrangement. Occasionally, however, there may be 2+3 and 3+2. The posterior nuchals are juxtaposed and are generally arranged in two lines, thus #7=6, the most extreme variation being ;+j=4. However, the following formule also occur, viz. {#1=5, or #i=6. In the formula 3, a small plate occurs external to each side of the scales of the anterior row. ‘They are doubtless plates that have become removed away externally. In the asymmetrical formula ; 1 Tt is not known whether the sexes are distinguished by differences of colour. ‘sntjdA3ee snueianyq pue snsourds snia}do[doyzy Saduald-ATIGOIONXD GCaITIv9-os any SNOILOTIN SATIGODOND I Id 4dksq jo sayyday a, CROCODILUS NILOTICUS. 11 one of the plates of the anterior row has been suppressed. In every case a few keeled plates of varying size are arranged around the posterior nuchals, and in one instance bol tol an additional pair of plates occurs, giving rise to the formula The first row of dorsal plates is generally well defined and follows the formula 3+-8, but instances occur in which some of the dorsal plates in this row are not developed in continuous transverse series. These plates, notwithstanding this abnormality, I have regarded as dorsal. The statements made by travellers and other observers regarding the length of the crocodile of the Nile are most varied. In an Egyptian tale!, as old as the fourth dynasty, we learn that a crocodile seven cubits long merited the term “ great” being applied to it. Herodotus, on the other hand, gives seventeen cubits as the length ; whereas Ailian ? affirms that during the reign of Psammetichus one had been seen 25 cubits, and another, in the time of Amasides, 26 cubits of four spans each. Abd- Allatif 3, a celebrated Arab physician and traveller of Baghdad, who arrived in Egypt about 1190 a.p. and taught medicine and philosophy at Cairo for afew years, mentions that some crocodiles attained to 20 cubits; whereas Marmol‘, who was in Egypt in the middle of the sixteenth century, speaks of crocodiles only 10 cubits long. Prospero Alpini °, physician to the Consul for the Venetian Republic in Egypt from 1581 to 1583, states that the crocodile attained to 30 cubits in length, but, in doing so, he was evidently repeating the exaggerated statements of the natives. Wansleben °, who was in Egypt about a century later, records that he had heard that the largest crocodile did not exceed 12 cubits. Pococke’, who visited the country in the fourth decade of the eighteenth century, mentions that he met with specimens from 15 to 20 feet long ; whereas Hasselquist §, who was in Lower Egypt a few years later on, says that some eggs that had been brought to him were from a female 30 cubits in length ; but as he apparently did not see the specimen, he was merely repeating what had been told him by the natives. Denon, the French Academician, estimated the length of one he saw at Denderah to be 15 to 18 feet, whereas, at Keneh, he saw some 28 feet in length, whilst another was reported to be 40 feet long 1°. Sonnini 1! 1 Egyptian Tales translated from the Papyri by Prof. F. Petrie. 1st ser. p. 12. * De Nat. Anim. xvii. 6. ° Relation de l’Egypte, transl. by de Sacy, 1810, p. 140. * Descripcion de Africa, 1573, lib. 1. cap. 23. * Rerum Aegypt. lib. iv. cap. 5 (Lugd. Bat. 1735, 4to), p. 218. * The Present State of Egypt (1672-73), 1678, p. 46. ™ Descr. of the Hast, i. (1743) p. 114. * Tter Palest. 1757, p. 296. ® Voy. dans la Basse et la Haute Egypte (1798-1799), 1802, i. p. 140. © Op. cit. p. 208. ™ Voyage dans la Haute et Basse Egypte, 1798, iii. p. 298. 12 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. mentions that he saw a skin at the convent of Néguadé (Nakadeh) 30 feet long and 4 broad, and that he had been informed that some individuals attained to 50 feet in length, a statement that has recently been made regarding examples of the species in the Congo!. John Antes? states that a stuffed skin taken by him to Europe and placed in a Museum at Barby (sic) in Saxony measured more than 16 feet, and that it was the largest he had seen in any museum. Light *, who measured one he killed at Girgeh, in 1814, found that it was about 16 feet in length, but he had, he informs us, observed larger individuals. H. Cloquet*, writing in 1818, mentions that his father, while in Egypt with the French Expedition, had observed a crocodile at Thebes 25 feet long ; and Cailliaud °, the celebrated antiquarian, saw one at Denderah of the same dimensions. Wilkinson ® first held that it did not exceed 18 or 19 feet, but he after- wards believed that it did not attain to 22 feet in length. James Burton? has given the measurements of two crocodiles captured at Thebes, in 1850: one 15} and the other 164 feet in length. A specimen from the Nehr Zerka, or blue river, in Palestine, the crocodile river of the ancients, recorded by Mr. Schumacher, in 1877, was 3 métres long’. Mr. Boulenger® states that the largest crocodile in the British Museum measures only 434 metres. A skeleton of a male in the Royal College of Surgeons Museum, shot at Silsileh by the Hon. C. P. F. Berkeley (now Lord Fitzhardinge), is 4m. 700 millim. in length. The late Mr. V. Stuart 1° records that he saw four crocodiles at Abu-Simbel, and that one of them must have been 18 feet long. From these facts it will be observed that there is no record of the actual measure- ments of any Nile crocodile over 17 feet, and that the greater size attributed to other specimens has all been guesswork. The limit of growth, however, is quite unknown. The Nile crocodile lays from 40 to 60 eggs, about the size of those of a goose. They are deposited in spring in the sand, where they are hatched by the heat of the sun in about a month. Geoffroy says that Herodotus was correct in stating that the mother exercises a kind of supervision over the eggs as they approach maturity ; but what the nature of this supervision is we do not know, as there is but little reliable information on record regarding the habits of this animal. A freshly hatched crocodile is about 1 Werner, River Life on the Congo, 1889, pp. 184-185. * Op. cit. p. 83. 3 Travels in Heypt (1814), 1818, p. 47. * Dict. des Se. Nat. xii. 1818, p. 10. ° Voyage 4 Méroé, au Fleuve Blanc, 1826, i. p. 293. ° Genl. View of Egypt, 1835, p. 225 note. 7 Brit. Mus. Add. MS. 25,666. * Boettger, Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 202. ® Cat. of Chelonians &c. 1889, p. 283. Nile Gleanings, 1879, p. 161. In museums generally, crocodiles are almost invariably mounted lying on their bellies, as if they were merely capable of a shambling gait, and could only drag their heavy bodies along the ground. Mr. Stuart, however, states that when the large individual mentioned above observed a gazelle approaching, it’ got to its legs, and, with slow and deliberate steps, walked along the bank, keeping his great heavy body well off the ground. CROCODILUS NILOTICUS. 13 140 millim. long, the head being a little more than § of the entire length, whereas in the adult it is 7. The young at once make for the water, where many of them fall a prey to Varanus niloticus, which also, along with Herpestes ichneumon, is said to destroy many of the eggs. Another reptile, Trionya triunguis, has likewise been credited with this habit. The ichneumon belongs to a genus the members of which have a decided partiality for eggs, but as it frequents, as a rule, situations affording it the cover of reeds and long grass—that is, localities in which crocodiles would not deposit their eggs—its powers of destruction have been probably exaggerated; but the belief in them is an old story, old as the days of Herodotus. Diodorus Siculus! says that during his day an infinite multitude of crocodiles existed in the Nile and the neighbouring pools, and that being in such numbers there would have been no sailing on the Nile but for the ichneumon. Pococke?, on the other hand, says that he could get no account in Upper Egypt of the ichneumon destroying the eggs. There can be no doubt, however, that if in its wanderings in quest of food it came across the eggs of the crocodile, it would treat them just as it does the eggs of a domestic fowl, but that it specially searches for them seems most improbable. The fact that it does occasionally eat the eggs of that formidable monster, the crocodile, was sufficient to so raise it in the estimation of the ancient Egyptians that it became a sacred animal. ‘The cult of the ichneumon arose in the nome of Heracleopolis * in Middle Egypt. The lizard, Varanus niloticus, Hasselq. & Linn., which has a wide distribution over the Nile, is doubtless much more destructive to the eggs than the ichneumon, and as it is aquatic as well as terrestrial in its habits, it also wages war against the young of the crocodile, pursuing it even into the ranks of the adults4. It thus exercises a potent influence in preventing the undue increase of the species. The other species of the same genus, Varanus griseus, Daud., probably also consumes many of the eggs of the crocodile deposited on the desert banks of the river. The dexterity with which this lizard seizes and swallows a domestic fowl’s egg, without breaking it by its sharp teeth, is a most interesting sight. During the day, the crocodile generally frequents the sand islands in mid-stream, to which it is more partial than to the river bank. A. EK. Brehm ® describes how he observed through his field-glasses some crocodiles, that had been in undisputed posses- sion of a sand-island for half a century, come out of the water at midday and crawl upon the island, and how they looked about to ascertain if they were safe, and, having satisfied themselves that they were so, flopped down on the sand, relaxed their legs, opened their mouths, and composed themselves to sleep. Not only is it very local in ’ Hist. Bk. i. c. 6 and i. ¢. 3. * Op. cit. vol. i. p. 203. Strabo, op. cit. p. 412; ASlian, Nat. Anim. x. 47. * Geoffroy, Descr. de l’Egypte, 8vo ed., Hist. Nat. vi. 1829, p. 411; Klunzinger (C. B.), Upper Egypt, 1878, p. 150. ° Journ. f. Ornith. 1856, p. 491. 14 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. its habits, frequenting certain sand-islands and reaches of the river, as used to be the case 60 or 60 years ago, when it was generally to be observed at Beni Hassan, Assiut, Girgeh, Denderah, Thebes, Ombos, and Esneh, but it is more or less gregarious and is frequently found in small groups. It seldom goes any great distance from water, towards which its head is usually turned when it is basking in the sun; but it is occasionally met with in unexpected places in the Upper Nile. Sir 8. Baker! relates that in the neighbourhood of Sofi, on the Atbara, he found a crocodile, about 6 feet long, lying on the dry summit of a hill far away from water. He supposed that the small stream into which the crocodile had wandered from the main river had become dry and that the animal had lost its way in quest of water. Schweinfurth ? also says it is astonishing in the dry season into what tiny pools and puddles the crocodile will make its way, and buried in the miry clay will find a sufficiently commodious abode. Abd-Allatif ? states that the crocodile, in his day, was found among the rocks of the cataracts ; but, Pococke * in writing of those found at Silsileh, accounts for their being so numerous there during his time, by reason of the proximity of the cataracts, as he says they retire from places in which rocks occur. Burckhardt®, on the other hand, records the presence of crocodiles on some rocky islands at Wadi Lamoule; and Sir Samuel Baker © observed a crocodile lying among rocks, and so well did it match them in colour that most probably a man would not have noticed it until too late. The crocodile, however, is undoubtedly most partial to the open reaches of the river with a sluggish current and numerous sandbanks. Recent writers’ who were not aware of the fact that the crocodile, in early Egyptian times, was distributed over the Nile even into the delta, used to explain its rarity below Akhmin by the sparseness of islands and rapidity of the current. The monuments of the IVth Dynasty, which carry us back 6000 years—a long period doubtless in the estimation of the unreflecting, but trivial in the extreme in the history of a species,—reveal the fact that the crocodile and hippopotamus afforded sport to those resident on the banks of the Nile immediately above Cairo. The proof of this is to be found depicted on the Mastaba of Urkhut of the [Vth Dynasty at Gizeh, and on the tomb of Ptah Hotep at Sakkarah. Im the former, a scene represents Urkhuit, in his funeral bark, starting on his way to the next world, the inhabitants of the water being the crocodile and hippopotamus. They may have been introduced into this picture as being symbolical of Typho; and, if so, very appropriately, because in the tomb of Ptah Hotep, of slightly more recent date, the hunting of these animals by the deceased, on the banks of the river at Sakkarah, is represented as one of his * Op. cit. p. 224, * The Heart of Africa, ii. 1873, p. 336. ° Gp. cit. p. 140. * Op. cit. vol. i. p. 114. ° Travels in Nubia (1812-16), 4to, 1819, p. 48. ° Op, cit. p. 177. 7 Pococke, op. cit. vol. i. p. 203. CROCODILUS NILOTICUS. 15 In the same tomb another scene depicts a combat between the two animals, pastimes. The prevalence of these animals throughout in which the hippopotamus is victorious. Egypt in early times is moreover attested by the monuments of Beni Hassan and Thebes. It, however, ranged further north than Gizeh, and with the hippopotamus was distributed over the streams of the delta and probably extended to lake El Timsah !; and it is recorded? that, in the time of Alexander the Great, several soldiers were devoured by crocodiles in the delta, where its existence in the beginning of the Christian era is established by the account Seneca? has given of a battle between crocodiles and dolphins of the sea, at the mouth of the Heracleotic branch of the Nile, about 22 Roman miles west of Pelusium, a tale which Pliny has reproduced, possibly on the strength of Seneca’s statement. Macoudi*, who was in Egypt about 950 a.p., relates that Hutmen, Governor of Egypt under the Caliphs of Babylon, about 875, had discovered at Crocodilopolis the leaden figure of a crocodile the size of life and bearing an Egyptian inscription. The Governor ordered it to be broken up, and from the day that this happened the crocodiles began to doa great deal of harm; and Macoudi remarks that the strange thing was that the crocodiles that went down to the sea harmed no one, but that on returning they killed and ate all that they could catch, and he adds, asa possible explanation, that the crocodiles in descending towards the sea found abundance of fish, but little in returning. The descent of these crocodiles doubtless was coincident with the rise of the Nile. Maillet °, who was Consul for France in Egypt, in 1692, states that the crocodile was rarely seen in the delta in his day, but its presence there up to nearly the middle of last century is recorded by E. Brown®. Shaw’, who wrote in 1738, said that so rarely did the crocodile appear below the cataracts that the sight of one was as great * Crocodile Lake, or Timsah, once a reedy pond of brackish water. ‘ Egypt,’ S. Lane-Poole, 1881, p. 116. * Ampére, Rey. des deux Mondes, sér. v., xix. 1844-5, p. 222. * Seneca, Quaest. Nat. lib. iv. cap. 2. The following is Seneca’s account :—“‘ Balbillus, a scholar, prefect of Egypt, and a reliable man, tells of a fight he saw at the Heracleotic mouth of the Nile—the largest of the seven—between a school of dolphins from the sea and a herd of crocodiles who advanced to meet them. The crocodiles were beaten, though their adversaries are peaceable by nature and their bite is not dangerous. This was because the belly of the crocodile is soft and unprotected by scales, and the dolphins wounded them from beneath by means of the spines on their backs.” The bite of a dolphin not being dangerous, according to Balbillus, and he not knowing the soft nature of the dorsal fin of a cetacean, erroneously concluded that the fin had wounded the crocodile in the most vulnerable part. But by dolphins he may not have meant cetaceans, but some large species of fish with a big dorsal spine. All that the passage establishes is the presence of the crocodile in the locality in question. * Macoudi, quoted by Marmol, i. (French ed., 1667) pp. 61-62. ° Descr. de ’Hgypte, 1735, p. 32*. ° Travels, ii. 1753, p. 154. 7 Travels in Barbary and Levant, 1738, p. 427. 16 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. a curiosity at Cairo to the natives as to the Europeans. He, however, did not go south of Cairo, and, as Sonnini! remarks, had Shaw been better informed he would have learned that Upper Egypt below the cataracts was infested by crocodiles as real as they were numerous. Towards the end of last century it had disappeared from the delta”, but small specimens were occasionally met with a little above Cairo. Its occurrence there must have been rare, as Pococke *, who visited Egypt about 1740, only met with his first crocodile at Beni Suef, and Sonnini*, towards the close of the century, first saw the saurian at Farshtit. Denon (1798-9) first encountered it at Denderah; but he saw great numbers of all sizes at Keneh, and he remarks that they seemed to affect the banks in certain parts, particularly from Denderah to Ombos, and were most numerous at Hermentis (Erment), but apparently less so at Esneh. Henry Light ® (1814) and Major Mackworth 7 (1821-22) record having met crocodiles at Girgeh, Cailliaud § (1826) at Denderah, and Melly® (1851) at Beni Hassan. The Rev. A. C. Smith 1°, writing in 1868, mentions that although he kept a daily outlook for crocodiles, he met none until he had reached El Kab; but A. L. Adams 4, in 1870, records that they were occasionally seen as far down as Beni Hassan, but that it was evidently receding everywhere below the First Cataract. Lord Fitzhardinge, whose experience of the Nile extends over many years, informs me that when he first went to Egypt, now about twenty-five years ago, there were three places north of Assuan where crocodiles were to be seen, viz. below Denderah, a rocky islet in the Nile north of Silsileh, and the sands to the south of the latter locality. Four crocodiles were generally to be seen at each of these places. Now, however, they have completely disappeared north of the First Cataract. A young crocodile may occasionally be carried past the cataract in the period of flood, but so rare has the animal become that if one were observed no rest would be given it until it was destroyed. A small specimen about 5 feet in length, and probably with a similar history, was killed below Assuan in 1890 or 1891, and the stuffed skin was preserved over the door of the quarters of one of the British officers at that town. It is still not at all uncommon between the First and Second Cataracts, but becomes much more numerous in the direction of Dongola. From early times, even up to the end of the 17th century, the crocodile cecurred in abundance above Cairo. This is proved not only by the great number of mummified ' Op. cit. i. p. 381, * John Antes, op. cit. p. 82. 3 Op. cit. i. p. 70. * Op, cit. iii. p. 164. ° Op. cit. p. 140. ° Op. cit. p. 47. ” Diary of a Tour through S. India, Egypt, and Palestine, 1823, p. 225. * Op. cit. i. p. 293. * Khartoum and the Blue and White Niles, 1851, i. p. 128. © Attractions of the Nile and its Banks, i. p. 257. * Notes on the Nile Valley and Malta, p. 53. CROCODILUS NILOTICUS. 17 crocodiles found at various localities along the banks of the Nile, but by the testimony also of many authors—for example, Diodorus Siculus ! and AZlian?. The latter states that they were plentiful at Ombos, Koptos, and Arsinoe, where they were reared, and that it was unsafe to walk along the bank of the river, to wash one’s feet in the stream, or to draw water. Leo Africanus °, writing about the middle of the 16th century, not only mentions that they were very numerous, but adds that if all had been equally rapacious the Nile valley would have been quite uninhabitable; and Prospero Alpini 4 states that during his stay in Egypt crocodiles were especially abundant above Cairo, and that towards Thebes they were so numerous that it was unsafe to bathe in the river or in the lakes. Sonnini® mentions that the little boat in which he went up the river was often, in the neighbourhood of Thebes, surrounded by crocodiles lying on the surface of the water, and that they allowed him to pass with perfect indifference ; and in the third decade of this century it was still very numerous in places, as a traveller ® relates that in one locality he counted twenty-one in sight at one and the same time. John Antes? accounted for the absence of crocodiles in the delta and immediately above Cairo, just as Edward Brown ® had done before him, by reason of the vast numbers of boats that were continuously sailing up and down the river between Rosetta, Damietta, and Cairo. A similar cause has brought about its complete disappearance below the First Cataract. The splendid work achieved by the savants attached to the French Expedition to Egypt made known the marvels of the civilization of ancient Egypt to an astonished Europe, and ultimately drew, first a few enterprising travellers from the different European nationalities, and others who entered Egypt from India by Kosseir. As years went on, the number of travellers who flocked to the Nile valley to see its wonders, or for purposes of sport, led to the creation of greater facilities for travel, of which so many have availed themselves that the Nile has at last become the highway of excursion steamers, and fleets of dahabeahs, some towed by steam-launches, and a regular service of steam-packet boats. Nearly every traveller, savant, sportsman, or inquisitive sightseer, from Europe, India, or America, has directed his arms of precision against the crocodile, which was considered one of the wonders of the Nile, and a beast, if possible, to be killed. This, and the commotion caused in the formerly tranquil river by the ever increasing traffic, have effectually freed the Lower Nile of one of its most interesting denizens, reverenced by the ancient inhabitants as a god, and recently so formidable that we read, in the end of the 17th century, of its even stopping the progress of small caravans. The Nile crocodile has always and justly been credited with great ferocity, but the * Op. cit. p. 17. 2 lian, De Nat. Anim. x. 24. * Deseritt. Afr. 1554, fol., Ramusio’s coll. i. p. 101. * Op. cit. p. 218. * Op. cit. ii. p. 297. ° Incidents of Travel in Egypt and Arabia Petrea and the Holy Land, by an American, i. 1837, p. 98. 7 Op. cit. p. 82. ° Op. cit. ii. p. 154. ® Maillet, op. cit. p. 32*. D 18 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. degree to which it manifests this seems to depend largely on the abundance of its food- supply, as pointed out by Macoudi! and by Schweinfurth*. Fish is its principal diet, but birds, the domestic animals found along the banks of the Nile, baboons *, and man himself, all fall to it as prey. It either seizes its prey directly with its jaws or, by means of its powerful tail, whisks its prey within reach of them, dragging it under the water. Notwithstanding the nature of its food it is eaten by the Sudanese and by other African tribes 4, apparently by reason of its reputed aphrodisical properties. Herodotus ® says that as the crocodile “ lives chiefly in the river it has the inside of its mouth constantly covered with insects that suck its blood; all other beasts and birds avoid it: with the trochilus alone it lives at peace, because this little bird renders it a great service; for the crocodile when it leaves the water and comes out upon the land is in the habit of lying with its mouth wide open facing the western breeze ; at such times the trochilus goes into the crocodile’s mouth and devours the insects it finds there, and the crocodile, recognizing this, does the bird no harm.” Pliny’s ° account, which is somewhat different, is as follows :—‘* When the crocodile has eaten, it goes to sleep on the banks, when a little bird, known in Egypt as the trochilus, and in Italy as the king of birds, in order to obtain food, invites the crocodile to open its jaws, then, hopping to and fro, it first cleans the outside of its mouth, next the teeth, and then inside, when the crocodile opens its jaws as wide as possible, on account of the pleasure it experiences from the titillation. It is at these moments that the ichneumon darts down its throat and eats its way out through its belly.” Geoffroy St.-Hilaire* held that the word SdéA\a, as applied by Herodotus to the insects in the mouth of the crocodile, in its original meaning signified animals that suck, but that ultimately it became specialized and was applied to the true leeches, hirudo. ‘The word, Geoffroy held, was not used by Herodotus in the latter specific sense, but referred to insects, such as gnats, which suck blood. Herodotus, however, explains the presence of the sucking animals in the mouth of the crocodile as being due to its aquatic habit, which does not coincide with Geoffroy’s supposition that they were aerial insects. Aristotle 8, who also mentions the supposed intimacy subsisting between the trochilus and the crocodile, while he offers no explanation of the word BdékXw used by Herodotus, says that the bird flew into the mouth of the crocodile because it found food about its teeth, which nourished it. From the accounts Geoffroy received from the fishermen and by personal knowledge he became aware that the crocodile, when it comes out of the water to repose, is * Marmol, 7. ¢. pp. 61-62. * Op. cit. ii. p. 336. 3 Sir S. Baker, op. cit. p. 241. * ip a ra be oil 1 ei * is ae 7 ‘ TESTUDO LEITHILI. 29 margin of the front border of the pectoral. Head yellowish or dusky, with some dark brown on its upper surface. The shell of the female attains only to 120 millimétres in length. As in 7. thera, Pallas, and 7. marginata, Schoepff, the hind lobe of the plastron is movable in the adult. This species is distinguished from 7. marginata, Schoepff, by its much smaller size, shorter and deeper carapace, backwardly projecting supracaudal, extremely large scales on the fore limb, and by its coloration. In 7. marginata the adult is nearly black, each shield has generally a small greenish-yellow spot, and there is a large black spot on each shield of the plastron. An example of this species was obtained by Lefébvre in Egypt and is still preserved in the Paris Museum. It was referred by A. Duméril to 7. marginata, Schoepft. There is also a specimen in the Berlin Museum from Egypt, identified by Lichtenstein as 7. greca. In 1869, the British Museum received a small collection of Reptiles from Sind, presented by Dr. Leith. It contained a new species of land-tortoise to which Dr. Giinther gave the name of 7. leithit. In 1875, Dr. Lortet received a land-tortoise from the neighbourhood of Alexandria. He considered it to be distinct from 7. marginata, Schoepff, and named it after its discoverer M. Kleinmann. Dr. Lortet presented one of M. Kleinmann’s specimens (a female) to the British Museum, so that when Mr. Boulenger came to prepare his ‘Catalogue of Chelonia’ he had before him the types of 7. letthit and T. kleinmanni. The result of his comparison of the two has been to establish the specific identity of T. kleinmanni, Lortet, with T. leithii, Gunther. No example of 7. leithii, Giinther, has been recorded either from Sind or from any locality to the east of Southern Syria, since Dr. Giinther first described the species. In view, however, of the facts that the land-tortoise of Egypt, which, according to Lortet, occurs in great numbers about Alexandria, was overlooked by the naturalists of the French Expedition in the end of last century, and that, up to 1875, it had only been reported from Egypt on two occasions, it might seem, to some, premature to conclude that it does not exist in Sind. The most likely explanation of its presence there, however, may possibly be that Dr. Leith’s specimen had been carried thither, by some native, either from Egypt, or perhaps from the north-western shore of the Persian Gulf, and had been sold to Dr. Leith as a Sind tortoise. Dr. Lortet gives the following interesting account of this species :—‘‘ Le 7. klein- manni n’a été trouvé, jusqu’a aujourd’hui, que dans une région trés limitée de Afrique. Je lai recu en 1875, pour la premiere fois, d’Alexandrie, ot elle a été découverte en trés grande quantité par M. Kleinmann. Je J'ai trouvée aussi a Damiette et aux environs de Port Said. Malgré mes recherches des plus attentives, je n’ai point vu cette charmante petite espéce dans les environs du Caire, ce qui me ferait croire qu'elle 30 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. est spéciale au Delta et a la Basse-Egypte. Autour d’Alexandrie, on la rencontre abondamment dans des herbes du rivage et sur les bords des lacs salés on saumatres. Elle se nourrit surtout de différentes espéces de Salsolacées et de Statices. Elle pénétre aussi souvent dans les cultures et les jardins. “En 1880, un savant voyageur, M. Barbey, de Genéve, m’a communiqué un T. kleinmanni trouvé par lui, sur le sable du déserte Egypto-Syrien prés d’El-Arisc, Vancienne Rhinocoloura. « A moins que la température ne s’abaisse considérablement en Egypte, comme cela a eu lieu pendant lVhiver 1879-80, cette espéce ne s'engourdit pas, et surtout ne s’enterre pas comme les 7’. ibera et marginata. Elle reste, au contraire, trés alerte pendant la saison hivernale. A Lyon, elle entre en somnolence dés que la température moyenne s'abaisse 4 +8, mais cependant, elle ne cherche point a se cacher sous le sol. Elle se contente de s’abriter au milieu des feuilles mortes ou des herbes. Elle ne mange alors plus rien et périt facilement si on la laisse exposée & une température de quelques degrés au-dessous de zéro. Les TZ. ibera, marginata et greca supportent, au contraire, sans paraitre en souffrir, une température s’abaissant 4 —8 ou —10. “T’accouplement se fait en mars et avril. En mai, les ceufs sont pondus par la femelle, qui les abandonne simplement sur le sol. Ces ceufs, de la grosseur de ceux d'un pigeon, sont presque enti¢rement sphériques et teints en rose éclair. Lorsque la température est suffisamment élevée, les jeunes sortent de lceuf vingt jours aprés la ponte. Ils sont entiérement jaunes et atteignent 4 peine la dimension d'une piéce dun france.” My own observations fully verify those of Dr. Lortet regarding its absence in the southern part of the delta. I made a very careful search for it in the neighbourhood of Cairo, but failed to find it, and all the natives who were questioned on the subject assured me that they had never seen it in the vicinity of that city. It has probably a considerable range to the west of Egypt, as Peters records, under the name of 7. greca, a tortoise collected by Rohlfs and Stecker on their journey to the Oasis of Kufra. Pliny states that numbers of tortoises wandered in the deserts of Africa, and A‘lian that they were found in the Libyan desert, a statement which is repeated by Marmol ; but neither Prospero Alpini nor Maillet have mentioned a land-tortoise as present in Egypt. The Arabic name of the land-tortoise is cbsl, or solhafa—pronounced, according to Mr. D. A. Cameron! and Dr. Walter Innes, zihiifa. I am indebted to Dr. Keatinge for three photographic views of a land-tortoise, three living specimens of which he had purchased for the Museum of the Medical School at 1 Arabic-English Vocabulary, 1892, p. 126. TESTUDO LEITHII. dl Cairo. The species is Testudo ibera, Pallas, hitherto known only from North-west Africa, Syria, Asia Minor, ‘Transcaucasia, and Persia. ‘The native from whom they were bought informed Dr. Keatinge that he had got them from the Sudan, and that he had had them alive for more than fourteen years. ‘There is no evidence that this tortoise occurs in Lower Egypt, but, like some other reptilian species, it may possibly range from Algeria and Tunisia to the Eastern Sudan, and, in view of this, I have thought it as well to record these specimens. ‘The conjecture, however, that they, in all likelihood, were brought to Egypt from Syria is perhaps more probable than that they were oi Sudanese origiu. If this species does occur in the Sudan, it is likely to be distributed in the direction of Wadi Halfa and the plain of Suakin. Riippell! records that Zestudo calcarata, Schneider, is present in the Province of Dongola, where it is known as ‘‘ Abu Gefne.” Aristotle? relates a tale about the tortoise and the viper, the only interest of which is its parallelism to the myth prevalent in India regarding the cobra and the mungoose. As is well known, it is said that when a mungoose has been bitten by a cobra it searches for a particular plant which it eats, and that it serves as an antidote to the poison of the snake. Aristotle had heard that when a tortoise swallows a viper (which a tortoise never does, any more than does the mungoose eat the manguswail) it searches for and eats the origan or marjoram (to which it is probably partial at all times for its aromatic pungency), and he states that some one had mentioned the fact that he had seen a tortoise do so several times, but that at last when it was deprived of access to the origan, after having swallowed a viper, it died. Wilkinson states that a tortoise-headed god occurs as one of the genii on the tombs, but he does not state on what tomb, and he adds that the tortoise was not one of the sacred animals of Egypt. But, in the beginning of the Christian era, it seems as if some myth, probably cosmogonic, regarding this animal prevailed in the then Roman Province of Egypt, because while in Alexandria, in 1880, I was informed, on reliable authority, that when the obelisk was being taken down, for removal to New York, it was found resting on a small bronze figure of a tortoise. ‘This obelisk, which had stood for ages at Heliopolis, had been removed thence and placed in front of the Casarium at Alexandria in the time of Tiberius. A fragment of a claw of the tortoise was presented to me, and I afterwards gave it to the Indian Museum, Calcutta®. An analysis of a portion of it proved it to be a true bronze. * Neue Wirbelih., Amph. p. 4. * Hist. An. iii. (1883), par M. J. Barthélemy St.-Hilaire, pp. 157-158. ® Anderson, Cat. & Hand-Book, Archeological Collection, pt. ii. 1883, p. 471. bo THE REPTILES OF. EGYPT. O93 TRIONYCHID. TRIONYX. Trionyx, part., Geoffr. St.-Hil. Ann. Mus. xiv. 1809, p. 1. TRIoNYX TRIUNGUIS, Forskal. (Plate ITI.) Le Trionyx d’ Egypte, Geoffroy St.-Hil. Descr. de PEgypte, Hist. Nat. i. ? 1827, pp. 115-120, pl. i., et ed. 8vo (Panchouke), 1829, xxiv. Hist. Nat. vi. pp. 1-18, pl. i. Testudo triunguis, Forskal, Descr. An. 1775, p. 1x. Trionyx niloticus, Gray, Syn. Rept. 1831, p. 46; Riippell, Mus. Senck. i. 1845, p. 298; Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. i. 1855, p. 68, skull, pl. xlii. figs. 2 a-2 d. Trionyx egyptiacus, Geottr. Ann. Mus. xiv. 1809, p. 12, pls. i. & u.; Merrem, Syst. Amph. 1820, p- 20; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) v. 1862, p- 175; id. op. cit. (vii. sér.) viii. 18, 1865, p. 126; Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, 1880, p. 208; Tristram, West. Palestine, Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 157. Gymnopus egyptiacus, Dum. & Bibr. 11, 1835, p. 484. Trionyx labiatus, Bell, Test. 1837, pls. 18, 19, 20. Tyrse nilotica, Gray, Cat. Tort. 1844, p. 48; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 88; Petherick’s Travels Cent. Afr. ii. 1869, Append. p. 189; Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. i. 1870, p. 108; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xi. 1873, p. 470. Trionyx mortoni, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. ii. (1844) p. 120. Aspidonectes aspilus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 295. Fordia africana, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 219; Petherick’s Travels Cent. Afr. 11.1869, Append. p. 190; Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. i. 1870, p. 100; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 43, figs. 1 ald. Trionyx triunguis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1876, p. 117; Blgr. Cat. Chelon. &c. 1889, p. 254; Anderson, Herpet. of Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 95; Blgr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvil.) 1896, p. 16; id. op. cit. p. 277. 12. Nile at Cairo. Dr. Walter Innes. 1 2? juv. Phile. 1 2 juv. Wadi Halfa. Major Henry d’Alton Harkness. Carapace moderately convex, more or less depressed in the mesial line. Proboscis equalling the length of the eye. Upper labial folds and nuchal flaps well developed, the latter with rounded tubercles. Skin of the upper surface of the shell covered with tubercles arranged more or less in longitudinal wavy lines, most apparent in the young. Plastron with two pairs of callosities well developed in the adult and more or less rugose. Claws strong and pointed. Upper surface olive or olive-brown, profusely spotted with white dots with dark margins, well marked in the young and in half-grown IA SOG, gypt. ep Reptiles of I ld del et lth, = UIS. TRIUNG TRIONYX di Halfa. a juv¢?.W nat i - TT ay i CVRGE sy 1 iy ea es TRIONYX TRIUNGUIS. 383 specimens, but obscure or obsolete in adults ; margin of fleshy disk yellowish; under surface white, but the posterior margin of the fleshy disk marked with dusky. It attains to a metre in length 1. Common in the Nile in Lower and Upper ae and, according to James Burton 2, present in the lakes in the Wadi Natrin. . In the month of April it deposits from 50 to 60 eggs on the sandbanks, where they are hatched by the heat of the sun. The Arabs say that the Nile turtle searches for the eggs of the crocodile, and that it scratches them out of the sand and devours them. Maillet®, however, who was an excellent observer, did not credit the existence of this habit. Sonnini4, on the other hand, not only believed in it, but has stated that the turtle devoured the newly hatched young of the crocodile ; and James Burton ® has recorded that it is not so much the ichneumon as the Nile turtle that destroys the young of the crocodile. This may be possible, but that so thoroughly an aquatic animal as a 7rionyx should leave the water in search of food is highly improbable. Fish and shell-fish appear to be its staple food, which it procures and devours under water. Dr. J. E. Gray considered that the turtle of the Nile found in the reaches of the river at Khartoum was not only specifically, but generically distinct from the turtle of Lower Egypt, and he described it under the name of Mordia africana. His reasons for regarding it as generically distinct from Zrionya must unquestionably be rejected ; but at first sight the marked differences between the forms of the two skulls would seem to favour the supposition of their specific distinctness, whereas on the other hand the two animals, in external characters, are alike. Agassiz®, writing in 1857, held, however, that it was impossible to distinguish the species of Trionychidew by their external characters, and that nothing short of a careful examination of their jaws, and especially of the skull, would reveal the generic characters. The alveolar surfaces of the Khartoum turtle are characterized by great breadth, associated with a short, truncated, broad snout, whilst the same surfaces of the turtle of the Lower Nile are narrow and the snout is sharp and pointed. Mr. Boulenger, who was the first to direct special attention to these extreme forms of jaws, points out that no young specimens of Zrionya have been met with in which the alveolar surfaces are broad and molar in their character, and that all young specimens have sharp and edged jaws. He holds that the two forms of alveolar surface are found 1 Prospero Alpini (1553-1617) says, Rerum Agypt. lib. iv. cap. 2 (1735), p. 203, that it attains to such a size that the carapace was used for making shields, which is still the case in Nubia. * Add. MSS. B.M. 25,623. ° Descr. de Egypte, 1735, p. 33*. * L. c. i. pp. 334, 335. 5 iby & Contrib. to Nat. Hist. of U.S.A. 1857, 2 pls. 4to, p. 396. 34 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. in one and the same species, and he is inclined to explain the existence of a broad alveolar surface, in animals externally identical with those having a narrow surface, by the nature of their food. He maintains that a broad alveolar surface is associated with a conchifragous diet, and a narrow alveolar surface and sharp beak with an ichthyophagous diet; but, at the same time, Mr. Boulenger points out that the final solution of this most interesting problem rests with those who can observe the animals in nature. In view of this suggestion, it may be mentioned that there could be no better river for conducting such observations than the Nile, where the two types of skull are so well represented. This species occurs in some of the rivers of Syria, throughout the Nile and its tributaries, and in the river systems of Africa, from Somaliland to Senegambia. The Arabic name of this turtle is x. »3=terseh. The turtle was not a sacred animal to the Egyptians, and the representations of it are rare. The conventional figure which Egyptologists regard as representing a tortoise seems to me rather to suggest a freshwater turtle. The body of the supposed chelonian hieroglyph is a depressed oval, and the neck is very long—two features which, while distinctive of the Nile turtle (7. tréwnguis), are in no way characteristic of any African land-tortoise. Figures of this kind are met with in the ‘ Book of the Dead,’ and ina number of inscriptions, ¢. g. on the outside of the beautiful inner coffin of Nesi Pa-Ur Shef, of the XVIIIth Dynasty, preserved in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge !, and in an inscription at Kom Ombos reproduced by Rosellini ?. The cemeteries of the New Race of Men at Naquada and Ballas, already referred to, contained the body in a contracted position on the floor of the grave. Along with the body were stone vases and vessels of pottery of various kinds, that had doubtless contained food for the deceased. Before the face of each skeleton there generally lay a slate palette, and, in some cases, more than one. These slates bore greenish stains, and parts of them were worn into hollows. By their sides lay one to four smooth pebbles, also stained with the same colour, and, associated with them, were found shells and little bags filled with ground green malachite, and chips of the unground material. Professor Petrie and Mr. Quibell’s explanation of their occurrence is that the new race had adopted the custom in yogue among the early Egyptians of painting the area around the eyes green. ‘The interest attached to the discovery of these implements of the toilet from a zoological standpoint is that many of the palettes are fashioned in the form of the turtle of the Nile. 1 Budge (H. A. W.), Cat. Egypt. Coll. 1893. Since the above was written, Dr. Budge has shown to me, on the inside of the coffin (No. 6678 B.M.) of Heru-net Atef, a priest of Amen Ra, dating from 500 to 350 B.C., two characteristic representations of the turtle. * Mon. Egitto della Nubia, 1832, vol. iii. pl. xxix. STENODACTYLUS. on SQUAMATA. LACERTILIA. GECKONID/A. STENODACTYLUS. Stenodactylus, Fitzinger, Neue Class. Rept. 1826, p. 18. Digits not dilated, straight, clawed, covered below with keeled scales, the central longitudinal row enlarged in the form of carinated lamelle ; sides of digits dentated or fringed. Body covered with juxtaposed, almost granular, scales, with or without intermixed large tubercles. Przeanal pores present. Before considering the species of Stenodactylus found in Egypt it is desirable to recall the nature of the scaling of the under surface of the digits. In S. elegans, Fitz., there is, é. g. on the third finger, a longitudinal row of 20 to 22, more or less tricarinate, slightly imbricate lamelle, with a row of minute, serrately pointed scales external to it. ‘The upper surface of one of the principal digits is covered at its middle with four or five scales, those of the external row being directed outwardly, and somewhat distally. This arrangement of the external dorsal scales confers a somewhat dentated appearance to the sides of the digits. In the species which I have named S. petrii, an additional longitudinal row of small scales occurs outside the lamella, 7. ¢. external to the single row of the previous species, and the outer row of the dorsal scales becomes somewhat enlarged and projects as a fringe, most developed on the digits of the hind feet. The under surfaces of the digits of Ceramodactylus dorie, Blanford1, are covered throughout the greater part of their extent by minute, uniformly sized, more or less imbricate scales arranged in oblique series but also longitudinally. Towards the distal ends of the digits they become fewer in number, and there is a tendency to the formation of a central row somewhat slightly larger than the scales external to it. In C. affinis, Murray, in which the scales on the under surface have much the same characters as in the former species, those occupying the mesial line of the digit manifest a perceptible increase in size over the others, so that they may be regarded as illustrating the passage of these scales into the well-defined central * The genus Holodactylus, which Prof. Boettger (Zool. Anz. xvi, 1893, p. 113) regarded as a gecko and referred to the neighbourhood of Ceramodactylus, has been pointed out by Mr. Boulenger (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (ser. 6) xvi. Aug. 1895, p. 166) to be an Eublepharid. The figure which Messrs. Lucas and Frost have given of the under surface of the digits of Ceramodactylus dameus, L. & F. (Horn Exped. C. Australia, Feb. 1896, pp. 114 & 119, pl. ix. fig. 2, and Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict. viii. (n. s.) 1895, pp. 1-4), conclusively proves it not to be a Ceramodactylus, but possibly a Diplodactylus. r2 56 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. lamelle of Stenodactylus, and, moreover, towards the tips of the digits, this passage is complete in the case of afew. I am therefore inclined to regard Ceramodactylus as only entitled to subgeneric rank. One of the supposed features of Stenodactylus was the absence of preeanal pores. They are, however, present in one of the types, and in 13 out of 19 males, and 10 out of 24 females, examined by me. The simplest form of preanal pore is met with in S. orientalis, in which it occurs as a single opening in a slightly enlarged scale occupying the mesial line. In S. elegans two enlarged scales separated mesially by a considerable interval are perforated, each by a single opening. Similar structures are present in Ceramodactylus doriw, but in the single specimen of C. affinis that has come under my observation, viz. a female, there are no traces of pores. In Crossobamon eversmanni there may be 3 or 4 pores, separated from one another in the mesial line, asin S. elegans and C. doriw, but in the very limited number of specimens extant of S. dumsdeni and S. petrii they are not present. In the genus Bunopus, which is allied to Stenodactylus, a line of enlarged scales extends from the preanal region for a considerable distance along the thighs. As many as thirty of these scales may carry pores, but not in a continuous line. In some specimens the pores may cease on the base of the thighs and appear again more distally, so that here we have an illustration of the passage of preeanal into femoral pores. In Alsophylax there is a similar tendency, as in it there is a series of enlarged interfemoral scales bearing a relatively high number (9) of preanal pores. Although no pores occur on the thighs, the presence of enlarged scales suggests their occasional occurrence. I have, however, examined only three specimens of this genus. The tail in Stenodactylus is modified in two ways: it is either thick, cylindrical, and tapered very gradually to a rather blunt point, or it may be somewhat broad at the base, rapidly contracted behind this, becoming somewhat filiform, and ending in a fine point. The enlarged tubercles at its base are always present, and are especially well developed in the latter form of tail, and most so in the males, so that it is almost possible to determine the sexes by the degree of its development. A small gecko, with straight, non-dilated digits, covered below by more or less slightly imbricate, carinated, transverse lamelle, the sides of the digits finely dentate, and the body clad with small, nearly polygonal, juxtaposed scales, is found throughout Egypt. It was first described by Lichtenstein in 1823, under the term Ascalabotes sthenodactylus 1, and in these words: “Asc. supra albo- et brunneo-ocellatus. 5'. Aegypt. et Nubia.” Fitzinger®, in 1826, selected it as the type of a new genus, which he ‘ Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1823, p. 102. * N. Class. Rept. 1826, p. 47. STENODACTYLUS. 37 named Stenodactylus, using the specific name for the generic term, and designating the species S. elegans. The following! is a figure of one of the types from the Berlin Museum. Stenodactylus elegans, Fitzinger. 2. One of the types of Ascalabotes sthenodactylus, Licht., from Berlin Museum. Baron Cuvier, in the new edition of the ‘ Régne Animal, published in 1829, adopted the genus Stenodactylus and named the species S. gutéatus, basing it on certain figures in the ‘ Description de l' Egypte.’ One of these figures (plate v. fig. 2) is in every way so crude that it is impossible to gain from it any idea of what may have been the characters of the lizard which it was intended to represent. A second figure, however (Suppl. plate i. fig. 3) (not Suppl. plate i. fig. 2, as stated by Cuvier, which is Ptyodactylus lobatus = P. hasselquistii, Donndorff), he held represented the same species. ‘This figure, taken as a whole, is a good likeness of S. elegans, Fitzinger, the Asc. sthenodactylus, Licht. The other figure on Suppl. plate i., viz. fig. 4, Cuvier regarded as a species distinct from S. guttatus, but allied to it. The figure on which Cuvier based his S. guttatus (plate v. fig. 2) was described by Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire as “/’Agame ponctué” *, and Duméril and Bibron state that the description of the latter author was drawn up from a very imperfectly executed coloured drawing. While we learn nothing from pl. v. fig. 2, the figure (fig. 3) on Suppl. plate i. leaves no doubt as to the characters of Cuvier’s S. guttatus, which is unquestionably identical with the Ascalabotes sthenodactylus, Licht. * By the courtesy of Dr. Tornier, of the Berlin Museum, I have, by means of an exchange with that Institution, become possessed of one of Lichtenstein’s types (figured above) preserved in its original bottle, and labelled “ Ascalabotes sthenodactylus, Cuv., Stenodactylus elegans, Fitzinger ; Nubia, Hemprich and Ehrenberg.” * Is. Geoffr. St.-Hilaire, in 1855, in a footnote to his introduction to the work entitled ‘ Voyage autour du Monde sur la Frégatte Vénus,’ gives 1827 as the date of his parts ofethe Reptiles and Fishes of the ‘ Description de Egypte.’ Born 16th December, 1805, he was appointed assistant to his father in 1824. 38 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. When Audouin’s part of the ‘Description de l'Fgypte’ appeared !, it contained a description of the two figures (figs. 3 and 4) on Suppl. plate i. The former received from him the name Trapelus savignyi, while he regarded the latter as a variety of the same species. If Audouin’s text had been published before 1829, the year in which the new edition of the ‘Régne Animal’ appeared, it seems unlikely that Cuvier would have overlooked it, or intentionally ignored it; and as there is no reference by Audouin to Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ the probability is that the portion of the ‘ Descr. de Egypte : written by Audouin was published about the same time as Cuvier’s work. The gecko (Suppl. pl. i. fig. 4) regarded by Audouin as a variety of 7. savignyi is a distinct species, as pointed out by Cuvier, and is the species which I have recently described as S. petrit from specimens collected by Prof. Petrie at Tel el Amarna. Duméril and Bibron considered all the foregoing figures in the ‘ Descr. de l’Egypte’ as representing one species, but their illustration of S. guttatus, Cuvier, was taken from a specimen still preserved in the Paris Museum, and bearing the number 1765. Professor Vaillant has been so good as to permit me to examine this specimen, which, however, is not the lizard figured by Savigny on Suppl. pl. i. fig. 3, but is unmistakably identical with fig. 4 of the same plate—that is, with the lizard which Cuvier regarded as distinct from his S. guttatus, but which is specifically the same as S. petrit. Gasco obtained two specimens of a Stenodactylus from near Cairo, and in his identi- fication of them had been puzzled to reconcile them with Audouin’s figures, being unaware that they represented two distinct species. I have experienced considerable difficulty in arriving at a conclusion, satisfactory to myself, as to the position in which the geckos S. wilkinsonii and S. mauritanicus stand towards S. elegans. I have not been singular in this experience, as Mr. Bou- lenger, who at first regarded S. wilkinsonii ? as a distinct species, afterwards considered it and S. mauritanicus to be specifically identical with S. elegans. He says*?:—‘ The form that I regard as the typical S. guttatus has a moderately pointed snout, the dorsal granules are rather large, convex and coarsely granular, the rostral shield enters the * On the 19th March, 1825, Corbiére, the Minister Secretary of State for the Dept. of the Interior, addressed a letter to M. Jules-César Savigny requesting him to bring his part of the ‘ Descr. de Egypte’ to an end. It is stated that at that time Savigny had supplied no part of the manuscript, nor even the whole of the drawings of his section of the work, and that he was unable to complete them, as he had lost his sight through his labours over the microscope. He was therefore desired to supply M. Victor Audouin, formerly one of his pupils, with such materials as he could furnish for the completion of the Natural History. From the evidence of contemporary literature it appears highly probable that Audouin’s portion on the reptiles did not appear until 1829. * Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 18. * Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 108. STENODACTYLUS. 39 nostril, and the hind limb reaches barely the axil. Stouter specimens with shorter snout have been named S. mauritanicus. In Gray’s S. wilkinsonii the snout is more pointed, the dorsal scales flat and subimbricate, the rostral is excluded from the nostril, and the hind limb reaches the shoulder. All these differences, however, break down, as specific characters, on examination of large series of specimens, and I do not even see my way to distinguishing the three forms as varieties. A specimen from Bou- Saada, collected by M. Lataste, has the short head and short limbs of S. mauritanicus ; the dorsal scales very small, flattish, smooth, but not imbricate; and the nostril well separated from the rostral.” In 20 specimens collected at Gizeh, distinctly referable to S.. elegans, Fitz., the fore limb generally reaches the snout, but in a few it may fall somewhat short of it, while in two specimens it is In advance of the snout when laid forwards. The hind limb when stretched forwards generally touches the axilla, or it may be a little before it, while in two out of the 20 it reaches the shoulder. In the type of S. wilkinsonii the fore limb when laid forwards is in advance of the snout, and the hind limb reaches or nearly reaches the shoulder, and in these respects it is generally resembled by seven other specimens from Middle and Upper Egypt. The fore limb in the type of S. mauwritanicus ' has the same proportions as is general among the Gizeh geckos, but in thirteen other specimens grouped along with it the fore limb, in three of them, is in advance of the snout. ‘The hind limb of the type resembles that of the Gizeh geckos in reaching the axilla; but among four of the thirteen it falls short of the axilla, whereas in two it resembles the hind limb of S. wilkinsonii in reaching the shoulder. No specimen among the Gizeh geckos has both its fore and hind limbs like those of S. wilkinsonii, neither in any of those grouped round S. mauritanicus are the limbs of the same length as in the aforementioned type; but in some of the Gizeh geckos their fore limbs are as long as in S. wilkinsonii, and in others their hind limbs may be so. In the same way, in some of the specimens grouped around S. mauritanicus we find short hind limbs associated with long fore limbs, and vice versd. Leaving other exceptional cases out of consideration, it may be said that the limbs of S. mauritanicus agree in their proportions with those of the Gizeh geckos. In the type of S. elegans, stated to have come from Nubia, the fore limb has the length of the fore limb of S. wi/kinsonii, while its hind limb falls short of that of the Gizeh geckos, and corresponds to the exceptionally short hind limbs of the S. mauri- tanicus group. I have consequently experienced some difficulty as to the position this * [have to record my indebtedness to Professor Vaillant for having permitted me to examine the type of S. mauritanicus, Guichenot, preserved in the Paris Museum, and further for having forwarded another of the types (No. 2339, 3) to London for my inspection, and for comparison with my Egyptian specimens of this genus. 40) THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. specimen should occupy, but it evidently stands between the Gizeh geckos and those found in the delta and other localities, and that conform more or less to 8. mawritanicus. As regards the digits, those of the Gizeh geckos are not quite so slender as those of the type of S. wilkinsonii and of the geckos from Middle and Upper Egypt; but as variations in these respects are frequent, little or no importance need be attached to them. On the other hand, the digits of the type of S. mauritanicus, and of those associated with it, are generally stouter than in the others, and in some cases they are very markedly so (fig. 5, Pl. IV.), but other specimens have digits differing but little from those of S. wilkinsoni. The nostril in the geckos found at the Pyramids of Gizeh is, without exception, defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals; but there are some cases in which the rostral feebly approaches the nostril, so that it is difficult to say whether or not it enters it. In the type of S. wilkinsonii the rostral is excluded, and the nasal formula is Ist labial, 3 nasals. ‘Lhis arrangement prevails among seven out of nine specimens which I have grouped along with S. wilkinsonti. In one of the nine the rostral enters on one side into the formation of the nostril, while in another specimen the nasal formula is R. L. 3N. Im this individual we have thus all the characters of the nostril of the Gizeh and Algerian geckos. In the type of S. elegans (Nubia) the nostril is formed the same way as in the Gizeh geckos. In the geckos around the Pyramids of Gizeh the upper labials vary from 10 to 14, and the lower from 9 to 12. In wilkinsonii, on the other hand, the former are 14, and the latter 11, and in other specimens that may be associated with it the upper labials vary from 12 to 15, and the Stenodactylus elegans, Vitz. S. mauritanicus, Guichenot. Oran, Algeria (Professor Doumergue). lower from 11 to 13. In the type of S. elegans there are 14 or 15 upper and 12 or 13 lower labials. In the type of S. mauwritanicus there are 9 upper and 8 to 10 lower labials; and in a specimen from Oran there are 12 upper and 11 lower labials. STENODACTYLUS. 4] In specimens from the delta of Egypt and from the Eastern Sudan both the upper and the lower labials fall as low as 10 and rise to 13. The gecko described by Guichenot as mauritanicus is more stoutly built than the Gizeh geckos, and its head is somewhat heavier and slightly broader, whereas the type of S. wilkinsonii in its general form resembles the Gizeh sand-geckos. In the delta of the Nile, near the sea, geckos with the heavier body of mauritanicus, and with its short and stout limbs and digits, are present (PI. IV. fig. 5); but at Luxor (fig. 3) individuals of this type occur, but with more slender limbs and digits, and with the nostrils of wilkinsonii (fig. 4). These seem to link the Algerian geckos to those of Gizeh. On the other hand, individuals are met with (fig. 6) in the Eastern Sudan (Durrur and Suakin) which must be regarded as intermediate between those of the Nile delta and those of Algeria. It is noteworthy that the skin of the geckos of the Nile valley proper is not so coarse as that of those inhabiting Algeria and the seaward face of the delta, both of which areas are exposed to the storms of the Mediterranean ; and that similar differences exist in the genus Péyodactylus, in which Syrian and Algerian specimens have harder and coarser skins than those found in Egypt. After a careful consideration of the foregoing facts in all their aspects, the safe conclusion seems to be that the specimens here dealt with are all referable to one species, viz. S. elegans, Fitz., as the variations they manifest are so unstable as to be beyond the reach of clear definition. The gecko from Bou-Saada obtained by M. Lataste I consider to be identical with two specimens from Batna recorded by Strauch, and referred by him to S. wilkinsonii, Gray. Since 1885, the British Museum has become possessed of two geckos from between Batna and Biskra, identical with the specimen from Bou-Saada. Mr. Boulenger informs me that they were part of the same collection from which Strauch obtained his Batna lizards. On comparing them with Strauch’s description of the Batna lizards, it is apparent that they are one and the same species, and quite distinct from S. wilkinsonii, Gray, = S. elegans, Fitz. I believe them to be identical with the species I have described as S. petrii. Consequently the two species exist side by side in Algeria, as they do on the plain of Tel el Amarna, in Egypt. 42 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. STENODACTYLUS ELEGANS, Fitzinger. (Plate IV. figs. 1-6.) Ascalabotes sthenodactylus, Licht. Verz. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p. 102. Stenodactylus elegans, Fitzinger, Neue Class. Rept. 1826, p. 47; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 95. Ayame ponctué, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Descr. de ?Hgypte, i. ?1827, pp. 129-180, pl. 5. fig. 2. Trapelus savignyi, Aud. Descr. de | Higypte, i. ? 1829, p. 167, suppl. pl. i. fig. 8, sed non fig. 4. Stenodactylus guttatus, Cuv. Rég. An. (n. ed.) ii. 1829, p. 58; part., Dum. & Bib. Hrpet. Génl. iii. 1836, p. 434, sed non pl. 34. no. 2; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 801; part., A. Dum. Cat. Méthod. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 47; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) iv. 1862, p. 24; part., id. op. cit. xxxv. 1887, p. 67; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 489; Gasco, Viag. Egitto, 1876, pt. ii. p.115; Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. liv. pt. 2, 1879, p. 35; Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Gesel. 1880, p. 194; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 153; Boulenger, Cat. Liz. B. M.i. 1885, p. 17; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 107; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 218; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 2 ser. xvii. (xxxvii.) 1897, p. 277; Hart, Fauna and Flora of Sinai, 1891, p. 210; part., Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1894, p. 76. = | Tolarenta wilkinsonii, Gray, Zool. Misc. 1842, p.59; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1885, p. 18, pl. iii. fig. 3%. Stenodactylus mauritanicus, Guichenot, Explor. Algér., Sc. Phys., Zool. v. 1850, p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 1; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. 1862, -p. 25. Stenodactylus guttatus, var. mauritanica, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 306. 1g. Mandara, east of Alexandria. Dr. Walter Innes. 4 g and1 2. Ramleh, east of Alexandria. 8 g and12 2. Pyramids of Gizeh. 3 2. Telecel Amarna. Professor Petrie, D.C.L. &c. 3 g and12@. Luxor, desert. 1g. Wadi Halfa. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. 1 gand1 2. Suakin. 22. Durrur. 1 g. Ras Gharib, Gulf of Suez. Mr. James Robertson. Head oviform, moderately large, larger in some than in others, distinct from the neck ; cheeks not swollen; snout moderately pointed, as long as the diameter of the eye, but variable; nostril more or less swollen, generally formed by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals, but occasionally the rostral may be partially or wholly excluded; 9 to 15 upper and 8 to 15 lower labials; mental small, as broad as long. Hye large; ear oval, oblique, considerably smaller than half the diameter of the eye. Body-scales small, rounded, flat, or slightly convex, juxtaposed, smooth or more or less feebly keeled, those on the snout larger than those on the occiput, more or less hexagonal, granular, and generally obscurely keeled. Scales on the limbs but little larger than those on the body, tending to become subimbricate; scales on the under surface of the body smaller than the dorsal scales, nearly round, granular, and obtusely keeled. Reptiles of Egypt. IL WW, P.J.Smit'del.et ith. STENODACTYLUS ELEGANS. Fig. 1 ¢, Gizeh; Fig. 2 ¢ & Fig.3 ¢, Luxor; Fig. 4 @, Tel el Amara; Fig. 5 ¢, Ramleh; Fig. 6 ¢, Durrur. STENODACTYLUS PZTRII. Fig. 7, Tel el Amarna. TROPIOCOLOTES TRIPOLITANUS. Fig. 8, Gizeh. ‘TROPIOCOLOTES STEUDNERI. Fig. 9, Luxor. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS. Fig. 10 ¢, Suakin. : rm Thy iy | STENODACTYLUS ELEGANS. 45 Under surface of the digits with a longitudinal line of transverse, tricarinate, subimbri- cate lamelle, with a single row of small scales external to it; four to six rows of scales on the upper surface of the digits (3rd toe), the scales of the external row sharply pointed, projecting outwards, and forming a dentated border to the digits. Scales on the tail arranged in rings, largest on the dorsal surface, somewhat longer than broad, juxtaposed, and smooth, those on the under surface smaller. Limbs well developed, very variable in length, fore limb extending to or reaching beyond the snout, or falling short of it; the hind limb generally reaches to the axilla, may fall short of it, or may touch the shoulder; digits variable, longer and stouter in some than in others. Tail thick, not contracted behind the base, elongately conical, gradually tapered to a not very fine point, shorter than the body and head. Colour variable, frequently fawn or rich buff, reticulated with purplish brown, varying in tint, the reticulations enclosing whitish or yellow spots ; in others the upper surface is an almost uniform purplish brown, with feebly indicated darker reticulations, sometimes almost wholly lost, embracing small whitish or yellowish round spots, numerous in some, nearly absent in others; the body may also be covered with five broad purplish-brown more or less white-spotted bands, separated from each other by reticulated areas, the sides and limbs being white-spotted; a dark band, more or less present in many, passes from eye to eye round the occiput; the dorsal bands in others become broken up into large purplish-brown spots surrounded by reticulations and white spots; generally 8 to 10 purplish-brown bands on the tail, separated from each other by a large white black-margined spot, these spots becoming white bars towards the tip of the tail, but in some these white spots are entirely obsolete. Under surface of the body and limbs whitish, of the tail yellowish. The eyelid, anteriorly, has a rich white margin; the rugged and jagged sides of the pupil are bright yellow. The largest Egyptian specimen is a female, measuring 54 millim. from the snout to the vent, and the tail 40 millim. All the specimens of this gecko from the neighbourhood of the Pyramids of Gizeh were obtained on the margin of the desert, lying under stones resting on sand and gravel, and those from the sea-face of the delta (Ramleh and Mandara) were found under similar conditions but close to the sea. I never met with it running about. It may be said to be common at Gizeh, but less so along the sea-face. It has a wide range over Northern and North-eastern Africa, and extends into Asia. In Algeria it has been observed in many localities. I found it not uncommon at Suakin on the shores of the Red Sea, and I have received specimens from Durrur and from Ras Gharib. It has likewise recently been obtained from the banks of Lake Rudolf (Donaldson Smith). How far it may extend to the south, along the Nile valley, is unknown, but one of Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s specimens (fig. 1, p. 37) came from Nubia, and I am indebted to Dr. Penton for examples of it from Wadi Halfa. It occurs on the Mediterranean coast at Ydfa (Boulenger), and inland on the shores of G2 44 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. the Dead Sea (Zristram), in Arabia Petreea (Lrankfort Museum), and the Sinaitic Peninsula (Hart). In Plate IV. I have figured some of the more marked phases of this lizard in the region with which this work deals. Figure 1 represents the Gizeh lizards; figs. 2 & 3 are specimens from Luxor; fig. 4 from Tel el Amarna; fig. 5 from Ramleh, on the sea-face of the delta; and fig. 6 from Durrur. To these I am enabled to add the following figure of the specimen collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith on the shores of Lake Rudolf, Mr. Boulenger having kindly placed the specimen at my disposal for this purpose. Fig. 3. Stenodactylus elegans, Fitz. Lake Rudolf. (Genoa Museum.) A comparison of the foregoing figure with fig. 2, Pl. 1V., will bring out their close resemblance—indeed practical identity,—the only difference between them being that the Lake Rudolf specimen has a smaller head, as has been pointed out by Mr. Boulenger. Dr. Walter Innes informs me that the Arabs have only one name for lizards of the cus oF genera Stenodactylus and Tropiocolotes, viz. Qés:) Y22— bors abyad, or white bors; but, according to my experience, the term abyad is seldom used. STENODACTYLUS PETRII. 45 STENODACTYLUS PETRII, Anderson. (Plate IV. fig. 7.) Trapelus savignyi, Aud. var. (non Dum. & Bibr.) Deser. de Egypte, i. 1829, p. 168; Suppl. Rept. pl. i. figs. 4. 1, 4. 2, and 4. 3, sed non Suppl. Rept. pl. i. figs. 3.1, 3.2, and 3. s. Stenodactylus guttatus, part., Dum. & Bibr. iii. (1836), p. 434, pl. 34. no. 2. Stenodactylus wilkinsonii (non Gray), Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) xxxv. 1887, p. 67. Stenodactylus guttatus, part., Blgr. Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 107 ; ? Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliv. 1895, p. 76. Stenodactylus petrii, Anders. Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 96. 1$ and2 2. Telel Amarna. Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. Head large, very distinct from the neck; cheeks swollen; snout short and moderately pointed, equalling the diameter of the eye; nostril swollen, defined by the first labial and three nasals; 12 to 15 upper and 11 to 14 lower labials; mental well developed, much broader than long. Eye very large ; ear moderate, slightly oval and vertical. Body covered with small, smooth, slightly convex scales, generally longer than broad, polygonal and somewhat smaller on the middle of the back than on the sides, where they are more rounded; they are largest on the snout, hexagonal, very slightly convex and rugose ; scales on the limbs as large as those on the sides, tending to become imbricate and feebly keeled on the humeral and femoral regions ; scales on the under surface of the body slightly imbricate, obscurely obtusely keeled. Under surface of the digits with a longitudinal row of transverse tricarinate lamelle, more or less imbricate, with two rows of small, distinctly pointed scales external to it; five or seven rows of scales on the upper surface of the third toe, about its middle; the outer row of dorsal scales of each digit forms a well-marked but not very prominent fringe most developed on the hind foot, each scale being expanded at its base and curved distally into a sharp point, the entire fringe being slightly downwardly curved. Scales on the tail arranged in rings, largest on the upper surface, somewhat larger than the largest body-scales, longer than broad, and more or less keeled; those of the under surface much smaller and rounded. Limbs long and slender; fore limb when laid forwards reaches beyond the snout, and the hind limb in advance of the shoulder. Digits moderately long and slender. ‘Tail contracted behind the basal swelling, rapidly tapered to a fine point, shorter than the body and head. No preanal pores, and no enlarged scales on the position occupied by these structures. General colour of the upper parts pale but rich fawn, with irregular dark brown markings, most pronounced on the head, feeble on the upper surface of the trunk, and tending to anastomose ; the most pronounced head-marking occurs behind the eye, and curving inwards tends to unite with its fellow of the opposite side; an ill-defined 46 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. pale brown band from the ear along the side; tail banded to its tip with dark brown ; chin to vent and sides of belly whitish; under surface of limbs and tail yellowish. 2. 3 mm mm SHaOKUNE 1H) THEM oosscaaoacanonossaaance 60 54 Weng thvotsheadeeessereeseeeeeee rere 18 18 Waaliln @# InewG) .coococancpoceqanancn.08 14 14 WEG 1 1H) CHM, .nocc0q0ccq0nc00000 53 51 This species differs from S. elegans by the characters indicated in the subjoined synopsis of the species. It has decided affinities to Crossobamon eversmanni, Boettger. Nothing is known regarding its habits. ‘The specimens were collected for me by Professor Petrie, while he and his staff were engaged excavating on the plain of Tel el Amarna. As has already been stated, it has been found at Bou-Saada, in Algeria, close on 2000 feet above the sea; at Batna (3350 feet), and also between Batna and Biskra. The latter place, on the margin of the Sahara, stands only 360 feet above the sea, and the oasis of Tuggurt, at about the same altitude, is distant only 156 miles due south. I am further indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Boulenger for the opportunity of examining a specimen of this species collected by M. Lataste at Mairer, on the way between Biskra and Tugegurt. Moreover, Dr. Franz Werner’s description of the Stenodactylus obtained by him between Mairer and Tuggurt suggests the probability that it also is this species. The only other example that I have seen is the one from Egypt, preserved in the Paris Museum, and figured by Duméril and Bibron. The following is a synopsis of the species :— Synopsis of the Species. A. No enlarged tubercles on the body. 1. Scales on the body of nearly uniform size, not smaller on the middle of the back; digits with fine lateral Biocenter, tail elongately conical, not tapered (OD Bis OOS 5 6 6 6 . 8S. elegans. . Scales on the body not of uniform size, sails, on “the afte of the ‘non 5 tail broad at the base, contracted behind it, and tapered to a fine point. Limbs and digits slender; digits distinctly frmged . . . . . . . . S. petrii. B. Enlarged tubercles on the body ; digits fringed. Gh NOMGBIS FeO, MNO 6 6 5 6 6 o 6 6 6 0 0 0 5 6 ol «Sh heii, ib NGMTENS ees pipe 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 56 6 0 0 6 0 Sh OMaRMliS. TROPIOCOLOTES. AT TROPIOCOLOTES. Tropiocolotes, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 306. Digits slightly laterally compressed, straight, not dilated, covered below with ribbed or keeled, slightly imbricate, transverse lamelle; no lateral fringe. Body covered above and below with imbricate, strongly keeled, or nearly smooth scales. Lower eyelid rudimentary, upper feebly developed; pupil round. Large chin-shields. Pre- anal pores present or absent; no femoral pores. Heh. The transverse lamelle besides being slightly imbricate have their free margins somewhat dentate. Twelve to thirteen lamelle are present on the second and third toes of 7. tripolitanus, and fifteen to twenty on the corresponding digits of 7. stewdneri. External to each lamella there is a small leaf-like scale, and over the dorsum of each digit there are generally four or five oval, imbricate, somewhat pectinate scales. TROPIOCOLOTES TRIPOLITANUS, Peters. (Plate IV. fig. 8.) Tropiocolotes tripolitanus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 306, pl. —. fig. 1; Blgr. Trans. Zool. Soe. xiii. 1891, p. 108; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 97. Stenodactylus tripolitanus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 19. 6 specimens from around the Pyramids of Gizeh, under stones. Head oval, nearly flat above; snout exceeding the distance between the posterior border of the eye and the ear, somewhat pointed ; eye two-thirds of the length of the snout; ear small, round, less than one-third the diameter of the eye, slightly below the level of the commissure of the mouth; nostril defined anteriorly by the rostral, below by the first labial, and posteriorly and superiorly by two small, scale-like nasals ; rostral with a deep groove on its upper surface ; 7 to 9 upper, and 6 or 7 lower labials, those below the eye very small; mental triangular, as broad as the rostral, with one pair of large chin-shields behind it, in contact with one another, with the mental, two labials, and with some small plates, larger than the neighbouring granules lying along their hinder borders. The fore limb when laid forwards reaches to the middle of the snout, and the hind limb to the axilla. Digits moderately long, very slightly compressed. Claws feeble, curved. Tail exceeds the distance between the snout and the vent by nearly one half; it is thick, cylindrical, and tapers to a point. The scales on the side and upper surface of the snout are juxtaposed and feebly keeled, and those on the temporal region are small and strongly keeled. The dorsal scales and those on the limbs and on the upper and under surface of the tail are of moderate size, more or less 48 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. cycloid, imbricate, and strongly keeled, the keels being arranged in continuous ridges. On the under surface of the head the scales are finely granular, but on the rest of the under surface of the body they are imbricate and strongly keeled in lines ; those of the middle of the belly are about one half the size of the scales of the back. About 50 rows of scales round the middle of the body. No preanal pores. General colour of the upper surface pale yellowish, speckled with fine dark brown dots and some obscure white spots. A well-marked dark brown band runs from the nostril to the eye, and is continued above the ear to the shoulder. Upper surface of tail in its first third coloured like the back, but beyond this with broadish brown transverse bars, about 16 in number in a perfect tail. Upper surface of limbs concolorous with the back; under surface nearly white. Snout to vent 35 millim.; tail 49. Total length 84 millim. Among loose sand and pebbles, under stones, around the Pyramids of Gizeh. This species was first discovered in Tripoli by Drs. Rohlfs and Stecker on their journey to the oasis of Kufra. Since then it has been found in four localities in Tunisia. It was unknown in Egypt until I found it in the locality already indicated. It would be interesting to know what its distribution is in Egypt, and whether it occurs on the right as well as on the left bank of the Nile like the next species. TROPIOCOLOTES STEUDNERI, Peters. (Plate IV. fig. 9.) Gymnodactylus steudneri, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 788; Gasco, Viaggio in Egitto, pt. ii. 1876, p. 113; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 34. Stenodactylus petersii, Blgr. op. cit. 1. p. 18, pl. il. fig. 4. Stenodactylus steudneri, Blgr. op. cit. il. 1887, p. 480. Tropiocolotes steudneri, Blgr. Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 108; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 97. 1. Neighbourhood of the Pyramids of Gizeh, under stones. 15. Margin of desert, Luxor; dug out of small holes. 1. Desert of Philze. Head elongately oval, rather flat above; snout exceeding the distance between the posterior border of the eye and the ear; diameter of the eye about two-thirds the length of the snout; ear very small, less than one-third the diameter of the eye, situated slightly below the level of the angle of the mouth; nostril defined by the rostral anteriorly, below by the first labial, and above and posteriorly by two scale-like nasals; rostral traversed by a longitudinal groove; 7 to 9 upper and 6 lower labials ; mental as broad as the rostral, with a pair of shields behind it, in contact with one another, and with a smaller shield behind each of them. Limbs moderately long, the fore limb reaching before the eye or to halfway between the eye and the snout, and the TROPIOCOLOTES STEUDNERI. 49 hind limb nearly reaching the axilla. Digits moderately long and slightly compressed ; claws feeble, slightly curved. ‘The tail exceeds the distance between the snout and the vent by nearly half of its length; it is cylindrical and tapers to a very filiform point. Scales on the head granular, rounded, and more or less conical, considerably larger on the snout, polygonal and smooth. Scales on the temporal region small, conical, smooth. Scales on the body and limbs imbricate, somewhat cycloid, smooth, or very faintly keeled in places; those on the tail larger than those on the back, and more or less keeled above and below towards its end. Scales on the under surface of the head finely granular; those on the ventral surface of the trunk about the same size as the dorsal scales, imbricate and smooth. About 50 scales round the middle of the body. ‘Two preanal pores present. Buff or brownish, with dark brown spots tending to form transverse bands, with pale spots between them; in some the bands are obsolete and the back is brown-spotted. A dark brown band from the nostril to the eye and behind the latter. Tail barred with brown and yellowish buff. Underparts white. Snout to vent 28 millim. ; tail 59 millim. The type of this species was collected by Steudner at Sennaar and described by Peters, in 1869. In 1846, the British Museum purchased a specimen which was said to have come from Egypt. Gasco, in 1876, recorded that he had obtained four individuals from near Cairo. I first met with it at the Pyramids of Gizeh, but only obtained a single specimen, after a careful and extended search for more. It would thus appear to be rare in that locality. But on the margin of the desert, some miles to the north-east of Luxor, I found it to be so plentiful in one place that I obtained fifteen specimens in a very short time, and observed many others. I first came upon it in digging into a hole to which an Hremias guttulata had retreated; and this led me to look for it in other holes, with the success [ have mentioned. It is quick in its movements, and from its small size, and the similarity of its colouring to the ground it frequents, it is very difficult to capture. 00 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. BUNOPUS. Bunopus, Blanford, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xin. 1874, p. 454. Digits straight, slender, not dilated, covered below with tubercularly swollen, transverse lamelle. Body-scales above granular, with enlarged tubercles; ventral scales imbricate. Pupil vertical. Tail verticillate. Preeanal pores. BUNOPUS BLANFoRDU, Strauch. (Fig. 4.) Bunopus blanfordii, Strauch, Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) xxxv. 1887, p.61, pl. figs. 13 & 14; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, pp. 21, 111. Body somewhat slender and slightly depressed ; head elongately oval; snout rather long, pointed and spatulate; nostril formed by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals; ear an elongately oval, vertical slit. Upper and lower labials variable, 10 or 11 of the former, and 9 or 10 of the latter ; a few enlarged granules behind the mental and along the lower labials. Fore limb reaching to the snout or falling slightly short of it, not reaching the groin; hind limb reaching to the axilla or to the shoulder. Transverse lamelle of digits dentate at their free borders, which are more or less swollen, feebly bitubercular, and projecting in profile. Body covered with small, unequal, subimbricate, almost granular scales, with numerous large trihedral tubercles, some smaller than others, scattered among them and arranged somewhat in 14 longitudinal rows. Scales on the snout generally hexagonal, more or less convex, largest before the eyes; from between the eyes backwards to the occiput the head is sparsely covered with minute granules, with numerous rounded, smooth, convex tubercles, some larger than the others, largest on the occipital and temporal regions ; a few large ones at the angle of the mouth, and 2 or 3 at the anterior border of the ear. The tubercles of the occiput, as they are traced backwards, pass gradually into the large trihedral tubercles of the back. The humerus with some large keeled scales and a few enlarged tubercles, the latter also present among the scales on the hind limb. The scales on the under surface of the head are small granules, gradually increasing in size backwards towards the lower part of the abdomen, where they are about one-fourth the size of the largest dorsal tubercles; on the chest and backwards they are feebly imbricate, somewhat cycloidal with finely dentate free ends, more or less carinate on the chest, but less so posteriorly, where they may be smooth or obscurely keeled. A line of enlarged scales across the preeanal region and prolonged on to the thighs ; praanal and femoral pores present in the males, the latter seldom extending beyond the middle of the thigh, but in others occurring interruptedly along the thigh for a considerable part of its extent; 10 to 20 pores in continuous series on the preanal area, and as many as BUNOPUS BLANFORDII. ol 31 in interrupted series on preanal region and thighs, but many on the thighs not well defined. Tail slightly depressed at the base, cylindrical beyond, fully one-third longer than the body and head; scales on its upper surface arranged in well-marked verticils, defined posteriorly by enlarged carinate tubercles, each verticil consisting of about four rows of unequal scales, somewhat obtusely keeled. Under surface with rings of unequal, keeled scales, two or more larger scales, side by side, corresponding to the posterior border of the verticils. Rufous ashy above, with broad, brownish, transverse dorsal bands, somewhat irregular in form, and varying in intensity, or paler above without the bands, but with brownish spots of varying size, and more or less longitudinal in their arrangement, in five or six lines, or che spots when small more or less irregular in their distribution. Upper surface ef head with similarly coloured spots, or immaculate ; a brown band before the eyes to the snout, varying in breadth and intensity, and prolonged behind the eyes and tending to be continued to the occiput. Limbs with a few obscure brown bars or spots. Tail barred above with brown. Under surface of body, limbs, and tail white. Strauch’s largest specimen measured—snout to vent 41 millim., tail 42 millim.; but the measurements of a male from the Hadramut with a perfect unrenewed tail were as follows—snout to vent 49 millim., tail 63 millim. I have never met with this species myself in Egypt. It was described by Strauch from two specimens said to have come from Egypt, and to have formed part of the collection of a Prince of Wirtemberg. They were forwarded to Strauch by Erber, under the name of Gymnodactylus scaber, to which the species has a superficial resemblance. As recorded elsewhere, I am indebted to Professor Pleske for having kindly forwarded one of the types to London for my inspection, and of this specimen I now give the accompanying figure (fig. 4). No other specimens of this species have been recorded from Egypt, but my collector, who accompanied Mr. Bent to the Hadramut, brought back fifteen examples of it, which were compared with the type from St. Petersburg. Egypt and the Hadramut are therefore the only two regions in which it has been observed. Its habits are probably the same as those of B. tuderculatus, which Mr. Blanford states is ‘found in houses and under stones”. It is closely allied to that species, but differs from it in the body and limbs being more slender, the head more flattened, the snout longer, in the absence of chin-shields, in the enlarged dorsal tubercles being more numerous, and in the presence of elongate scales on the under surface of the tail, corresponding to the verticils. B. tuberculatus is confined to Asia. According to Mr. Blanford it abounds in Baluchistan, but it is also present in Sind, in South-eastern Persia, and on the coasts of the Persian Gulf. * Zool. of Persia, 1876, p. 350. 52 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. In B&. tuberculatus the under surface of the digits is covered with broad, but slightly, if at all, imbricate, transverse plates, more or less swollen into eminences. A small somewhat tumid scale lies along either side of the lamelle, and the upper surface of the digits is covered with imbricate scales, the outermost row of which has the points of the scales directed forwards and outwards, so that when the digits are viewed from Fig. 4. Bunopus blanfordii, Strauch. One of the types, St. Petersburg Museum. below, the points of these scales are seen slightly to project, but not to the extent to entitle them to be regarded as a denticulation. In Alsophylax pipiens there is much the same structure, as there are the transverse plates and the row of small scales external to them ; but the former are simple, 7. e. with- out eminences. In Stenodactylus elegans the lamelle are tricarinate, and the small row of scales external to them is better developed than in either Bunopus or Alsophylaz ; and the side of the digit is distinctly dentate, owing to the greater development of the row of scales external to the line that runs along the side of the lamellee, and which I regard as the outer row of dorsal scales of the digit. S. dwmsdent has the similarly dentate digits of S. elegans, whereas in S. orientalis the dentations become converted into a fringe. In S. petrii there is an additional row of small scales external to the BUNOPUS BLANFORDII. 53 lamellz, and the latero-dorsal row of scales assumes the form of a fringe, more developed in the latter than in the former. In Crossobamon there is practically the same structure of digit as in S. petrii, but the fringe becomes so greatly developed as to recall the fringe of an Acanthodactylus. It is thus evident that the digits of these supposed genera do not differ very materially from one another. In Bunopus the nostril is defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals, and the development of these scales is much the same as in Stenodactylus; whereas in Alsophylax the first labial is very large and defines not only the lower, but the posterior border of the nostril as well, thus differing materially from the very limited relation of that shield to the nostril in Bunopus. In Alsophylax also there is a well-developed upper nasal shield, quite unlike the scaly nasals of the latter genus. Also the tail of Alsophylax instead of being in verticils defined by enlarged tubercles is non-verticillate and covered with smooth imbricate scales. 54 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. GYMNODACTYLUS. Gymnodactylus, Spix, Spec. nov. Lacert. Bras. 1825, p. 17. Digits slender, not dilated, covered below with more or less developed transverse plates; proximal portion of the digits cylindrical or slightly depressed, the distal section composed of two or three compressed phalanges set at an angle to the proximal portion ; each digit with a claw bearing an enlarged scale above and another under its base. Scales on the upper suface of the body variable, either granules or scales, with or without enlarged tubercles; ventrals granular or scaly. Tail generally cylindrical, and, exceptionally, short and broad. Pupil vertical. Preanal pores present or absent in the male. GYMNODACTYLUS SCABER, Heyden. (Plate V. fig. 1.) Stenodactylus scaber, Heyden, Riippell, Atlas nérdl. Afr., Rept. 1827, p. 15, pl. iv. fig. 2. Gymnodactylus scaber, part., D. & B. ii. 1836, p. 421; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Gasco, Viaggio in Hgitto, pt. 11. 1876, p. 113; Klunzinger, Zeitschr. Ges. Erdk. Berl. xiii. 1878, p. 94; Murray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xiv. 1884, p. 102; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 27; Faunaof Brit. India, Rept. & Batr. 1890, p. 62; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) xxxv.no. 2, 1887, p. 47; Boettger, Offenb. Ver. Nat. 1892, p. 62; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 22; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlv. 1895, p. 13; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 112. Gonyodactylus {Cryptopodion) scaber, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 93. Gymnodactylus geckoides (non Spix), Schreib. Herp. Eur, 1875, p. 482; Blanford, Zool. Persia, 1876, p. 348 ; part., Steindachner, Novara Reptiles, 1876, p. 17. Head of moderate size; forehead slightly concave; eye large; ear small, narrow, vertical in position; nostril formed by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals. Body of moderate length, not depressed ; limbs well developed, the fore limb reaching to the tip of the snout, and the hind limb to near the ear. Rostral with a median groove above; generally ten upper, and eight or nine lower labials; mental triangular, with two pairs of chin-shields behind it, the inner pair forming a suture behind the mental. The snout covered with rather large, more or less polygonal, convex granules, and the back of the head with granules and intermixed rounded tubercles. Scales of the upper surface of the body small, irregular, and flat, with numerous, closely intermixed, large, strongly-keeled, trihedral tubercles, each much larger than the surrounding areas occupied by the small scales, and arranged in 12 to 14 more or less longitudinal lines. Scales on the under surface of the body in about 20 longitudinal rows across the middle of the belly, large, smooth, and more or less cycloid in form. Tail longer than the body and head, somewhat depressed at the base, cylindrical beyond this, and tapered Reptiles of Egypt. J Green delet lith. GYMNODACTYLUS SCABER. Fig. 1 HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS, var. SINAITA. > ¢, Fao, Persian Gulf. Fig. 4, ?, Suakin. \ Ly HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS. Fig. 3, ¢, Edfu. HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS. Fig. 5, ¢, Suakin. Pl. me TALS yi H v im 1 1 Ninety, ii \ ai : : y ye ¥ : Se awit ae 0 2) rae ti if eee a ciety a ~ Ain : : ry i = ie i i i ! ' mi ; , Ch trey n fh i ey eae a iy : rn Lk; WAL bY im] / I F f 1 = tae ‘ Wi ! 2 Vy Aa "\ i i i (ga { 5 i i i i i rs i i i ; f ' i Mi Tal - A \ iri f I f i in j i y f f he i’ tei few ? a ag te i i hf io By eh eth t i : ta i i ! i \ oT 1 { : ti gt i f i il ; i i ‘ hi oh f Din | i i ; ; y | i. | i rm Peete sy I ; & ya tty We a f | * : : Naat i J ) i i j ‘ j Wh ii x } ie _ en : y ral * ; { i ie ‘ er ety fm aN ; yu 4 i f , iia ; B ul d j i er i i i fe = ul ‘ i i i mo i t Po i eee, it iad ay ; i ye i 7) Mor al i I n 7 itn bat i i u : il : ; i, iy Dp ; ‘ iy a i De eer ¥ { ee i i . : tint 7 : ( ' I y ‘ 1 P { i i , A a ’ » + { ; it i Ye i heat tay fi ' i iy 5 rw rt i Y ar i i Par i MG if u / Nie! A| ‘ un + GYMNODACTYLUS SCABER. 65 to the tip; covered above with large projecting pointed tubercles ; under surface with transversely enlarged plates. Five to six preanal pores in the male. Pale sandy- coloured above, spotted with brown, and the tail with rings of the same colour; underparts white. The largest specimen in the British Museum has the following measurements :— Snout to vent 46; tail 59 millim. I did not meet with G. scaber myself, but Gasco found a small lizard near Cairo which he referred to this species. A specimen is also preserved in the St. Petersburg Museum, said to have come from Cairo. The first authentic record of its occurrence in Egypt was given by Peters in 1862; but as far back as Duméril and Bibron’s day a specimen from Egypt, said to have been presented by Riippell, existed in the Paris Museum. It was first described by Heyden, who gave “stony places, Tor, Arabia, and Abyssinian coast,” as the localities whence his specimens were obtained ; but neither Rippell nor Prof. Boettger make any mention in their catalogues of specimens from Abyssinia. Dr. Klunzinger, in 1872, obtained 3 specimens at Kosseir!. Outside of Africa it ranges through Arabia to Mesopotamia (Baghdad and Fao), through Persia (Shiraz, Bandar Abbas), to Afghanistan (Kandahar) and Sind (Sukkur and Saki). The native name is uz =bors. ‘ I tried to make Kosseir a centre for collecting, as it is a coastguard station of the Egyptian Government under the supervision of Europeans. With official sanction I fowarded to the station a liberal supply of alcohol for collecting purposes, on two occasions, accompanied by full instructions as to how the collections were to be made, while at the same time I offered pecuniary rewards for each specimen to be obtained. I received most encouraging promises in return, but beyond that nothing more.. This was in such marked contrast to iny experience in every other quarter in Egypt that I cannot refrain from mentioning it, as it explains how Kosseir happens not to be represented in my collections. 96 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. PRISTURUS. Pristurus, Ruippell, N. Wirbelth. Faun. Abyss., Rept. 1835, p. 16. “Digits slender, clawed, cylindrical at the base; the distal phalanges compressed, forming an angle with the basal portion of the digits, the lower surface of which has a row of plates. Body not depressed, covered with uniform granules. Tail compressed, keeled. Pupil circular; eyelid distinct all round the eye. No preanal nor femoral pores.” —Boulenger 1. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS, Riippell. (Plate IV. fig. 10.) Pristurus flavipunctatus, Riippell, N. Wirbelth. Faun. Abyss., Rept. 1835, p. 17, pl. 6. fig.3; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 171; Blanford, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xii. 1874, p. 454; Vaillant, in Révoil, Faun. et Flor. Pays Comalis, Rept. & Batr. 1882, p. 16; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 52; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 531; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. ser. 2, xvi. (xxxv.) 1896, p. 546; id. op. cit. xvii. (xxxvii.) 1897, p. 277; Strauch, Mem. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p.45; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 24; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 638; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 98; Del Prato, Atti Soc. Ital. xxxv. 1895, p- 24. Gymnodactylus flavipunctatus, D. & B. iii. 1835, p. 417; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 43; Gasco, Viaggio in Kgitto, pt. 11. 1876, p. 110. Saurodactylus flavipunctatus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 91. 1g. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. 38g and5 9. Durrur. Head rather high ; forehead nearly flat or faintly concave ; snout moderately pointed, its length from the inner canthus of the eye equalling the interorbital breadth and considerably exceeding the distance between the eye and the ear. Eye moderately large, its longitudinal axis almost equalling the interval between itself and the ear. Ear-opening oval, about one-third the diameter of the eye, oblique in position. Nostril defined by the rostral and three nasals, the largest internal. Rostral nearly twice as high as broad, quadrangular, and its upper border notched by a median furrow. Six to nine upper labials, the prevalent number being eight; five or six lower labials. Mental broad, rounded behind, but occasionally truncately triangular, with enlarged granules behind it and some of the labials. Limbs moderately long; the fore limb when laid forwards has the wrist opposite to the anterior border of the eye, or nearly so, and when laid backwards it does not reach the groin; the hind limb may just reach the axilla, extend to the shoulder, or even pass beyond it. Digits moderately * Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 52. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS. oT long and slender. ‘Tail longer than the body, laterally compressed, in the male provided with a strongly serrated dorsal ridge and a corresponding ridge on the ventral surface, but less developed; the dorsal ridge is prolonged on to the dorsal surface of the body, in the male as a line of enlarged spiny granules, absent in the female ; in the latter the caudal ridges are represented by enlarged granules. Head, body, limbs, and tail covered with minute granules, largest on the snout; granules on the under surface of the body equalling those on the snout. General colour rather dark greyish brown, with feebly defined darker cross-bars, and sometimes with a pale mesial dorsal line, the sides more or less spotted with reddish. A fine dark brown band from the rostral through the eye and over the temporal region. Lower labials, throat, and sides of the belly finely dark spotted. General colour of underparts whitish. It attains to about 80 millim. in total length, of which the tai] measures 50 millim. This gecko is distributed over the great littoral plain at Suakin and Durrur. Dr. Penton found a single specimen at Suakin in a hole tenanted by a Varanus griseus and by a burrowing toad (Bufo pentoni). It is very active, and frequents not only the sandy plain, but rocks and the trunks of trees. Colonel Yerbury states that at Aden it is common on the rocks, and at Lahej on the trunks of baboul trees. At Assab, in Eritrea, it has also been observed on these trees. This species was first found at Massowa by Riippell, and, for many years, the only examples in the British Museum were two females presented by the Frankfort Museum. In the Catalogue of the former Museum two specimens are referred, with doubt, to Syria, as its occurrence in that country is highly improbable. In 1874, Mr. Blanford met with it at Maskatin Arabia. Gasco described, in 1876, a specimen collected in the Sudan by Dr. Ori, but the exact locality whence it was obtained is unknown. In 1895, Mr. Boulenger recorded it from Milmil in Western Somaliland, and in the following year from Assab, in Eritrea. In 1895, I mentioned its presence at Aden. It has never been observed in the Nile valley proper. The length of the hind limb is subject to great variation, irrespective of sex or locality, and the fore limb is equally variable. A small Acarus of the genus Gekobia infests this gecko. It is probably G. loricata, Berlese, and in its bright reddish colour it resembles the similarly-coloured spots found on the gecko. Mr. Boulenger has recently published a revision of this group in which he recognizes seven species !, viz.:—First, P. percristatus, from the same region in which P. flavi- punctatus is found; second, P. flavipunctatus itself, the distribution of which has already been given; third, P. rupestris, Blanford, from S.E. Arabia, the shores of the Persian Gulf, Sind, and the island of Socotra; fourth, P. insignis, Blanford, 1 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy. ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 5 Giugno, 1896, p. 4. 58 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. from Socotra; fifth, P. crucifer, Val., from Berbera (Las Gori), Abyssinia, Western Somaliland, and 8. Arabia; sixth, P. phillipsi, Blgr., also from Berbera; and, lastly, P. carteri, Gray, from the island of Masira off the east coast of Arabia. Another species was described by Steindachner as Spatalwra collaris, but the locality whence it was obtained is unknown. Mr. Boulenger provisionally regards it as a variety of P. carteri, Gray. The species of Pristurus are divided by Mr. Boulenger into two groups, depending on whether the rostral shield enters into or does not enter into the formation of the nostril. In the first four the rostral borders the nostril, while in the remaining three species it does not. P. percristatus and P. flavipunctatus are closely allied, but the males of the former are easily distinguished from those of the latter by their stronger dorsal crest extending to the nape, whereas in P. flavipunctatus it extends on to the anterior half of the body only. ‘These stronger-crested geckos have a slightly longer hind limb than P. /lavi- punctatus, as it may extend to the shoulder or between the shoulder and the ear, while in P. flavipunctatus it reaches the axilla or slightly beyond the shoulder. The variability of the crest in Pristurus, the extent to which the length of the limbs varies in P. flavipunctatus, and the difficulty that will be experienced in distinguishing the females of P. percristatus from those of P. flavipunctatus are considerations which suggest the possibility of the former being only a variety of the latter. Characters derived from the degree of development of the crest seem to be misleading, for when Mr. Boulenger defined P. crucifer and P. phillipsii his materials led him to conclude that while the latter had a caudal crest, the former had none. Since then male specimens of P. crucifer with a very rudimentary caudal crest have been recorded by him from Capt. Bottego’s collection from Southern Somaliland, so that P. crucifer has a caudal crest as well as P. phillipsit. I recently referred 39 specimens of a gecko of this genus from the Hadramut, Arabia, with considerable doubt, to the species described by Steindachner as P. collaris, but pointed out at the same time that they differed from P. carteri, Gray, the types of which were before me, in having a well-defined black collar and by the absence of a mesial patch of spiny scales on the middle of the belly. In the original description of Spatalura collaris, Stdn.=P. collaris, the lizard is said to have a dorsal crest, a structure entirely absent in the Hadramut geckos. Some of the latter, however, were compared by Dr. Werner with the types preserved in the Vienna Museum, with which he found them to be perfectly identical, so that I was entitled to conclude that the types had no dorsal crest, and that an error had crept into Steindachner’s description. If, however, on further examination the types of P. collaris should reveal the presence of a rudimentary dorsal crest, its absence in the Hadramut specimens would not necessarily imply that they were distinct from P. collaris, in view of the variable development of the dorsal and caudal crests in other species. PRISTURUS FLAVIPUNCTATUS. 09 With reference to the mesial patch of enlarged scales on the belly, it is worthy of note that while it is present in both the types of P. carter?, no trace of it exists in the 39 specimens doubtfully and tentatively referred by me to P. collaris, and that in all the other species of this genus it only rarely shows itself in the well-marked and perfectly distinct P. flavipunctatus. Recently, Mr. Boulenger has examined 294 examples of P. percristatus, but he makes no mention of its presence in any of them. Before accepting the specific identity of P. earteri and P. collaris, it should first be ascer- tained whether these enlarged scales are only sometimes present in the geckos from the island of Masira, or whether they are invariably absent in those from the Hadramut. The evidence, as yet, that they are specifically identical does not appear to me to be conclusive. Nothing, moreover, can be definitely settled on this point until the essential characters of the types of P. collaris are known. It may be as well to point out that while the nostril in P. carteri is defined by two large nasals and by a small one, in 36 out of the 39 specimens of the Hadramut geckos it is perforated in a single, rather swollen, crescentic shield, the two horns of which are either in contact behind the nasal opening or are separated from each other by interposed granules. In the three exceptions, on the other hand, the nostril is formed as in P. carteri. 60 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. PTYODACTYLUS. Ptyodactylus, Gray, Aun. Phil. (new ser.) x. 1825, p. 198. Digits free, with transverse plates on the proximal portion of their under surfaces ; distal extremity of each digit dilated into a fan-like expansion, with a small median fissure at its free end, from which a fine sulcus traverses the under surface of the expansion, dividing it into two lateral halves, each of which is covered with from 7 to 12 divergent lamellz ; a small retractile claw in the median fissure. Body either wholly covered with small granules, or with intermixed enlarged tubercles ; abdominal scales small, smooth, and nearly imbricate. Pupil vertical. Neither preanal nor femoral pores. Linnzeus, in his preface to Frederick Hasselquist’s ‘ Iter Paleestinum,’ which appeared in 1757, mentions that he had been deputed by the Queen of Sweden to arrange and publish the manuscripts of his distinguished pupil, who had died at Smyrna, 9th February, 1752, in the thirtieth year of his age. Linnzeus, as Hasselquist’s editor, states that he had carefully digested the work in the best way he could, had arranged every thing under its proper title, and had altered the technical names and manner of writing them without changing the author’s meaning. He further says that the synonyms of the different species enumerated in the ‘Iter Palestinum’ would be found in the tenth edition of his ‘Systema Nature.’ In the second part of Hasselquist’s posthumous work, a gecko is described under the name of Lacerta gecko, a term which Linnezus had previously given’ to the Asiatic gecko, G. verticillatus, Laur. It afterwards appeared in the ‘Systema Nature’ ”. Schneider evidently regarded it as a distinct species, as he speaks of it as Hasselquist’s gecko ; but he did not designate it Stellio hasselquisti, as has been stated by Cuvier and repeated by Duméril and Bibron and other authors. The author who first called it L. hasselquistii was Donndorff. Hasselquist’s gecko was described by Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire as Le Gecko lobé, and there are two figures of it in the great French work on Egypt. In the first set of Reptilian plates it is represented on pl. 5. fig. 5, and in the Supplementary plates on pl. 1. fig. 2. Audouin, who dealt with the latter plates, considered that the lizard there represented was a variety of the lizard figured on pl. 5. In view of the existence of two types of nostril in these Egyptian geckos, the one merely swollen and the other tubular, it is unfortunate that it cannot be said with any certainty whether these figures represent both or only one of them. The essentially tubular nostril is formed by the first labial and three nasals, and exceptionally by three 1 Mus. Adolph. Frid. 1754, p. 46. 2 19th ed. i. 1766, p. 365. PTYODACTYLUS. 61 nasals only, while the simply swollen nostril is generally defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals. On Suppl. pl. 1 there is an elongated view (fig. 22) of the upper surface of the head of figure 2, in delineating which evident pains had been taken to give the details of the structure of the nostril, which is shown to have been formed by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals ; but the shape of the head is not that of the gecko lobé. On the Plain of Suez, close to the Sinaitic Peninsula, geckos of this species (Pl. VI. fig. 5) occur with somewhat heavier and more rounded bodies, larger, broader, and much less depressed heads, and larger digital disks than the common gecko lobé of Egypt. Their nostrils are not tubular, but are somewhat more swollen than in the latter ; and in two specimens in my possession from that locality the opening is irregularly and asymmetrically defined, as, in both, the rostral is absent on one side of the head and present on the other. The tail also is more rounded than in the gecko des maisons. It appears to me that it isa gecko of this kind that is represented on Suppl. pl. 1. fig. 2, and that the gecko on pl. 5. fig. 5 is the common form with the slightly depressed head, slender body, and somewhat smaller disks (wde Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 2). The specimen of the gecko lobé described by Is. Geoffroy was 5 inches long; and he states that the body and head were depressed and flattened, which is evidence that he was not describing a gecko resembling fig. 5 of Pl. VI. of this work, as this gecko has a high and broad head. As already stated, Audouin regarded the gecko figured by Savigny on Suppl. pl. 1. fig. 2 as a variety of the gecko lodbé. This so-cailed variety I suppose to have been the equivalent of the Suez geckos. When Mr. Boulenger wrote, in 1891, the tubular-nosed geckos and those with merely swollen nostrils were represented in the British Museum only by three of the former and by two of the latter, whereas there were eight specimens of the Sinaitic and Palestine geckos and four geckos from Maskat. He regarded the tubular or much- swollen nosed geckos as the typical form. In dealing with this species I have had 94 specimens before me: the Nile valley has contributed 36, the Sinaitic Peninsula and the Plain of Suez 5, Southern Syria 9, South- eastern Arabia 4, the Hejaz 3, Algeria 5, Eritrea (Ghinda) 27, and Shoa 5. The geckos found in the Nile valley belong to two groups. ‘The first I shall call Phalanx I., and the second Phalanx II. To the first I also refer the geckos from the Hejaz, and to the second likewise certain geckos from the Plain of Suez, the Sinaitic Peninsula, Syria, and South-eastern Arabia. The geckos from Algeria seem to deserve recognition as a distinct variety, as do also those from Eritrea and Shoa. As the geckos of the first Phalanx represent the gecko first described by Is. Geoffroy as Le Gecko lobé, it may be designated “‘ Phalanx typica”; and as those of the second Phalanx embrace geckos conforming more or less to the geckos from Tor in the Sinaitic Peninsula named by Heyden P. guttatus, it may appropriately be called 62 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. “« Phalanx guttata.” ‘This phalanx is capable of being divided into two sections, depending on the formation and degree of tumescence of the nostril—one in which it is swollen, and the other in which it is tubular. Certain members of the second Phalanx, such as the geckos of Syria, lead more or less into the geckos of Algeria, and Eritrea and Shoa; but, at the same time, they are so distinct that they never could be confounded with the geckos from the three last- mentioned localities, or with the typical form from Egypt; neither could an Eritrean or Shoan gecko be ever mistaken for one from Algeria or from Egypt. The North-west African geckos stand as var. oudrii, and the Eritrean I propose to call var. ragazzi, in honour of Dr. Ragazzi, whose collections along the shores of the Red Sea and in Eritrea and Shoa have thrown so much light on the herpetology of that region. I have in the synonymy attempted, by breaking it up, to show the forms which have been dealt with by those who have written on this group. The two species of the genus are distinguished as follows :— Body covered with uniform small granules. . . . 5 6 0 0 69 6 oo JP. Aomolgis. Body covered with small granules and intermixed resale tubereles 5 0 0 0 a JP oassalymasii. PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII, Donndorff. (Plates VI. & VII.) I. Phalanx typica. (Plate VI. figs. 1-3.) Lacerta gecko, Hasselq. & Linn. Iter Palest. 1757, p. 306; part., Syst. Nat. 1. 1766, p. 366 ; Forskal, Descr. An. 1775, p. viii et p. 13. Stellio gecko, part., Schneider, Amph. Phys. 1792, p. 12. Lacerta hasselquistii, Donndorff, Zool. Beytr. 1798, iii. p. 183; Bechstein, Lacép. Nat. Amph. u. 1800, p. 262. Le Gecko des maisons, Cuy. Regn. An. ii. 1817, p. 49; nouv. éd. il. Se p- 56. Gekko ascalabotes, part., Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 40. Gecko lobatus, Licht. Verz. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p. 103; Is. Geoffr. St. Tl Descr. de l’Hzypte, H. N.i. ?1827, p. 132, pl. 5. fig. 5; id. op. cit. 8vo ed. xxiv. 1829, p.37; Schinz, Nat. Abbild., Rept. 1833-35, p. 74, tab. 17; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 27. Gecko maculatus, Schinz, op. cit. tab. 16. Ptyodactylus lobatus, Gray, Ann. Phil. (2) x. 1825, p.198; Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p.96; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p..110 (specimens d and e); Trans. Zool. Soc. xii. 1891, p. 111 (specimens 9 and 10) ; Strauch, Mém., Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii.) xxxv. 1887, p. 35 (? Egyptian and Kosseir specimens); Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 27 ? (Egyptian specimen). Ptyodactylus hasselquistii, D. & B. iii. 1836, p. 378, pl. 33. fig. 3; Riippell, Mus. Senck. ii. 1845, p- 300; Duméril, Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 40; Gasco, Viag. Egitto, pt. 11.1876, p. 110; Boutan, Rev. Biol. Nord France, v. 1893, p. 336, fig. 1; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 56 & p. 98, typical form. Ptyodactylus gecko, Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 151 (specimen d). Ptyodactylus gecco, Klunzinger, Zeitschr. Ges. Erdk. Berl. xiii. 1878, p. 94. J.Green del.et lth. PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. Fig. 1 ¢, Assuan, Phalanx typica. Fig. 4 ¢, Maskat, Arabia, Phalanx guttata. Fig. 2 3, Phil 0 Fig. 5 ¢, Plain of Suez 90 Fig. 3 ¢, Medina, Arabia __,, Fig. 5a ¢, Abu Roash, Gizeh oD PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 63 Mokattam Hills, Cairo. Dr. Walter Innes. Luxor. Temple of Medinet Habu. . Temple of Edfu. 3 and2 @. Houses, Assuan. g and 5 2. Temple of Phile. ®@. Wadi Halfa. g and3 9. Wadi Halfa. O. Charlton, Esq. 40 +0 Oy +0 Ore wwe © ee Form slender; body slightly depressed; head elongately or shortly oviform, slightly depressed ; nostrils more or less swollen, formed by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals; eye large. Upper labials 11 to 14, generally 13; lower labials 11 to 13, usually 12. Length of limbs variable, generally moderately long and slender; the fore limb half a finger’s length in advance of the snout, or the tip of the third digit only reaching to between the eye and the snout; hind limb reaches the shoulder or does not extend beyond the axilla; disks only moderately large ; the lamelle vary from 8—8, 8—9, to J—9. ‘Tail slightly depressed, with usually a feeble longitudinal sulcus above, more or less verticillate, with or without small tubercles on the verticils. Skin soft and porous; granules moderately large, conical, smooth or carinate (Hejaz) ; tubercles moderate, numerous, more or less carinate; enlarged non-carinate or carinate (Hejaz) granules before the eye, about twice or three times as large as the dorsal granules; no enlarged tubercles on the side of the head, but some of the granules larger than the others; a few enlarged tubercles on the radial section of the fore limb and on the hind limb generally, exceptionally only on the thighs and tibial portion, or rarely entirely absent on both limbs. Ventrals smooth, small, subhexagonal, imbricate, largest on the femoral and interfemoral areas. Pale sandy grey or even whitish above, but varying in accordance with its surroundings; generally a brown line from the snout to the eye, continued more or less behind the eye above the ear to the nape of the neck, where it meets its fellow of the opposite side, or the nuchal portion may become broken up; top of the head reticulately brown spotted. ‘Transverse more or less V-shaped brown bands on the back, frequently broken up; limbs and tail generally barred with brown; underparts white. Largest Egyptian male . . . . . Snout to vent 76 millim. ‘ » male from Hejaz 3 oy 80) 3 Hab. The Nile valley; and the Hejaz, Arabia. fohy, ON ined ONS HCH grey) HH ne) axe) go) nO) te) GRO) GKO) KO) tO) KO) AKO) KO) 64 Tail. 45 58 73 68 66 69 Head, length. 12 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Head, width. 15 16 Forma- tion of nostril. Character of nostril. No. of Fore limb _ | lamella reaches Fae L. A. Sn. 8 ” 8 ” 8 8. A. Sn 9 ” 8 ” 8 L. A. Sn 8 ” 9 S. A. Sn 8 ” 8 9 §. A. Sn 9 Sn. 8 8. A. Sn 8 8. A. Sn. 8 B. E. Sn 9 8. A. Sn 9 Sn. 9 8. A. Sn 8 ” 8 ” 9 ” 8 N. 9 8. A. Sn. 8 Explanation.—Measurements throughout in millimetres. Hind limb reaches A. Sh. ” A. Sh. No. of lamelle on 3rd digit. Labials. rar ey ey et le www wh | a ce Locality. Dar Fadda, betw. Medina & Wish. Wadi Halfa. Phila. Edfu. Wadi Halfa. Phil. Wadi Halfa. Phila. Wadi Halfa. Medinet Habu. Wadi Halfa. Mokattam Hills. Wadi Halfa. Hadir el Kabir, near Medina. Assuan. Luxor, Assuan. Phil. Widi Halfa. Medinet Habu. Assuan. Hadir el Kabir, near Medina. R. L. 3.N., rostral, first labial, and three nasals; Sw., swollen; N.F., nearly flat; M. S., much swollen; L. A. Sn., largely in advance of snout; S.A. Sn., slightly in advance of snout; Sn., snout; B. EH. Sn., between eye and snout; N., nostril; A. Sh., advance of shoulder; Sh., shoulder; A., axilla. 1a, WANE, Reptiles of Egypt. | H.Gronvold del.et hth. PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 6 2, Jerusalem, Phalanx guttata. Fig. 8a, Jerash Gilead, Phalanx guttata. 7 &, Mount Carmel an Fig. 9 2, Bou Saada, Algeria, var. oudrii. : 8 ¢, Lake Huleh ori Figs. 10 & 11, ¢ & ¢, Ghinda, Eritrea, var. ragazzi. » ie Neate ou ii if ‘ , feat ay cae (me aS , Os wel ee aan} TAC De (ai i. Than j a an fa vy ie) Ven (PAC au oY ' iH ine , UL i we ht ui) e > a vi an Ta tl a" a Te Ay iu ae vo Ta AL ii Ne eae » ae ue ii ha ict : Ve \) i ; i. ~ ue iy i if ue : int prise 7 it ii bet i { in i ae | vie ie he - ROC ot ( f HM : , i fn i Yi : : ml \ { eG, Pe Len vate ‘ia We de oon _ , ’ t F ; 1 We i a Dhaai MK hi nly ath - any i Ue hab a { ie MAO AN coy (eee | | ; y f Oa urine Sue fay mn : Nin sib ital PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 65 Il. Phalanz guttata. (Plate VI. figs. 4 & 5; Plate VII. figs. 6,7, 8, & 8 a.) Section I. Nostril swollen. Gecko des maisons, var., Aud. Descr. de l’Higypte, N. H. i. ? 1829, p. 165, Suppl. pl. i. fig. 2; id. op. cit. 8vo ed., N. H. vi. 1829, p. 104. Ptyodactylus gutiatus, Heyden, Riippell, Atlas nordl. Afr., Rept. 1827, p. 18, pl. iv. fig. 1. Ptyodactylus hasselquistii, Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p. 194; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p.150; Hart, Fauna & Flora Sinai &c. 1891, p. 210; Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. iv. 1879, p. 16. Ptyodactylus lobatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 110 (specimens f to 0) ; op. cit. iii. 1887, p. 484; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 111 (specimens 11 to 18) ; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 27 (specimens a—c and Arabian specimen). Ptyodactylus lacazii, Boutan, Arch. Zool. Expér. (2) x. 1892, p. 17. Pityodactylus bischoffsheimi, Boutan, Rey. Biol. N. France, v. 1893, p. 340, pl. i. fig. 1. Ptyodactylus montmahoui, Boutan, |. c. p. 369, pl. ii. fig. 2. Ptyodactylus barroisi, Boutan, 1. c. p. 375, pl. ui. fig. 3. Ptyodactylus puisewxi, Boutan, |. c. p. 379, pl. 11. fig. 4. Ptyodactylus lobatus syriacus, Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torino, ix. 1894, no. 167, p. 1. 1 g and 1 ¢. Plain of Suez. Body shorter and stouter than in Phalanx typica, variable, much stouter in some (Syria) than in others (Egypt and Maskat); head generally elevated, but exhibiting various degrees of depression. Nostril swollen, more so in some than in others, defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals, or asymmetrically by the exclusion of the rostral, or symmetrically by the exclusion of the first labial. Eye large. 11-13 upper labials, exceptionally 14 or 15, usually 12 or 18; 10-13 lower labials, generally 11 or 12, occasionally 13, rarely 10 or 14. Limbs very variable, sometimes long and moderately slender, in others (Syria) short and stout ; disks variable, larger in some than in others, largest in the Syrian geckos; generally 9—9 lamella, occasionally 10—10, rarely 8—8 and 11—I11. Tail more or less rounded, thicker at the base in some (Syrian) than in others (Sinaitic Peninsula), with indications of a longitudinal sulcus, verticillate, with a few tubercles; length variable. Skin not soft and porous, rather dry; granules variable, larger in some (Syrian) than in others. Enlarged tubercles generally present on the limbs (Syria), exceptionally absent (Egypt delta). Rounded tubercles sometimes on the side of the head and at the angle of the mouth (Syria). Ventrals variable, small in some (Maskat). Colour on dorsal surface pale fawn, yellowish olive, or grey, uniform in colour or nearly so, but generally with obscure darkish transverse bands on the back and faint pale spots, or strongly marked with cross zigzag brown bands or with reticulate darker markings enclosing bluish-white spots and dark dots; sometimes uniformly olive with white spots, occasionally brilliantly so (Jerash, Pl. VII. fig. § a), while in others dark K 66 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. brown spots are present; some greyish, finely dotted with white; limbs generally barred with darker, but the bars are sometimes obsolete (Egypt) or only feebly indicated. Tail usually barred, or nearly uniform in its coloration. Variable in size. Largest specimen, ¢: snout to vent 90 millim. Hab. The Sinaitic Peninsula, including the Plain of Suez to Northern Syria, and through Arabia to Maskat. O, %) @G, CG %) OG H © Forma- | Character 3 BO, a : : | Slo. ce Tail Head, | Head, | tion of of Fore limb eel al Hind limb | lame ae ai. | length. | width. | nostril. aosunll, reaches ‘digit. reaches aoe 14 10 |R.L.3N.) Sw. L. A. Sn 10 N. Er. 10 1s BIN 72 | Es p.m e 8 20 13 R. 3 N. = 8. A. Sn 10 Er. 10 20 13 |R.L.3N.) M.S L. A. Sn 9 F. Sh. 9 20 15 “A bs L. A. Sn 9 N. Er. 9 L.3N. 21 15 R.L.3N. Sw. 8 8 R.L.3N.) M.S S. A. Sn. B. Sh. & Er. 9 22 15 5 Sw. 9 9 i |) ov | as (eee ies, | masa | o | aan, | o 22 16 |R.L.3N.) Sw. 8. A. Sn 10 5 10 22 18 es 3 i 11 |B. Sh. &#r) 11 R.L.3N 9 o b q 56 22 17 L. 3N. M.S L. A. Sn 9 A. Sh. 9 76° 23 16 |R.L.3N.) Sw. op 9 | Bos& E: 9 25 17 R. 3N. a 8. A. Sn 10 55 10 24 18 IR.L.3N. ra S 10 5 10 81 24 16 1 M. Sw L. A. Sn 9 A. Sh. 9 26 18 ” ” ” 9 ” 9 Labials. = Sy bh = bo e is Sli SIS AS Sle Ble fe Wala we ele ola ole w dim ee Sys Slice! te Ble Ble wlo alt we Locality. Jerusalem. Capernaum. ” Maskat. Sinaitic Penin- (sula. Galilee.’ Mount Sinai. Jerash. Plain of Suez. Jerusalem. ” Plain of Suez. Maskat. Mount Carmel. Jerusalem. Maskat. Explanation.—N. Er., near ear ; F. Sh., front of shoulder ; B. 8. & E., between snout and eye. PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 67 Section II. Nostril tubular. (Plate VI. fig. 5 a.) Ptyodactylus gecko, Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 151 (specimens a to c). Ptyodactylus lobatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 110 (specimens a@ toc); Trans. Zool. Soc. xiil. 1891, p. 111 (specimens 6 to 8). Ptyodactylus hasselquistit, var. siphonorhina, Anders. Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 98. 1 g. Abu Roash, near Gizeh. The late V. Ball, Esq., C.B. 1 g and1 2. Beni Hassan. M. W. Blackden, Esq. 1 g and 4 2. Desert, Lower Egypt. A. R. Birdwood, Esq. Nostrils tubular, defined by the first labial and three nasals. These geckos are smaller than those of the first section of this Phalanx. Hab. The Nile valley, the northern portion of the delta, and the Sinaitic Peninsula. Cy @y @s Gre) 4x0) OH tn) trea) HK) KO Shou iBieod, || ene, | eee || OHSS eatin pel Hind limb lamelle _ 22 || TET | eat, crata, | SRG |) Cre | anata poe reaches | 2 oe Labials. Locality. 4g | .. | 15 | 10 | L.3N.|Tubular.|L.A.Sn| 9 Sh. 9 | iS | Beypt. Ba || 45 || 26 jm) s 9 | Er. 9 | i |thebes. | 29 || ae | ae » Wie | Ise 9 | 33 | Lower Egypt. @ | @ | 1 | mis 5 s 9 ’ Ot) Pe | ae 63 i |) da | 5 P 5 || WO) Ree | RO | se | Abn merc: 6 | 2 | i | aa |, a A 9 | A.Sh. | 9 | i | Lower Epypt. 63 |) a5: | MMPS aes , |LASn] 9 |B.Sh.Er.| 9 | 72 | Beni Hassan. a | 58 | ie |) 76} i z a 9 . Oak ls aes |b oe ee @ | 6 | 1 |) 1m fs 5 | AS | OO) AOS. 9 | i | Lower Egypt. 69 | 55 | 19 | 14 F a - 10 Er. 10 | 73 | Luxor. 7 | 66 | 2 | ma |g : » | 10 | Ng | 10 | 2 |Sinaitic Peninsula. 70 | 62 | 20 | 14 F a | Ah. 9 | i> | Lower Egypt. | @ | m | wm] 4 5 [tetose © | ie 9 | iF | thebes. 75 Ml || We ~ 5 » 9 ‘p 9 i Egypt. W@ |) o. | Sl) 16 55 Z tp 9 ” als ” 68 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Var. ouprit. (Plate VII. fig. 9.) Ptyodactylus oudrii, Lataste, Le Natur. 1880, p. 229; Boutan, Rev. Biol. N. France, vy. 1893, p. 343, fig. 2, texte. Ptyodactylus gecko, Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p. 35 (Batna specimen). Ptyodactylus lobatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 110 (specimens p to s). Ptyodactylus lobatus, var. oudrii, Blgr. Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 111 (specimens 1 to 5), pl. xiii. fig. 2; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 27; Zool. Centralbl. 1894, p. 376 ; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliv. 1894, p. 76. Form stout ; body rather short and depressed; nostril very slightly swollen, formed by the rostral, labial, and three nasals. Eye moderate. 10 to 12 upper and 10 or 11 lower labials. Limbs short and stout; disks moderate ; 7 lamelle on the third digit of the fore and the hind limb. ‘Tail depressed; central sulcus present ; verticillate, with generally two tubercles on each verticil, granules rather coarse ; tubercles moderately large; a few enlarged granules and tubercles on the temporal region before the ear and at the gape. Tubercles more or less present on both limbs. Ventrals moderately large. Olive-brown above, uniformly so or frequently spotted with dark brown ; the limbs, digits, and tail barred with brown, the last sometimes spotted. Under surface white. It attains only to a small size: snout to vent 57 millim. Hab. Algeria. Snout Forma- | Character ? Ne. ot ee ie: ct ) Teal Head, | Head, | tion of oe Fore limb eT Hind limb ay 4a Labial TER . + 5 n or ‘ sont. a length. | width. | yostril. monerile reaches eit reaches digit. aoe ocality. + lod Q cd 12 adil 39 an 12 9 |R.L.3N.) S. Sw. Sn. 7 Shoulder.| 7 7, | Bou-Saada, Algeria. | is ks 10 43 14 10 + 0 A. Sn 7 " ji 10) s. A 2 iz ll 49 16 10 »” ” ” ‘ ” U 10 ” ” a 12 52 16 11 of a Sn 7 p a i a 5 i ll 57 16 11 ” ” ” ‘ ” 7 10 2 ” PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 69 Var. RAGAZzI. (Plate VII. figs. 10 & 11.) Ptyodactylus lobatus, Del Prato, Atti Soc. Ital. xxxv. 1895, p. 24; Blgr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 549. Form stout ; body rather short and somewhat depressed ; head usually more or less depressed ; nostril but little swollen, defined by the rostral, labial, and three nasals, but in some the first labial is excluded. Eye moderate; 12—15 upper and lower labials. Limbs short and stout; disks large; 8 to 10 lamelle, generally 10—10, frequently 9—10, occasionally 9—9, rarely 8—9. ‘Tail thick at the base, rounded, verticillate, with indications of a median longitudinal sulcus and usually two tubercles on the hinder margin of the verticils. Granules moderately large; tubercles keeled or nearly smooth, generally present on the fore and hind limbs; a few small tubercles on the temporal region, before the ear and sometimes about the gape. Ventrals rather large. Dark or pale brown, usually broadly reticulated with darker, enclosing large light- coloured spots, four to five from the occiput to the pelvis and with a series on the sides of the trunk, but the reticulations and spots are sometimes nearly obsolete and the general colour becomes grey-brown. Limbs either marked like the trunk, or more or less barred with brown ; tail broadly barred with dark brown, Underparts whitish. It attains to a large size: ¢, snout to vent 96 millim., tail 68 millim. Hab. Eritrea and Shoa. No. of 2 No. of | Sex. ve Tail. ee Heed, tion of a iy sere on ain ont Labials.| Locality. Is oe N68 |) 27 || 19) IRS Swollen | AUSn, 10) Shay TON) | Ghinda: lel on | em |) eB |) oo A 4 Sn 10 |} » | wo | . @.| © | 7 | 28 | we | | ° A. Sn, | 5 | 0) 2 i lod ge | @ | on | ae & ) Ae || 10 [Agu 10 | = as le. 7 | oF | @) a], i Shim | 20 | S| wo | = % | 3..| 79 22 | 16 AGE ANT Sous Bayles 9 | = | weit IGoul 7 23 | 16 ss “ - Bh llaleg 91> : | 70 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. The head in all the foregoing modifications of this species (P. hasselquistii) is marked more or less by three principal depressions, one situated behind each nostril, and the other on the snout before the eyes, and continued on to the forehead. They are most feebly marked in the typical form from Egypt, but are more pronounced in the Hejaz examples of that group. In the second Phalanx they are more strongly developed, but in the Southern Syrian and Eritrean geckos they are less so, whereas in the Galilean and Algerian groups they are still more feeble. The heads of the two sexes differ from each other, as the head of the male is always heavier and broader posteriorly than that of the female, and the extent of this difference is illustrated by figs. 10 & 11, Plate VII. I have also figured a female lizard from Maskat (PI. VI. fig. 4), which has a head, when viewed from above in outline, not unlike that of the male of forma typica (fig. 1), whereas the head of the male is not only proportionally larger than that of fig. 4, but is much broader; and in both, instead of being depressed as in Phalanx I., it is much elevated, and in this the Maskat geckos resemble the Sinaitic. Alongside of Pl. VI. fig. 1, I have figured another male, fig. 2, which illustrates the variation that may take place in the heads of the same sex. The shape of the head of the Medina gecko differs but little from that of the Egyptian members of the Phalanx, but is somewhat broader. The greatest amount of variation is met with in the heads of the second Phalanx (Pl. VI. figs. 4-5@ and Pl. VII. figs. 6-8). When traced northwards through the Sinaitic Peninsula to Syria, it is seen to undergo considerable modifications, culminating in the large, elongately oval head of the Mount Carmel individual, which, in its general form, is not a very extreme variation on the heads of the Eastern Arabian (Maskat) geckos, which, however, are characterized by considerable elevation. It will be observed that the nostril in the 24 specimens of the first Phalanx is defined by the R. L. 3 N., but that in a specimen from Phile the rostral is excluded on one side of the head, so that the nasal formula L. 3 N.. so characteristic of the tubular-nosed geckos of the second section of the second Phalanx, is produced. This is only an individual variation, as in six other specimens from the same locality the formula of the nostril of Phalanx typica is adhered to. The specimen also from the Mokattam Hills, although it follows the characteristic formula, has the first labial entering so feebly into the rim of the nostril that the slightest increase in the size of the nasal process of the rostral or in the dimensions of the posterior inferior nasal would have excluded it, and the formula R. 3 N. would have resulted. The degree to which the nostril is swollen is the subject of a certain amount of variation. In a specimen from Edfu it is so little tumid that it may be described as nearly flat, while in one from Wadi Halfa it is only slightly swollen compared with the majority of the specimens, whereas in the Medina geckos it is more swollen than in the Egyptian. The nasal formula of the geckos of the second Phalanx, as in every other detail of their structure, is the subject of great variation. Thus in 11 out of 17 specimens PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. 71 of the first section the nostril is swollen in a varying degree, and is defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals. In two out of the number tabulated the first labial is excluded, whereas in four the asymmetrical formula R. L. 3 N. and L. 3 N. is present. In the second section the nostril, instead of being merely swollen, rises above the snout as a short tubular orifice defined by the first labial and three nasals. The geckos, however, from the Plain of Suez by their semitubular or much swollen nostrils link the geckos with essentially tubular nostrils to those of the merely swollen type found in the Sinaitic Peninsula, Syria, and Eastern Arabia. In those asymmetrical nostrils the nostril with the formula L. 3 N. is never tubular, so that there are other factors at work in the production of a tubular nostril besides the mere presence of the shields in question. ‘The tubularity in the second section of Phalanx II. appears to be brought about primarily by the considerable vertical extension of the nasal process of the first labial, which rises above the level of the rostral, and the concomitant nearly vertical expansion of the nasals. ‘The exclusion of the rostral among the members of the first section is apparently due to slight variations in the breadth of the nasal processes of the rostral and of the first labial and of the anterior upper nasal. If the nasal process of the second of these shields is large and that of the first small, the former abuts against the upper nasal and so shuts out the restral; on the other hand, a reduction in the size of the nasal process of the first labial gives rise to the formula R.3 N.; whereas if the nasal processes of the rostral and first labial are small, the nasals exclude them from taking any part in the formation of the nostril, and the formula 3 N. results, as in the well-marked P. homolepis, Blanfd., of which, however, only a few examples are known. In the varieties oudrii and ragazzi there are no exceptions to the formula R.L. 5 N., which, with the exceptions indicated, is the prevailing formula throughout the species. All the geckos of the second Phalanx have more or less what can only be described as a tough skin compared with the generally soft skin of the members of the first Phalanx. Among the latter, however, an individual may now and again be met with having its skin almost identical in texture with the skin of the second Phalanx. The specimens I have met with are extremely few, and it is noteworthy that they have been found in the open desert, whereas the softest-skinned geckos are encountered in the recesses of monuments and temples and in houses; but whether these differences in the habits of life are sufficient to account for the dermal modification remains to be ascertained. The skin, however, of the geckos of the second Phalanx becomes coarser in Syria than it is in the Plain of Suez. There can be no doubt that the range of variation in the Sinaitic Peninsula and in Southern and Northern Syria is much greater than what prevails in the first Phalanx. This is very manifest in a number of details, even in the general form of the body itself. The lizard fig. 4 (Plate VI.) has almost the character of the body of the typical 72 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. form, but its high head and body practically devoid of depression are characters of the second group, which, with its coarser skin, entitle it to be placed in it. On the other hand, the smaller character of its disks and the presence of nine lamelle on the third digit of the fore and hind limb are features of the typical form. At the same time, geckos presenting these characters are only met with in Eastern Arabia ; but they suggest that, when Central Arabia is opened up to zoological science, further modifications will be forthcoming, linking them still more intimately with the geckos of Southern Syria and the Sinaitic Peninsula. Mr. Boulenger has already pointed out that the Maskat geckos resemble those from Mount Sinai. The gecko from Palmyra figured by M. Boutan as P. barroist recalls the geckos of Maskat, of the Sinaitic Peninsula, and of Southern Syria. In the type of P. guttatus, Heyden, the body is covered with a meshwork of reddish lines, marked here and there with dark brown spots, the interstices of the meshwork enclosing pale blue spots, from which the name of the species is derived. In P. barroisi the lines of the mesh- work become reduced to pale yellowish brown, enclosing whitish spots, so that it conforms to the coloration of P. guttatus. In the Maskat geckos the longitudinal and oblique lines of the meshwork have disappeared, and with them the pale spots; but in what remains of the meshwork there are here and there darker spots, as in P. guttatus. At the same time, the coloration of the Maskat geckos is almost identical with that of some of the members of Phalanx I. (compare figs. 1 & 4). Their high heads, more rounded bodies and tails have led me to place them in the position they occupy. The geckos from Lower Egypt and of the Plain of Suez have stouter bodies than those from Maskat, and in this particular they resemble the geckos of the Sinaitic Peninsula. Among the members of this Phalanx found further to the north, at Jerusalem, Mount Carmel, and Palmyra, the body becomes even stouter and shorter, and in Galilee the shortening is carried still further. The latter (Pl. VII. fig. 8) lead directly towards the Algerian geckos. Although those from Galilee and from Syria generally differ so considerably from the typical P. guttatus, still they present such an array of variations that when to them are added those of the geckos from the Sinaitic Peninsula, the Plain of Suez, Maskat, and the Nile valley the series is so complete that it is impossible to consent to the view propounded by M. Boutan that more than one species is represented in Syria. In the accompanying table (p. 73) I have recorded the number of lamelle on the third digit of the fore and of the hind limb. In the first Phalanx 8—8 and 9—9 lamelle are equally prevalent on the limbs, while a fourth of the 24 specimens tabulated have 8 anteriorly and 9 posteriorly. In the second Phalanx 9—9 is by far the most frequent number on both extremities, as they occur in 21 specimens out of 32. Nine is not associated with any other number; but 10 is present in a fourth of the specimens, while 8 is exceptional and ~ Us PTYODACTYLUS HASSELQUISTII. Il rare. In the five specimens of var. owdrii there are only 7 lamelle. In the next, var. ragazzi, 16 out of the 32 specimens have 10 lamellz on both limbs, nine have 9—10, four have 9, and three have 8—9. A glance at the accompanying table will show that the lamelle of this variety start at a higher figure than those of either the first or second Phalanx, and that the highest number 10 is much more frequent than in either TaBLE showing the number of specimens in each Group possessing a certain number of lamelle on the third digit of the fore and hind limb. Fore limb, Hind limb, First Phalanx, |Second Phalanx,| Var. oudrii, Var. ragazzi, number of number of number of | number of number of number of lamelle. lamell. specimens. specimens. specimens. specimens. 7 i me a ge 5 8 8 9 2 8 9 ~ 6 3 9 9 9 21 4 9 10 00 0° 9° 9 10 10 Oc 8 30 16 11 abt ae 1 of them. In this variety the formula 8—9 occurs only in two specimens from Alali, 13 miles N. of Assab, and in one from Shoa, whereas in the four other geckos from the last locality the formula is 9—10. The presence of 8—9 brings these Alali and Shoa geckos very close to the geckos of the typical form in number of their lamelle. The labial shields (see table, p. 74) yield results much akin to those of the lamelle, in this respect: that the upper labials of the first and also of the second Phalanx are generally more numerous than they are in var. oudrii, whereas in var. ragazzi they never fall so low as they do in these two groups. In the case of the lower labials, they are sometimes quite as few in the second Phalanx as they are in the former variety ; but this is not so in var. ragazzi, in which, like its lamelle, they start at a higher number than do any of the others. Two of the geckos of the second Phalanx with 10 and 11 lower labials may be taken as representing P. puiseuai, Boutan (Pl. VII. fig. 8). They are also distinguished by a low number of lamelle, viz. §; and in connexion with this and the low number of labials the fact is borne in upon us that these Galilean geckos are more intimately related to those of Algeria than are any of the others. The eye, like every other part of the economy of these lizards, is subject to variation. In the first and in the second Phalanx it is larger than in the two varieties. L THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Upper Labials. Lower Labials. Number of —— Labials. ‘ - F First Phalanx,|Second Phalanx,| Var. owdrii, | Var. ragazzi, ||First Phalanx,| Second Phalanx,| Var. oudrii, | Var. ragazzi, specimens. specimens, specimens. | specimens. specimens. specimens, specimens, specimens. 10 ab 60 iL ae Me 3 3 11 3 3 2 7 8 10 2 12 ai 15 Z Il 11 | 11 50 3 13 12 12 Rey 3 6 7 1 14+ 3 1 2 1 2 15 1 ] 1 This genus is represented in Sind, Arabia, Northern Syria (Aleppo), southwards through Palestine, the Sinaitic Peninsula, and the valley of the Nile to Nubia, and to the south-east in Eritrea and Shoa, and to the west in Algeria. P. hasselquistii is found under the most diverse physical and climatic conditions, a circumstance to be kept in mind in view of the remarkable variations to which it is subject. At Aleppo, 1143 feet above the sea, the most northerly point in its distribu- tion, or nearly so, snow falls almost every year, although it lies only on the higher mountains ; but at Jerusalem (2550 feet), where this gecko is present, snow and frost are not uncommon, and the whole country at that elevation may be under snow for a short time!. Similar conditions also prevail, in winter, in the higher parts of the Tell of Algeria, where this gecko is also found. P. hasselquistii likewise frequents the subtropical basin of Lake Huleh, the imme- diate surroundings of which are little more than a swamp, in which buffaloes wallow, while the surrounding slopes are extremely fertile. Sixteen years ago, on my way from Khan Jubb Yusef to the beautiful spring of Mellaha, near Lake Huleh, I captured among some rocks the gecko (fig. 8) represented on Plate VII. It is also found at Jerash (1757 feet), on the opposite side of the Jordan, a district watered by the Jabbok, rich in oleanders, and with hills wooded with pines and oaks. It is also present on the green, well-watered slopes of Mount Carmel, a name that signifies orchard. I likewise met with it among the ruins of Capernaum, on the fertile shores of Lake ‘Tiberias, 682 feet below the sea-level, while further to the south it has been obtained from the arid surroundings of the Dead Sea and from the slopes of Sinai. In Egypt it is found not only in the desert, but in houses on the alluvium, and in the ‘ Mr. Boulenger has recorded the presence of the gecko @dura nivaria on the heights of the Drakensberg range, N.W. Natal, and also apparently enjoying life amid the ice and snow (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 608). i} =I Or PTYODAOCTYLUS HASSHELQUISTII. dark recesses of monuments and temples, and in the Sinaitic Peninsula in the moist warm grotto of Hamman Farun. Shoa, where it is also present, has been described by M. Aubry! as a country of high mountains covered with dense luxuriant vegetation, of streams breaking into numerous cascades and winding through magnificent prairies, of fields of cotton, maize, tief (the grass of the country), wheat, barley, beans, and peas, a region in which reigns perpetual spring. I have frequently met with it in the daytime in the chambers of temples and on their walls outside, and I have captured it at midday on rocks in the desert. It is said to be common in native houses, but I have never observed it in any of the hotels 1 have resided in at Alexandria, Suez, Cairo, Mena, Heluan, Assiut, Luxor, and Assuan. It emits a cry that has aptly been compared by Sir J. G. Wilkinson to the sound made by a man in urging on a horse. There is a native superstition that certain kinds of food become poisoned by contact with this gecko, and if eaten produce leprosy; and Hasselquist states that at Cairo he saw the hand of a man, over which a gecko had run, become in an instant covered with red pustules and inflamed, accompanied by itching like that caused by the sting of a nettle. Cuvier has suggested that this may have been produced by the extremely fine claws of the gecko. The natives of Egypt, in harmony with their superstition regarding this hzard, and in reference to the white leprous colour of those that frequent human habitations and the recesses of buildings and caverns, call it Qo, »), abu bors, the father of lepers. I am indebted to Mr. A. G. Ells, of the British Museum, for having directed my attention to the most interesting work of Damiri? on animals, in Arabic, entitled ‘ Hayat ul-Hayawan’ (‘The Life of Animals, or a Dictionary of Zoology’), written in the latter halt of the 14th century. Mr. Ellis informs me that, as the term (Qe,, bors, does not occur in Damiri’s work, it cannot be regarded as classical. I have found it in common use with the Arabs of the present day for all the species of geckos, whether they be leprous-looking or not. Dr. Walter Innes has informed me that this lizard has also another name, Ws$ 4)!, abu kaff. The latter term kaff means in Arabic the palm of the hand; so I conclude this name refers to the distention of the digits of this gecko. The figure of a lizard, to the ancient Egyptians, signified “‘ many” or ‘“‘ multitude.” As a few illustrations of its occurrence on the monuments as a hieroglyph may be mentioned its presence on the tomb of Ptah Hotep; on the outer wall of the hypostyle of Karnak; on the temples of Luxor and Abu Simbul; and on a slab of red granite that * R. Geogr. Soc. Paris, 1886. > His real name was Kemal ud-den Abu’l Baga Muhammed Ben Musa Ben Isa ad-Damiri Ash-Shafei ; but he was known as Damiri, probably from his having been born in the town of that name to the north of Mansura. The date of his birth was 1349 a.p., and he died in 1405. He was a professor in two of the mosques in Cairo. (Nouy. Biogr. Gén. (Hoefer) xiv. 1855, p. 474.) L 2 76 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. formed part of an inscription of Apepi, one of the kings of Avyaris before the XVIIth Dynasty, preserved in the British Museum (1101). | Lizards are to be seen in the hands of seated human figures painted on the outside of the coffin of Pachrat-Heru-A-Usheb, in the British Museum (6666); these lizards are represented with swollen feet: and a similar lizard is found on the inner coffin of a priestess of Amen from Dér-el-Bahari (24794 B.M.), held upwards by the tail in the hand of an erect hawk-headed human figure standing before a seated figure, apparently of Amen. It also occurs on the other side of this coffin, in the hands of similar hawk- headed figures. Evidently the same kind of lizard likewise appears in the hands of men in the tomb of Rameses III. Professor Flinders Petrie has shown me two figures of genii also holding lizards, from the north brick pyramid of Dahshur. There is a necklace in the British Museum consisting of a string of small red stone beads!, and between each bead hangs a gold pendant, about half an inch long, alternately in the form of a lizard and of a small oval. Whether these lizards were merely regarded as ornaments, or perchance as charms, it is impossible to say, but, in other necklaces, the sacred perch (Lates niloticus) also occurs as a pendant. The only lizard which all of these lizard- figures suggest to me is Ptyodactylus, which, from its striking characters, doubtless quite as much impressed the imaginations of the ancient Kgyptians as it does those of the inhabitants of the Nile valley of the present day. As a frequenter of caverns and dark chambers, it may be that the hawk-headed figure holding it up by the tail represents Har-Hat, the guardian of temples. ' The necklace is anong some Egyptian ornaments, but no number is visible. =I a | HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS. HEMIDACTYLUS. Hemidactylus, Cuv. Reg. An. 1. 1817, p. 47; Gray, Ann. Phil. x. (2) 1825, p. 199. Basal portion of the digits expanded into an oval disk, formed below by two rows of transverse lamelle separated from each other by a median sulcus; distal portion of digits slender, the second phalanx rising from the middle of the disk; digits clawed, free or somewhat webbed at the base. Pupil vertical. Praanal or femoral pores present in the male. HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS, Riippell. (Plate V. fig. 5.) Hemidactylus flaviviridis, Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. 1835, p. 18, pl. vi. fig. 2; Dum. & Bibr. iii. 1836, p. 347; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p.33; Matschie, Sitz.- Ber. Ges. nat. Freund. 1893, no. 1, p. 29; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 642; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, pp. 26, 98.~ Hemidactylus coctei, D. & B. i. 1836, p. 365; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xvi. pt. 1. 1847, p- 629; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1851, p. 39; Giinther, Rept. B. Ind. 1864, p. 109; Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) ix. 1872, p. 86; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 226; Stein- dachner, Novara Rept. 1867, p. 13; Theobald, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxvii. pt. ii. extra no. 1868, p. 29; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xh. pt. ii. 1872, p. 98; Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p.636; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xlv. pt. 11. 1876, p. 18; id. op. cit. xlvii. pt. 11.1879, p- 125; Klunzinger, Zeitsch. Ges. Erdk. Berl. xiii. 1878, p. 94; Murray, Zool. Sind, 1884, p. 359; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 1387; op. cit. iii. 1887, p. 485; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 407; Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. & Batr. 1890, p. 92; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 550; Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p. 14; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii.) xxxv. 1887, p. 33; Boettger, Ber. Offenb. Ver. xxix.— xxxil. 1892, p. 62; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 29; Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p- 865. Boltalia sublevis, Gray, Zoo). Misc. 1842, p. 58. Hoplopodion cocteaui, Fitzinger, Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 104. Hemidactylus bengaliensis, Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. pt. 1. 1871, p. 14. 1. Suez. Rev. Walter Statham. 2. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. 3. Suakin. British Officers’ Mess House. Head rather short and broad, forehead concave; the length of the snout exceeds the distance between the eye and the ear by the width of the ear; ear-opening oval, slightly oblique, and about half the diameter of the eye. Rostral nearly twice as broad as high, with a median furrow above ; nostril defined by the rostral, first labial, and 5 nasals, but, in some instances, the rostral is excluded; 12 to 16 upper, and 9 to 11 lower labials. Mental much broader than the rostral, triangular, with a large chin- 78 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. shield on each side of it broadly in contact with its fellow, with one or two small shields behind. Limbs and digits well developed; 8—10 prominent lamelle on the pollex and hallux; on the remaining digits of both extremities the lamelle vary from 10 to 13, the distal ones of the manus and the distal and proximal plates of some of the digits of the toes being occasionally undivided. Body uniformly granular, the granules smallest on the vertex, increasing in size on the snout, and largest on the sides, where there are a few generally larger than the others, and sometimes a large tubercle before the shoulder, and a fewrounded tubercles on the sacral region; abdominal scales cycloid, imbricate, and larger than the lateral granules. Tail generally longer than the head and body, depressed, flat below, consisting of a series of verticils, each of which is made up of about 13, more or less, transverse series of granules, with a large tubercle on the upper surface, external to each side of the mesial line, and with another still larger at the lower angle, both of these tubercles being placed close to the posterior borders of the verticils; a longitudinal line of large transverse plates on the under surface. 6 or 7 femoral pores (5-9 in Bengal specimens). In life the general colour of Suakin specimens is pale lemon-yellow with a faint greenish-grey tinge, the underparts being of a richer lemon and the lamelle clear silvery white. On the back, there are occasionally faint indications of the presence of dark transverse undulating bands. Measurements of Specimens (in millim.). Suez. Suakin. Suakin. Suakin. Hadramut. | | | Snout tovent.............. 59 66 72 74 82 ii entstoxbipyotataillerry-erer tort: 70 63 83 85 92 | Length of head ............ 18:5 19 20°5 21 22 laWadthyotsheadmeemrrerenserset ter 13-2 13°7 U7 16 18 Length of fore limb ........ 25 26 31:2 30 34°5 s hindslimbeeererer 28:5 31:7 34:3 37 | 40 | i L i 6 7 6 6 Femoral pores ........ [R 7 7 6 6 7 The largest specimen of this species as yet on record was obtained at Pinang. ‘The body and head were a fraction more than 94 millim. in length, and the tail close on 83 millim. long; but from the accompanying table it will be seen that although there is not much difference between the total length of the Pinang specimen and the one HEMIDACTYLUS FLAVIVIRIDIS. 79 from the Hadramut, the length of the latter is largely due to the length of its tail, and that its head and body are actually 13 millim. shorter than the Pinang individual. It is common in houses at Suez and Suakin, and occurs also at Kosseir. In Egypt it has never been observed as yet in any inland town. It is generally seen after sundown hunting for insects on the walls, but I have seen it similarly occupied inside houses in the middle of the day. When disturbed it emits a sound which can only be described as a kind of squeak. Although the lamelle are arranged in two lateral groups, they begin distally by a single lamella, and in the first digit of the hind foot they, as a rule, end proximally in two azygos lamelle in the mesial line, and in the fifth digit of the same foot in one. The following is the arrangement of the paired lamelle taken from one individual, beginning with the first digit :— We) 4 (=) - i=) Fore foot ...... @ Hind foot ...... 8 11 10 In only two of the individuals obtained by me are the femoral pores symmetrically arranged. Seven is the highest and six the lowest number, but in India there may be as many as nine and as few as five pores. The colour of this lizard, according to Dr. Stoliczka, ‘“‘ changes very rapidly during life ; sometimes the transverse bands turn almost to blackish brown, and another time they become quite obsolete.” The species was first described by Ruppell from specimens obtained at Massowah ; but in the following year, 1836, Duméril and Bibron redescribed it as H. coctwi, from specimens received by them from Bengal and Bombay. Some years ago, Mr. Boulenger examined the types of H. flaviviridis, Riippell, preserved in the Frankfort Museum, and arrived at the conclusion that they were identical with H. cocte?. Prof. Boettger, with a specimen of the so-called H. coctwi from Bombay and the types of this species before him, arrived at a similar result, which likewise happened in my case, when I compared the foregoing specimens together, in 1893, being at the time quite unaware of Mr. Boulenger’s and Prof. Boettger’s observations. Duméril and Bibron in their description of the genus Hem/dactylus' direct attention to Riippell’s H. flaviviridis, which they say appeared to them to be distinct from all of the species described in their third volume ; but at the same time they do not include it as a species, and add that it ought to occupy a place alongside of //. coctei, because ‘ce Saurien lui ressemble par la forme de ses doigts et de sa queue, aussi bien que par les écailles uniformes que revétent les parties supérieures de son corps.” It is thus quite evident that their term H. coct#i must give precedence to H. flaviviridis. To Massowah, Bengal, and Bombay, Cantor, in 1847, added Pinang as another ’ Erpét. Gén, iii, 1836, p. 347. 80 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. locality in which it was found; and Giinther, in 1864, mentioned its presence at Patna. Steindachner, in 1867, described a specimen from Calcutta. Dr. Stoliczka, in his account of the distribution of the Indian and Burmese species of Hemidactylus, written in 1872, mentioned that this species was spread over the entire Gangetic delta and extended eastwards to the Khasia Hills, Cachar, northwards to Sikkim, through Western Bengal, the North-west Provinces of India up to the foot of the hills ‘at Kangra and Hardwar, and westwards to the Punjab. He also stated that he had seen two specimens said to have come from Pegu. Mr. Blanford, in 1876, recorded it from Sind, and, in 1879, included it in a list of some reptiles from Ajmere in Rajputana. In 1878, Dr. Klunzinger met with it at Kosseir on the Egyptian coast. Mr. J. Murray, in 1884, stated that it occurred in the Deccan, Concan, Cutch, Quetta, and Baluchistan, and, in 1885, Mr. Boulenger recorded it from Ellore, and, in 1887, from Maskat in Arabia. In 1892, Prof. Boettger added Aden as another Arabian locality; and in the following year my collector brought back a specimen from near the seaport of Makulla, also in Arabia. In the same year I found it to be the common house-gecko of Suez, and in the following year that it was equally prevalent at Suakin. Within the last few years it has also been found at Jask and Fao, on the Persian Gulf, and recently it has been recorded by Mr. Boulenger from Ghinda, in Eritrea. HEmipDactytwvs Turcicus, Linn. (Plate V. fig. 3.) The Small Spotted Grey Lizard, Kdwards, Nat. Hist. Birds, pt. iv. 1751, pl. 204. Lacerta turcica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 1766, p. 362. Gecus cyanodactylus, Rafinesque, Carat. nuovi gen. e nuove sp. An. Sicilia, 1810, p. 9. Gecko meridionalis, Risso, Hist. Nat. Europ. Mérid. 11. 1826, p. 87. Hemidactylus triedrus, Fitz. N. Class. Rept. 1826, p. 46; Bonap. Fauna Ital. 11. Rett. ed Anfibi, 1832-41, plate ; Steindachner, Novara Rept. 1867, p. 12. Hemidactylus granosus, Heyden, Riippell’s Atlas nordl. Afr., Rept. 1827, p. 17, pl. v. fig. 1. Hemidactylus robustus, Heyden, |. c. pp. 19-20; Riippell, 1. ec. p. 300. Gecko verruculatus, Cuy. Reg. An. nouv. éd. ii. 1829, p. 54. Hemidactylus verrucosus, Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. Kingd. ix. 1831, p. 50; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii, 1845, p. 300. . Hemidactylus verruculatus, Bibron et Bory de St. Vincent, Expéd. Se. Morée, Rept. 1833, p. 68, pl. xi. fig. 2; part., Dum. & Bibr. in. 1836, p. 359; Fitzinger, Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 105 ; Guichenot, Explor. Se. de ’ Algérie, Sc. Phys. Zool. v. 1850, p. 4; Duméril, Cat. Rept. Mus. Paris, 1851, p. 39; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1862, p. 271; Steindachner, Ins. Cypern, Unger & Kotschy, 1865, p. 572; De Betta, Faun. Ital. pt. 4, Rett. ed Anfibi, 1874, p. 20; Schreib. Herp. Europ. 1875, p. 487; Gasco, Viaggio in Egitto, pt. ii. 1876, p. 110; Bosca, Ann. Hist, Nat, Madrid, vi. 1877, p. 48; Klunzinger, Zeitschr. Ges. Erdk. Berl. xiii, 1878, p. 94; HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS. 81 Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1879, no. 3, p. 35; Boettger, Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. Berl. (Giebel) (2) iv. 1879, p. 511; Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1880, p. 192; Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xii. 1881, p. 381; Vaillant, Révoil, Faune et Flore Pays Comalis, 1882, p. 16 ; Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, 111. 1883, p. 187 ; Reichenow, Sitz.-Ber. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1888, p. 149; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 153; Giglioli, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vi. 1888, p. 65. Gecko (Hemidactylus) verruculatus, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. sér. 2, vi. 1836, p. 309. Hemidactylus maculatus, Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 3, x. 1848, p. 205. Hemidactylus cyanodactylus, Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 23. Hemidactylus turcicus, Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1878-79, p. 74; Kobelt, Reiseerimn. Algerien und Tunis, 1885, p. 464; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 28; Boulenger, Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 126; op. cit. 11. 1887, p.485 ; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 115; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 550; Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p. 13; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p. 32 (not specim. 4826 =sinaita) ; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. 1893, p. 359; op. cit. xliv. 1894, p. 77; Peracca, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, ix. no. 167, 1894, p.6; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Exypt, 1896, pp. 26, 98. 9. Maryut District, west of Alexandria. @. Houses, Alexandria. ¢. Shaluf, Suez. 9. Mokattam Hills. Dr. Walter Innes. 9. KHdfu, Upper Egypt. dg. Wadi Halta. 5 a 2 ga 2. eo and 3 9. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. and 2 ¢. Island of Shadwan, Gulf of Suez. Mr. John Strathearn. Ras Gharib. Mr. James Robertson. WwW WO 0 Head oval. Snout rounded, its length generally exceeds the distance between the eye and the ear; the diameter of the eye more than half the distance between the eye and the ear; the latter oblique in position, irregularly oval, and not quite half the diameter of the eye. Rostral considerably broader than high, grooved above ; nostril formed by the rostral, first labial, and 3 nasals. Upper labials vary from 7 to 10, 8 and 9 being the prevalent numbers ; lower labials 6 to 9, 7 being the most common number. Mental large, generally triangular; a large chin-shield on either side of it, the two broadly in contact behind it, and a small shield on the outside of each. Limbs and digits of moderate length; 6 to 8 lamellz on the pollex and hallux, the prevailing numbers on each being 7, 6 being very exceptional on the pollex, but common on the hallux ; 8 to 10 lamelle on the fourth finger, the former number being most prevalent ; 9 to 11 lamelle on the fourth toe, 10 being the most common number, and 11 more frequent than 9. The front of the head covered with large granules, and the back part with much smaller granules, with scattered round tubercles. The upper surface of the body covered with minute granules, having 14 to 16 more or less longitudinal rows of oval or trihedral keeled tubercles, somewhat varying in size and larger than the interspaces between them. Upper surface of the fore limb covered with slightly M 82 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. imbricate scales, with large tubercles on the radial portion; hind limb with granules and intermixed large tubercles. Abdominal scales small, smooth, imbricate, rounded or hexagonal. ‘Tail longer than the body and head, variable, somewhat depressed at the base, cylindrical beyond, and tapering to a fine point, covered with minute scales arranged in feeble verticils and with transverse rows of keeled tubercles; under surface covered with more or less transversely enlarged plates. Four to ten preanal pores, exceptionally two. Colour light brown, greyish, sandy yellow or pink above. In the dark specimens of the Mediterranean coast-line and from along the banks of the Freshwater Canal at Suez, and in those from the Nile valley, the body and head are covered with dark blackish-brown spots and markings, the spots generally involving a number of tubercles or single tubercles, many of the tubercles being white. Occasionally the dark markings on the body tend to form transverse bands; a dark brown band from the eye to the snout and from the eye along the temporal region, sometimes broken up into spots. Underparts white. The geckos from Ras Gharib and from the island of Shadwan conform to the general colour of their surroundings and have a pinkish tinge, the markings being obsolete or nearly so, while those from Tor in the Sinaitic Peninsula are greyish pink. The following are the measurements of the largest females in my collection :— Snout to vent 59 millim., tail 64 millim. ; snout to vent 56 millim., tail 67 millim. It will be observed from the foregoing list of specimens that I obtained only two from up the Nile, viz. from Edfu and Wadi Halfa. I never observed it myself in the neighbourhood of Cairo; but it is found there, as I am indebted to Dr. W. Innes for a specimen from the Mokattam Hills. It is more plentiful along the sea-face of the delta, from Maryut to the east, and is occasionally found around Suez. Mr. John Strathearn informs me that it is not uncommon on the island of Shadwan; and as Mr. James Robertson was so good as to send me three specimens from the neighbour- hood of the lighthouse of Ras Gharib, it seems to be well represented there. It is common at Suakin. The specimens captured at Maryut were found under stones amid the ruins of Said Pasha’s palace, and those at Alexandria in a house ; while the one from Shaluf I came across in digging out a Nesokia from its burrows among grass on the banks of the Freshwater Canal. Besides its cireum-Mediterranean distribution, the African portion of which extends from Algeria (Gervais, Guichenot, &c.) through Cyrenaica (Reichenow) to Egypt (Gray), it spreads southwards along the Nile valley to Sennaar (Peters), Abyssinia (Heyden), Somaliland (Vaillant), Eritrea, Assab (Giglioli and Boulenger), northwards along the coast of Egypt. It occurs also in the Sinaitic Peninsula (Werner and Anderson), Arabia Petrea (Riippell), Hadramut (Anderson), Persia (Loulenger), Baluchistan (Boulenger), Sind (Murray and Boulenger). HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS. 83 Var. sINAITA. (Plate V. fig. 4.) Hemidactylus turcicus, Strauch, Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p. 32 (specim. 4826 only). Hemidactylus sinaitus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 126; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 5382; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvii.) 1897, p. 277; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 639; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 98. ] juv. Wé&di Halfa. Major Henry d’Alton Harkness. 43,3 9,and1juv. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. dg and4 9. Suakin. 1 gd and4 9. Durrur. In the lizard which Mr. Boulenger described from the Sinaitic Peninsula as H., sinaitus the nostril is formed by the rostral and three nasals, the first labial being excluded. In my collection there are 26 specimens from Suakin and Durrur that agree with it. Twenty-two of them have the nostril defined only by the rostral and three nasals, but in four the first labial enters into the nostril. Mr. Boulenger has also described from Western Somaliland two specimens, which he referred to H. stnaitus, in which the first labial is excluded by a small shield. In describing a collection of reptiles from Aden, brought together by Colonel Yerbury, I referred six geckos to H. sinaitus, but only in one of them was the first labial excluded on both sides of the head, while in one it entered on one side and did not do so on the other. In the remaining four specimens, the first labial shield entered as a minute point, but in so doing produced a nostril structurally identical with the nostril of H. turcicus. It is thus evident that the nostril in 1. sinaitus is subject to variation, but at the same time the rule is for the first labial to be excluded. In the type of ZH. sinaitus there are no enlarged subcaudals, and they are also absent in the generality of the Suakin and Durrur geckos ; but individuals from these localities are met with, as also in the Aden lizards, in which the subcaudals are only slightly transversely enlarged, whereas three of the Aden specimens and two from Western Somaliland have enlarged subcaudals as in H. turcicus (Pl. V. fig. 3). But Professor Giglioli states that in Italian examples of H. turcicus these plates are occasionally but little enlarged. The dorsal tubercles of H. sinaitus are somewhat smaller than those of H. turcicus, and in this respect they resemble the Eastern Sudan specimens and those from Aden ; but in those from the latter locality, some are even smaller than in the type, whereas in the Western Somaliland geckos they are quite as large as in 17. turctcus. The following table shows the distribution of the lamelle in //. turcicus and in its variety sinatta :— M2 84 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Distribution of lameile on digits of Hemidactylus turcicus. Pollex. Hallux. No. of | No. of | No. of | No of | No. of | No. of || No. of | No. of | No. of | No. of | No. of | No. of | No. of lamell.|lamellz.| lamelle.|lamelli.| lamelle. lamellee. || lamellee.| lamellse.|lamellze.| lamellee.| lamells.| lamelle.| lamelle. 5 6 ii 8 9 10 5 6 7 ao ie) 10 11 Present | Present | Present | Present | Present Present || Present | Present | Present | Present on on on on on Present | Present | Present on on on on on on on on 1 18 8 O00 50 9 13 3 Ne apm Sv a 27 specimens. 25 specimens. | | Fourth finger. Fourth toe. fag | | a lo |w) eee — || 27 sim 7 specimens. 28 specimens. Distribution of lamellae on digits of H. turcicus, var. sinaita. Pollex. Hallux. 5 | 8 | 10 | 2 | 14 | 7 | 2 | 1 | — Va — |\— 1 | 25 specimens. 24 specimens. Fourth finger. Fourth toe. | | | 9 | 16 | | 2Z | 9 | 13 | | | = - = = SSS 25 specimens. 25 specimens. It will be observed that in the specimens of H. turcicus that have come under my observation the number of lamelle never falls so low as five, six being the lowest number; whereas in sinatta one-fifth of the specimens have five lamelle on the pollex, and more than one-half have five on the hallux. In H1, turcicus the lamelle vary from 6 to 8, and in its variety sinaita from 4 to 8. In both, 7 is the most prevalent HEMIDACTYLUS TURCICUS. 85 number on the pollex. Six is exceptionally present in H. turcicus on the pollex, but it is common in sinaita; whilst 8, which is not uncommon in the former, is so in the latter. On the fourth finger the lamelle of H. turcicus vary from 8 to 10, and in sinaita from 7 to 8. The latter number is the most prevalent in both. On the hallux of H. turcicus the lamelle vary from 6 to 8, and in sinaita from 5 to 8; the most prevalent number in the former being 7, and in the latter 5. On the fourth toe in H. turcicus the lamelle vary from 9 to 11, and in sinaita from 8 to 11. In both 10 is the most prevalent number. In six males of H. turcicus from Egypt, the preanal pores range from 6 to 8, the numbers being 4, 6, 6,7, 7,8; but in 14 examples of var. sinaita from the Eastern Sudan they vary from 2 to 5, only one has 2, two have 5, and the remainder have 4 ; whereas in one from Western Somaliland there are 6 preanal pores. In view of how the supposed characters of H. sinaitus have broken down with the investigation of additional material, it is not entitled to more than varietal rank, based chiefly on the differences observable in the lamellz, and more or less in the formation of the nostril. It is found in the Sinaitic Peninsula, Aden and its neighbourhood, Western Somali- land, and the Eastern Sudan to Kosseir (Alunzinger). The native name for this species is simply ep or bors. 86 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. TARENTOLA. Tarentola, Gray, Ann. Phil. (2) 1825, p. 199. Digits free, dilated, their under surfaces with undivided transverse lamelle; only the third and fourth digits with claws. Pupil vertical. Neither femoral nor przanal pores. TARENTOLA MAuRITANICA!, Linn. (Plate VIII. figs. 1 & 2.) Lacerta mauritanica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 1766, p. 361. Gecko muricatus, Laur. Syst. Rept. 1768, p. 44. Stellio mauritanicus, Meyer, Syn. Rept. 1795, p. 31. Gecko fascicularis, Daud. Rept. iv. 1803, p. 144; Licht. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p. 103. Gecko stellio, Merr. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 43. Tarentola stellio, Gray, Aun. Phil. (2) x. 1825, p. 199. Gecko mauritanica, Risso, Hist. Nat. Europ. Mér. iii. 1826, p. 87. Platydactylus fascicularis, Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 142; Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. Kingd. ix. 1831, p. 48. Platydactylus muralis, D. & B. iii. 1836, p.319; Guichenot, Explor. Sc. Alg., Phys. Zool. v. 1850, p-4; Steindachner, Unger & Kotschy, Cypern, 1865, p. 572; Gasco, Viagg. Hgitto, pt. 11. 1876, p. 110. Gecko (Platydactylus) fascicularis, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. sér. 2, vi. 1836, p. 309. Ascalabotes mauritanicus, Bonap. Faun. Ital. 1832-41, plate; Amph. Europ. 1839, p. 28; Bosca, An. Hist, Nat. Madrid, vi. 1877, p. 47. Platydactyla (Tarentola) fascicularis, Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. King. ix. p. 48. Ascalabotes fascicularis, Fitz. N. Class. Rept. 1826, p. 47; Syn. Rept. 1848, p. 102. Tarentola mauritanica, Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 164; Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 476; Boettger, Abh. Senck. natur. Ges. ix. 1873-75, p. 186; Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xii. 1881, p. 880; Kobelt, Reiseerinnerung. Alg. und Tunis, 1885, p. 464; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 306; Boulenger, Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 196; op. cit. 1. 1887, p.489; Trans. Zool. Soe. xiii. 1891, p. 115, pl. xiii. fig. 3; Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xu. 1893, p. 204; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. 1892, p. 351; op. cit. xliv. 1894, p. 77 ; Anders. Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, pp. 78, 99. Platydactylus facetanus, Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 22; Schreiber, Herp. Europ. 1875, p. 490; Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 1879, no. 3, p. 35 ; Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. (Giebel) (2) iv. 1879, p. 510. Platydactylus mauritanicus, Boettger, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. ix. 1874, p.16; Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1880, p. 193; De Betta, Faun. Ital., Rett. ed Anfibi, 1874, p. 19; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 103. Tarentola facetana, Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) xxxv. no. 2, 1887, p. 21. ‘ T have figured a epecimen with a renewed tail, as if is the largest in my collection, and, but for this blemish, is highly characteristic. Pl. VILLI. Reptiles of Egypt. Fig. 3, ¢, Suakin. TARENTOLA ANNULARIS. Fig. 1, ¢, Marsa Matru ; Fig.2, Houses, Cairo. TARENTOLA MAURITANICA. TARENTOLA MAURITANICA. 87 1. Cairo. Dr. Walter Innes. 7. Abukir, on the walls of old windmills. 1. Mandara, east of Alexandria. Dr. Walter Innes. 2. Ramleh, east of Alexandria. 1. El Khreit, to the west of Lake Mareotis. 12. Marsa Matru, 150 miles to the west of Alexandria. Body short and stout, depressed. Head depressed; snout as long as or slightly exceeding the interval between the eye and the ear; a supraorbital bone; ear devoid of conical tubercles at its anterior margin; eight or nine upper and seven to ten lower labials, the last of the former minute; nostril generally defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals; rostral twice as broad as high; breadth of the mental about two-thirds of its length; chin-shield on each side in contact with the labials. Upper surface of the head from the occiput forwards is covered with polygonal, convex, more or less tubercular granules, and the temporal region with scattered large keeled tubercles; behind the ear and on the sides of the neck and body there are prominent tubercular rosettes, each consisting of a large keeled tubercle with some small ones around it, the tubercles on the middle of the back consisting of about three rows of large and strongly keeled sessile tubercles; all the dorsal tubercles are arranged in transverse series, while those on the upper surface of the limbs are irregularly distributed ; the interspaces between the tubercles are occupied by fine granular scales. Scales of the under surface flat, hexagonal, and slightly imbricate. ‘Tail with broad well-marked verticils, margined with strong, backwardly directed, large, sharply conical tubercles. ‘Thirteen lamelle on pollex and hallux, and twelve on the fourth digit. General colour yellowish brown or pale sandy yellow, occasionally marbled more or less with darker, or with short dark transverse dorsal bands, six in number, rare in Egyptian specimens, which, however, have generally indications of a dark line from the snout to behind the ear, with dark lines on the upper surface of the head, and the labials feebly dark-spotted. Tail generally barred brown and yellowish towards its end. Underparts whitish. Measurements of an adult: snout to vent 77 millim., tail 78. I have not observed this species to the south of Cairo, but it is quite possible that it may occur there. It is, however, essentially a species of the semi-desert and desert land along the sea-face of the delta; but it is not nearly so common as T. annularis is in the Nile valley proper. Its range extends eastwards to Arabia and westwards to Mogador, and may be said also to embrace the shores of the Mediterranean. It is generally found under stones, on old walls, and occasionally in inhabited houses. I caught it during the daytime on the stone walls of old windmills at Abukir. 88 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. TARENTOLA EPHIPPIATA, O’Shaughn. (Fig. 5.) Tarentola ephippiata, O’Shaughn. Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xvi. 1875, p. 263; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M.i. 1885, pp. 198,414; Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xii. 1893, p. 204; op. cit. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 166; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 218; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvil.) 1897, p. 277. 1. Durrur, north of Suakin. Body short and stout, depressed; head depressed ; snout rather broad, of variable length, in some (W. Africa) equalling the distance between the eye and the ear, and in others (E. Africa) exceeding it. A supraorbital bone. No denticulation in front of the ear. Nine or ten upper, and eight lower labials. Nostril formed by the rostral, Fig. 5. Tarentola ephippiata, O’Shaughn. first labial, and two nasals. Rostral nearly twice as broad as high (W. Africa) or twice as broad as high (E. Africa); mental twice as long as broad at its middle, poste- tiorly pointed, with three chin-shields on each side, the outer one generally separated from the labials by a row of small shields, the innermost ones in contact, irregular in some. Head covered with large, juxtaposed, polygonal granules, very uniform in size, TARENTOLA ANNULARIS. 89 three or four times as large as the body-granules, the largest on the snout, supraorbital and temporal regions, but on the latter area small granules are intermixed. The tubercles on the body generally and on the limbs are flat, oval, usually smooth, or occasionally feebly keeled. Ventral scales moderate, hexagonal, and imbricate. 'The anterior portion of the tail with rows of not very large tubercles. 12 or 13 lamellae on the first digit and 14 or 15 on the fourth digit. Uniform pale reddish or greyish brown, with a dark narrow band passing through the eye, along the neck to near the shoulder, the two streaks meeting or not meeting on the neck; the head with a few large dusky spots, and the body and tail with obscure dark transverse markings. Underparts white. The following are the measurements of an adult West-African specimen given by Mr. Boulenger :—Snout to vent 63 millim., tail 59 millim. The chin-shields of the specimen from Durrur are arranged irregularly. On one side there are two large shields external to the mental, the one lying in front of the other, the first being in contact with the first and part of the second labial, and the second solely with the second labial. On the other side the two chin-shields are arranged as in the West-African specimens. This species was recorded for the first time from East Africa by Mr. Boulenger in his second account of the reptiles collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith in his expedition to Western Somaliland and the Galla country. It was obtained at Shaikh Hussein, West Somaliland, 5000 feet above the sea. My specimen was captured at Durrur, on ~ the shore of the Red Sea. It ranges across Africa from Senegambia (McCarthy Island) to Western Somaliland. TARENTOLA ANNULARIS, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.) Gecko annularis, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hilaire, Deser. Egypte, Hist. Nat. i. 71827, p. 130, pl. v. figs. 6 & 7. Gecko savignyi, Aud. Descr. Hgypte, Hist. Nat. i. 7 1829, p. 164, Suppl. pl. i. fig. 1. Platydactylus egyptiacus, Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. ii. 1829, p. 53; Dum. & Bibr. iii. 1833, p. 322; Riippell, Mus. Senck. in, 1845, p. 8300; Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. Zool. (1845-50), p. 195, pl. 1. fig. 1; Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. Kingd. ix. 1831, p. 48; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p- 271; Gasco, Viagg. Egitto, pt. i. 1876, p. 110. Ascalabotes egyptiacus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 102. Gecko egyptiacus, Griffith’s An. Kingd. ix. 1831, p. 144. Tarentola egyptiaca, Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 165; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) XXxv. no. 2, 1887, p. 24. Tarentola annularis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 197; Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xii. 1893, p. 204; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 554; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 836; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 99. 1. A house, Cairo. Dr. Walter Innes. 2. Pyramids of Gizeh. eo) fom) THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Mariette Bey’s house, Sakkara. Minia. Major R. H. Brown, R.E. Tel el Amarna. Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. Luxor. Colossi of Memnon, Thebes. Rocks, banks of Nile, Assuan. Rocks, banks of Nile, above First Cataract. Wadi Halfa. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. Suakin. Colonel Sir Charles Holled Smith, C.B., K.C.M.G. Houses, Suakin. Henry Barnham, Esq., H.B.M. Consul, Suakin. Rocks of Dehilba, Suakin plain. Erkowit, near Suakin. Houses, Suakin. Durrur. Gizeh. Dr. J. C. Mitchell. fi! es 69 tS BO SS bt Body short and depressed; head large, depressed and swollen across the temporal region; snout equalling or slightly shorter than the interval between the eye and the ear. A supraorbital bone; ear crescentic, nearly equalling the diameter of the eye, and with a denticulation at its anterior margin of conical scales. ‘Ten or eleven upper and lower labials, the last upper labial usually small. Nostril generally defined by the rostral, first labial, and three nasals; rostral much broader than high, with a short median groove above; mental about twice as high as broad, widely separating the chin-shields, of which there are generally two or three on each of its sides in contact with the labials. Head, from the snout to the occiput, covered with rather large convex polygonal scales, among which rounded tubercles occur on the hinder part of the occiput and on the temporal region and cheeks. From the occiput backwards to the tail and the upper surface of the limbs covered with slightly convex rounded granules, with many intermixed large convex or rounded tubercles, those on the trunk being arranged in 8 to 10 longitudinal rows, the tubercles on the back being slightly less convex than those on the sides. Skin on the cheeks, neck, and sides of the body in folds. Scales of under surface flat, hexagonal, imbricate, smooth. Tail shorter than the body and head, in broad well-defined verticils, the posterior border of each defined by a transverse row of tubercles. Nineteen lamelle on the pollex, twenty-one on the hallux, and twenty-two on the fourth digit. Colour generally greyish brown, but very variable, depending on the surroundings of the lizard, being in some almost black, and in others nearly white. Five dark transverse bands across the back, sometimes almost resolved into pairs of spots; two pairs of round equidistant white spots over the shoulder, one behind the other; head occasionally with obscure dusky spots and a dark line through the eye to the sides of the neck, uniting with the first dark transverse band; labials dusky; under surface white or occasionally speckled with dusky on the throat and sides of the belly; tail TARENTOLA ANNULARIS. 91 with dark markings like the trunk, but usually reduced to spots, and sometimes more or less margined with white. Snout to vent 130 millim., tail 78 millim. Generally found on rocks and ruins, but it also frequents houses. On the black rocks along the banks of the Nile, above the First Cataract, it is nearly black. Major R. H. Brown, R.E., sent me two specimens from Minia so white that I wrote and asked him if he could explain the pale colour, and he replied that they had been captured on a white-washed house—so much is the colour of these geckos influenced by their surroundings. It is very common throughout the Nile valley, but I have not observed it in the northern part of the delta. It occurs in Abyssinia and in some of the islands off that coast (Lefebvre and Boulenger), and has been recorded from Eritrea (Ghinda) (Boulenger) and from Sennaar (Peters), also from the Sinaitic Peninsula. Mr. Boulenger, in a synopsis of the genus, published in 18931, recognized in all nine species, two of which, 7. americana, Gray, and T. cubana, Gundl. & Peters, are from the New World (West-India Islands), the other four, besides the three here described, being from the Western and North-western portions of Africa. The Arabic name of this gecko is Seal wae (,.!) =(abu) bors aswad=the black bors. It is known to the Hadendowahs as the Dhan. 1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6 ser.) xii. Sept. 1893, p, 204. N2 92 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. AGAMIDZ. AGAMA. Agana, part., Daud. Hist. Rept. 11. 1802, p. 333. Head triangular or cordate; tympanum distinct. Body more or less depressed ; back sometimes feebly crested. Tail elongate, round or slightly compressed, irregularly or verticillately scaled. A gular pouch present or absent; a transverse gular fold and a pit before the shoulder. Preeanal pores generally present in the male and occasion- ally in the female, but sometimes absent in both sexes. Before describing the first species of this genus, it is necessary to arrive at an under- standing of its synonymy and of the variations to which it is subject. Agama mutabilis, Merrem, was founded on the lizard figured (figs. 3 & 4) on plate 5 of the ‘ Description de I Egypte, and Merrem’s name was merely the Latin rendering of the French “ L’Agame variable ow Le Changeant,” the term under which it appeared in the plates of the foregoing work. The lizard represented on the plate in question has the fourth digit longer than all the others, so that there is no ground for the supposition that it could possibly have been a drawing made from an individual of the species afterwards described by Heyden as A. sinaita; moreover, Is. Geoffroy, in his description of ?Agame variable, clearly indicated the nature of its fingers, as he says, “Jes doigts vont en augmentant de longueur, a partir du premier jusqu’au quatriéme.” In A. sinaita, on the other hand, the fourth finger, so far from being the longest, is markedly shorter than the third. The lizard figured by Is. Geoffroy corresponds to the individual (fig. 3) represented on Plate IX. of this work; whereas A. sinaita, Heyden (Pl. X. fig. 1), differs from it, in its much longer limbs and in the proportions of its third and fourth digits to one another. Is. Geoffroy described the scales of his lizard as being for the most part very small, and those on the back so fine as to be hardly distinguishable without the aid of a hand- lens, or at least only by the greatest attention. He also says that, although the scales are disposed as in the ordinary species of the genus Agama, [ Agame variable, unlike them, has no spines scattered over different parts of the body and none around the ear-opening or on the sides of the neck. The only lizard in the British Museum which at all approaches Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire’s description of ?Agame variable is a lizard from Egypt, presented many years ago to that institution by Sir J. Gardner Wilkinson. Dr. Gray regarded it as an example of ‘** The Variable Trapelus,” but placed along with it two other lizards from the same donor, which are undoubted examples of A. pallida, Reuss. Moreover, he regarded U’Agame variable as identical with A. ruderata, Olivier. AGAMA. 95 Mr. Blanford pointed out, in 18761, that the last-mentioned species is the Persian form, distinct from what he designated as the Egyptian lizard, which he held would stand as Trapelus mutadilis, Merr, From Mr. Blanford’s allusion to certain characters of the lizard he had in view, it would appear to have been A. pallida, and not UAgame variable of Is. Geoffroy, which seems to be identical with A. inermis, Reuss. Mr. Boulenger, in preparing the second edition of the British Museum ‘ Catalogue of Lizards,’ had to deal with Sir J. G. Wilkinson’s specimen; and not being able to identify it with any known species, he described it as new under the name A. datastit. I captured in the neighbourhood of the Pyramids of Gizeh a lizard distinctly referable to A. latasti?. Mr. Boulenger describes the scales ‘‘as equal, rhomboidal, imbricate, smooth or indistinctly keeled . . . . the size of which scarcely exceeds that of the ventrals,” and the back of the head as having no spinose scales. The upper edge of the ear, however, he mentions has a fringe of 3 or 4 pointed scales. In the Gizeh specimen (PI. IX. fig. 3) corresponding to A. latastii the fringe on one side of the head has the scales so small and so little pointed that they are only just visible to the naked eye. These two specimens appear to me to correspond to A. mutabilis, Merr. ‘They are both females, and I believe them to be inseparable from the lizard described by Reuss as A. inermis. I have arrived at this conclusion after having compared them with a male lizard captured at Gizeh, and submitted to Prof. Boettger for comparison with the types of A. inermis preserved at Frankfort. He pronounced it to be specifically identical with A. inermis, but since then I have been enabled, thanks to his courtesy, to compare them myself, and I have come to the same conclusion. The individual compared with the type at Frankfort is represented by fig. 1, Pl. IX. I have also examined the types (two males) of A. gularis, Reuss, both of which are specifically identical with A. énermis, an opinion which is also held by Professor Boettger. In the two females (=A. latastii) to which I am specially referring the body-scales are small, rhomboidal, imbricate, nearly equal, smooth or feebly keeled, with a few faintly enlarged, obtusely keeled scales scattered sparsely among the small scales; whereas in the types of A. énermis, corresponding to fig. 1, Pl. [X., the scales are more unequal and more sharply carinate. ‘The inequality is such that some of the scales are distinctly larger than the others, strongly keeled, and irregularly scattered among them. These larger scales, however, are foreshadowed by the faintly enlarged scales observed here and there, but very feebly developed, in the two females of A. /atastii. Beyond these trivial differences there is not a single character by which they can be separated. The finest form of lepidosis is that illustrated by the two females which I consider can be reasonably regarded as examples of A. mutabilis, Merrem. The next modi- fication is met with in those lizards from Gizeh which come under Reuss’s description of A. inermis. There are, however, further instances of variation, in which the scales 1 Hast. Persia, Geol. & Zool. ii. 1876, p. 316; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xlv. pt. ii. 1876, p. 23. 94 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. become more strongly carinated and irregular. The most extreme example in this direction is found in specimens from the coast-line of the delta of the Nile. When I first met with it I provisionally regarded it as worthy of recognition as a distinct variety. Since then, however, my materials have increased, and in reviewing them, along with the specimens in the British Museum, I find that, although these deltaic specimens are at first sight strikingly dissimilar to typical A. mutabilis, the extremes are bridged over by intermediate variations. Lataste collected in the Algerian Sahara, at Hadjira, examples of this species, in which the dorsal scales are very markedly larger than those on the sides, so much so that they form a dorsal area by themselves; but he also found at Tibremt, in the same region, others in which the dorsal scales are not sharply marked off from those on the sides, but some are larger than others, strongly keeled and mucronate. All of them approach the specimens from the littoral area of the Nile delta, and probably correspond to the lizards from the Algerian Sahara referred by Strauch! to A. ruderata, Olivier, and, possibly, are the equivalents of the lizards from the same region recently described by Dr. Franz Werner? as 4. aspera. Specimens presenting the same characters as M. Lataste’s Tibremt examples of the species were obtained by me some years ago at Biskra®, They had been collected between that health-resort and Tugeurt. From Duirat, on the Eastern Tunisian confines of the Algerian Sahara, my Arab collector brought back almost similar specimens. The lizards from Benghazi, in Cyrenaica, and those from the oasis of Kufra, in the Sahara, collected by Gerard Rohlfs and Dr. A. Stecker, and recorded by Peters+ under the name of A. ruderata, are doubtless examples of this species. AGAMA MUTABILIS, Merrem. (Plate IX.) L’ Agame variable ou Le Changeant, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. Descr. de VBgypte, Hist. Nat. i.? 1827, pp. 127-129, pl. 5. figs. 3 & 4; Cuv. Reg. An. 1817, p. 35. Agama mutabilis, Merrem, Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 50; Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. 1. c. pp. 127-129; part., D. & B. iv. 1837, p. 505; part., Riipp. Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 302; ? Gasco, Viagg. Egitto, pt. 2, 1876, p. 106; Lataste, Le Natur. 1880, p. 325; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 100. ? Agama deserti, Licht. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1828, p. 101. Trapelus egyptius, Cuv. Reg. An. nouv. éd. 11. 1829, p. 37. Agama inermis, Reuss, Mus. Senck. i. 1834, p. 33; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 344; Trans. 1 Op. cit. p. 29. 2 Zool. Anz. no. 429 (1893), p. 359. Daudin had already used this term for a South-African Agama. 1 observe that Professor Boettger refers one of Dr. Werner's Algerian Sahara specimens to A. inermis (Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 49). * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 11. 4 Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 307. Reptiles of Egypt. PILIX, SEEM Nes ESS x LN es et RN Ps ES rt J.Greendel. et ith. AGAMA MUTABILIS. Figs. 1 & 2 3, Gizeh; Fig. 3 9, Gizeh; Fig. 4 ¢, Ramleh; Fig. 5 ¢, Fayum. 7 a 4) 7 _ Saget AGAMA MUTABILIS. 95 Zool. Soc. xi. 1891, p. 117; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 49; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1894, xlii. p. 78. Agama gularis, Reuss, Mus. Senck. 1. 1834, p. 37. Eremioplanis egyptiaca, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 82. Trapelus savignyi (non Dum. & Bibr.), Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 258. Agama flavimaculata, part., Riipp.* Mus. Senck. ui. 1845, p. 302. Agama agilis (non Olivier), Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 28; Olivier, Mém. Soe. Zool. France, vu. 1894, p. 109. Agama ruderata (non Olivier), Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 29; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; op. cit. 1880, p. 307; part., Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p. 196. ? Agama savignyi, Reich. Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1883, p. 149. Agama latastii, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 344. Agama aspera (non Daudin), Werner, Zool. Anz. no. 429, 1893, p. 359; Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliv. 1894, p. 78. 19. Abukir. 1g and1¢. Mandara. Dr. Walter Innes. 4g. Ramleh. 29g and1Q. Maryut district. 1 g. Neighbourhood of Cairo. 1g. Abu Roash. Mrs. Anderson. 1g. Gizeh. The late V. Ball, Esq., C.B. ljuv. Gizeh. The late Miss R. M. Robertson. 4g and3 2. Gizeh. 12. The Fayum. Body moderately elongated, but depressed; head subcordiform; nostril on the canthus rostralis in the hinder part of the nasal, and directed upwards and backwards ; ear round, smaller than the eye-opening, with a feeble fringe of pointed scales along its upper border; the tibia and skull (occiput to snout) are nearly equal, sometimes longer and sometimes shorter than one another. Limbs variable ; the wrist may reach to any point between the eye and the nostril, and rarely beyond the snout; the tip of the fourth toe may reach to any point between the shoulder and the ear, or may extend as far forwards as the eye; tail depressed, and broad at the base, tapering gradually to a rather fine point and rounded; not unfrequently much longer than the body and head, but much shorter in some than in others. Scales on the upper surface of the head smooth or slightly keeled, more or less convex on the frontal region, and generally keeled on the temporal area; a minute spine or two on the post-temporal region in the finely-scaled forms, but occasionally absent, most marked in those with a coarse lepidosis. Body covered with small, equal, rhomboidal, smooth, indistinctly or distinctly keeled scales, somewhat larger than the ventrals, with a few slightly, if at all, larger * Riippell, in Neue Wirbelth. p. 14, seemed doubtful whether his A. flavimaculata was distinct from the A, ruderata (=A. pallida) of the Descr. de Egypte, but they are two very different species. 96 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. scales scattered among them; or the body-scales generally much larger than the ventrals, unequal, strongly keeled and mucronate, and sometimes well marked off from the scales on the sides. Ventrals smooth or indistinctly keeled. Limbs covered with equal, keeled, imbricate scales. Caudal scales keeled. The males have a rudimentary gular pouch; preeanal pores in one or two lines, sometimes present in females. General colour faint pinkish grey, sandy or greyish brown above, some of the larger scales brighter coloured than the others, especially in the case of specimens with a coarse lepidosis ; light brown, quadrangular dorsal spots or cross-bars, arranged as in allied species, may be present or absent; throats of the males in the breeding-season suffused with brilliant blue, with darker longitudinal lines, sometimes white and spotted ; the females also have their throats occasionally with faint black lines; under surface of body usually white, but in some the ventral area is covered with blue reticulations, and the sides are rich violet; the prehumeral pit in both sexes deep blue, but frequently there are four short longitudinal brownish nuchal lines, and, in some, cross brownish bars on the top of the head between the eyes. The specimens from the sea-face of the delta are generally greyish speckled with blackish, the enlarged scales being pale- coloured and the tail banded. Measurements of an adult male and female. ¢. Snout to vent 83 mm., taill15 mm. Ramleh. © 0 BB) » 78 32 ” 82 39 Fayum. It lives exclusively on insects. In gravid females I have generally found 9 or 10 eggs. Is. Geoffroy describes this species as one of the most interesting zoological discoveries made by the French Expedition to Egypt, in the end of the last century. He says it is subject to such sudden and rapid changes of colour that had it been known to the ancients it would have completely thrown the chameleon into the shade. I kept one of these lizards alive for some time ; but, while it was under my observation, the only change of colour it manifested was a slight intensification of the brighter hues on its sides, after it had lain in the sun for some time. There was no real change, but only a brightening up of the colours already present. My observations, however, were made in the winter months, when the lizard was very sluggish. It is distributed over North Africa from Egypt to Algeria and the Algerian Sahara, and ranges a considerable distance up the Nile valley. The Arabs apparently do not distinguish between it and A. pallida and A. sinaita, as they all go under the name of Gus! isos = hadi el jibdl, or judge of the desert— possibly in allusion to the way in which these lizards are frequently seen with raised heads as if they were surveying their surroundings. The variations in the length of the skull and in its proportions to the tibia are very considerable. AGAMA MUTABILIS. 97 I have tabulated 41 specimens. In 17 of them the skull is longer than the tibia, in 12 it is shorter, and in the remaining 12 the two are equal. When the lizards from Algeria and Tunisia are separated out from the Egyptian specimens, it is found that 9 out of the 17 Algerian and Tunisian lizards have the skull shorter than the tibia, 4 have it longer, while in 4 these two parts are equal. On the other hand, in the Egyptian lizards, of which there are 24, 3 only have the skull shorter than the tibia, 13 have it longer, while in 8 it is equal. The Egyptian lizards have thus, as a rule, longer skulls than the members of the species in the extreme west of its distribution ; but at the same time individuals from exactly the same localities may have their tibie longer than the skulls and the reverse. Moreover, a young lizard from Mandara has its skull exceeding the length of its tibia to a greater extent than occurs in any adult; but, on the other hand, a young specimen from Gizeh, only a little older than the foregoing example, has the skull and tibia practically equal. The following is a synopsis of these measurements :— Skull longer Skull shorter | Skull and tibia than tibia. than tibia. equal. IBRD 6 05000000 00000000 50 13 3 8 = 24 Algeria and Tunisia ........ 4 9 4 = 17 The length of the hind foot of this lizard is also subject to considerable individual variations. A male from the Algerian Sahara, with the head and body 80 millim. long, has a foot 22 millim., whereas another male from the same region, 12 millim. shorter, has its hind foot almost the same length as the former, viz. 21:7 millim. Similar variations occur in Egypt: e. g., a male with its head and body 73 millim. has its foot 25:3 millim. in length, yonsiderably in excess of the foot of a specimen measuring 83 millim., in which it is only 23 millim. The fore limb also presents similar variations, which are brought out in the Table. ‘The tail also varies greatly in its length irrespective of locality and sex; but at the same time the tails of the western lizards tend to be longer than those of the eastern, and more especially longer than the tails of the lizards with the finer lepidosis—e. g., two males, one from Duirat and the other from Egypt, measuring respectively 63 millim. from snout to vent, have tails 115 and 90 millim. long; that is, the eastern tail is 25 millim. shorter than the other, although there is no difference between the length of the bodies of the lizards ; and yet I cannot separate them specifically. In dealing with this North-African species I have taken the opportunity to compare some of the Tunisian and Algerian Sahara specimens and others from the littoral of the Nile delta with undoubted examples of A. ruderata, Olivier. I find it impossible O 98 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. to refer any of the foregoing lizards to A. ruderata, which differs from them in its convex snout, greater internasal breadth, and in the nostril being placed decidedly below the canthus rostralis, and thus more or less lateral in position. Its head-shields also are markedly different from those of the North-African lizards, as there are generally one or more ridges to each scale. Dr. Peters was of the opinion that A. ruderata was a form nearly allied to A. agilis, Olivier ; but he had doubtless before him not the true A. ruderata, but A. mutadilis, Merrem, because when he expressed this opinion he had only recently identified Messrs. Rohlfs and Stecker’s specimen from Cyrenaica as A. ruderata. I have not met with a single lizard, either from Egypt or to the west of it, that can be referred to A. ruderata. The lizard mentioned under this name by Audouin is Agama pallida, Reuss. The forms of A. mutabilis with a coarser lepidosis present a certain resemblance to lizards of the A. agilis group, and this has doubtless led to their having been occasionally referred to that species. Measurements &c. of A. mutabilis, Merr. (in millim.). Snout Length | Width | Length | Length TeRaal Sex. to Tail. of of of fore | of hind} Tibia. | “-,94, | Pores. Loeality. vent. head. | head. limb. | limb. 4 @....| 93 | 125 | 223] 222] 45 | 61 | 22 | 231 | 4 | Dnirat. | Q....| 87 | 185 | 19:6 | 20-2] 44-4] 61 | 28 | 248) .. | Tunis, a. 86 | 108 | 20:8] 20 | 463] 60 | 21:5) 245) .. | Duirat. @....| 85 | 114 | 185 | 185| 403] 55 | 18 | 22 .. | Tunis. Saccol G2 | 1 | 2 |) 208) 8 | GO || oH | 2 .. |Ramleb. On. 83 109 18-1 | 18 43:8 | 61 20 25 7 | Duirat. g....| 80 | 122} 19 | 185| 41 | 58 | 202] 22 | © | Biskra to Tuggurt. Siscdl WO || HS | oo | 20 | a | ae | io | 7 |Ramleh _,, 3 2 g....| 79 | 105 | 205] 19 | 44 | 59 | 19:3] 23 5 oe) Pl Dea figs 4s | g....| 78 | 124 | 19 | 198| 41 | 578| 20 | 245) 35 | Tibremt. OF 78 GE) || alge |) 240) 40 55 18 21:7 9 | Algerian Sahara. 4 lg 78 | 99 | 19:8 | 19-4] 44 | 585| 20 | 245] 35 |Eaypt. 4 19 7g | g2| 186/20 | 45 | 59 | 186] 94 | .. |Fayum. PLIX.fie.5. | Q 77 18-6 | 20 40°5 | 55 17-6 | 22°8 Maryut district, Alexandria. g....| 76 | 120 | 175] 17-5] 40 | 575] 20 | 228| 10 | Tunis. AGAMA MUTABILIS. 99 Measurements &c. (continued). Snout ; Length Width Length Length af Hind : Sey oral cman ince ee” |ceees| Bae ease] Pr sally @Gecos| CH | Wey |) ask || aksHsy |) Els) | ISHS) |) alee |), Beery a Hadjira, Algerian Sahara. ®...4 7 | GD | Tr | WAS | Ss) GO || Wy | ee .. | Egypt. é....| 74 | 99 | 175] 18 | 40 | 55 | 19 | 22 | S | Mandara, Alexandria. Soooal 7 | 8B | 1 | 1 | SH | @ | 1 | ose ii Desert, Gizeh. Gooes| TW | 8 | TO | WSO) 2x7 | Ges) ID | 33 0 ‘. » DLIDK fg, 2, rs) 71 95 19 18:4 | 39 56 19 23 10 | Ramleh, Alexandria. 3 70 | 90 | 18 | 19 | 39 | 54 | 18 | 232) 2 | Desert, Gizeh. Pl. IX. fig. J. ‘ Compared with type of A. inermis. 3 CO LO 5 Sao el) 7-50| 21-8) |) 9) | Duirat: 10 Gesis| GB | OSB | 1S | Wen ss | we | me | oiey = Biskra to Tuggurt. @ oe Gy || © | 18 | 28 | Sf | Bl | ae | om = Maryut district, Alexandria. Exe Gr || G2 || ies | 18 | S28 | 23 | 16 | so u p " op Ses 67 89 | 16-2] 15 33 48:8 | 17 20:5 | 9 | Algerian Sahara. OD 64 | 90 | 16 | 162] 35:5] 46-7] 16 | 21 .. | Tunis. Gsee| B | US | 166) 18) Br | GOS) ns |e) |) 2 lomo, go. 63 | 90 | 165 |.16:8 |] 35 45 15 iy a Egypt. ®s. 63 | 74 | 166| 16:4] 33:5 | 45:5 | 145] 187] .- | Desert, Gizeh. Pl. IX. fig. 3. Gov 61 95 15 145 | 32:2 | 44:8] 15 19:2 = Biskra to Tuggurt. One 60 | 81 | 16 | 15 | 35 | 465] 15 | 20 .. | Abukir. ® s¢ 60 7 | 16 16 32 46 15 20 9 | Desert, Gizeh. 3 58 76 15 162) || 833 44-3 | 14 19 : Outskirts of Cairo. g 57 | 72 | 145] 15 | 345] 46 | 14:5 | 19:2 ck | Desert, Gizeh. 2 54 | 71 | 145] 141] 806] 43 | 14:5 | 18-2 ee $ 52 | 69 | 15 | 142) 33 | 41-5] 135] 18 13 si ves Sooonl| 0) 80 BP |) 1183 27-4 | 38 i} |) LGAs) im Bou-Saada. Juv...| 47 45 12 13 yee Zk Tales} |) GS} ‘ Desert, Gizeh. © 5560 441 51 miles} |) al 21 28 8:3 | 16 .. | Mandara, Alexandria. 02 100 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. AGAMA PALLIDA, Reuss. (Fig. 6.) ? Agama deserti, Licht. Verz. Doubl. Zool. Mus. Berl. 1823, p. 101. Agama ruderata (non Olivier), Audouin, Deser. de ’Hgypte, Hist. Nat. i. (1828?) p. 169; Suppl. Rept. pl. i. figs. 6.1 to 6.3; Hart, Fauna & Flora of Sinai &. 1891, p. 210. Agama pallida, Reuss, Mus. Senck. Bd. i. 1834, p. 88, Taf. iii. fig. 8; Boulenger, Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus. 2nd ed. vol. i. 1885, p. 8348; Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p- 17; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 50; Peracca, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, ix. 1894, no. 166, p. 6; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 99. Ayama loricata, Reuss, |. c. p. 40. Agama nigrofasciata, Reuss, |. c. p. 42. Agama leucostygma, Reuss, l.c. p. 44; part., Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 18938, p. 49. Agama mutabilis, Ruppell (part.), Mus. Senck. Bd. ii. 1845, p. 302; Dum. & Bibr. (part.) Erpét. Gén. t. iv. 1837, p. 505; part., A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 103; Blanford, Eastern Persia, vol. ii. Zool. & Geol. 1876, p. 316; part., Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, 1883, iii. p. 187. Trapelus egyptius, Duvernoy, Cuv. Régn. An. (1836-46), Reptiles, p. 54, pl. 14. fig. 2. Trapelus ruderatus (non Oliv.), Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 258. 1 @. Tor, Sinaitic Peninsula. 8 g and5 @. East of Suez to Ain Musa. 2 Gg and3 2. Beltim, between Damietta and Rosetta. Dr. J. G. Rogers. 2 g and 2 9. Plain of Kafr Gamus, Matariyeh. 1 g andl @. Abbasiyeh, near Cairo. Brigadier-General H. M. L. Rundle, C.M.G., D.S.O. 2 g and3 9. Neighbourhood of Cairo. 2 g andl 2. Neighbourhood of Cairo. Dr. Walter Innes. 1 g andl 2. Mokattam Hills. Dr. Walter Innes. 26. Kafr Amar, below Wasta. 2d and2 9. Telel Amarna. Professor W. M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. 2¢6and2 9. Tel el Amarna. 1 2. Lower Egypt. A. R. Birdwood, Esq. Body rather short and depressed; head convex and cordate, its temporal breadth about equalling its length ; the nostril on the canthus rostralis in the hinder part of the nasal; ear smaller than the eye-opening, witha feeble fringe of two or more pointed scales along its upper border. ‘Tibia variable, generally shorter than the skull, rarely equal to it, and exceptionally longer than the skull. The fore limb, when laid forwards, has the wrist generally reaching the snout, occasionally in advance of it, sometimes only reaching the nostril, and more rarely to between the eye and the nostril; the tip of the fourth toe, when the hind limb is extended forwards, usually reaches the ear, or midway between the ear and the eye, and in a few cases even to the eye, and is rarely so short as only to reach the shoulder. Tail depressed at the base AGAMA PALLIDA. 101 and broad, rapidly contracting and nearly round, longer than the body and head, shorter in some than in others. Upper surface of the head covered with moderately large polygonal scales, flat and nearly smooth, sometimes slightly rugose; some enlarged scales occasionally with feeble keels on the temporal and on the supratemporal regions ; usually two spines on the post-aural region. Body covered with flat, irregular, slightly imbricate or juxtaposed, smooth or keeled, small scales, with larger keeled scales scattered among them, and generally more or less mucronate; the scales decrease in size towards the sides, where they equal the size of the ventrals. Ventrals smooth and not much smaller than the largest of the ordinary scales on the middle of the back. Upper surface of the limbs covered with smooth, or more or less keeled, imbricate scales, with enlarged keeled scales among them. Caudal scales nearly smooth or feebly keeled; generally enlarged keeled scales present on the base of the tail. No gular pouch. Males with preanal pores arranged in from 2 to 4 series, some- times as many as 36 pores, and rarely present, in a single line, in females. The general colour of this species varies considerably, as it is occasionally deep bluish grey, pale yellowish, or pale brownish. ‘The body is occasionally marked by Se Bhd oe : ater CF. pe aec te as “f- Agama pallida, Reuss. transverse dark-coloured bars—one between the eyes superiorly, one across the neck, one on the shoulder, another across the middle of the body, a fifth across the loins, and about 14 similar bars on the tail; a large white spot generally occurs in the mesial line of each dorsal bar; the bar between the eyes, the central bar of the back, and also the shoulder-bar are frequently absent, and likewise the white spots; the upper surface of the limbs is also more or less barred with dark brown or nearly black. Measurements of an adult male and female. ¢. Snout to vent 75 mm., tail 89 mm. 2 S, a) 3) 81 BD) 3) 89 This lizard is very common in the desert, either on its margin or on the extensive 102 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. plains that slope down to the Nile and on which the lines of drainage are marked by the presence of tufts of a stunted vegetation. It is also found penetrating into the desert along the deep waterworn wadis, which also support a variety of plants. The vegetation attracts the insects on which the lizards subsist. It is prevalent also in the semi-desert tracts at the mouth of the delta, and is found not far from the sea in suitable localities. It is remarkably active, and when pursued runs with great rapidity, seeking for shelter under stones and among the tufts of vegetation. ‘There are generally five eggs in each gravid oviduct. It occurs in various parts of the Sinaitic Peninsula, and Count Peracca has recorded it from Northern Syria (Damascus) associated with Agama ruderata, Oliv. It is found on both sides of the Nile valley, but none of my specimens come further from the south than the plain of ‘Tel el Amarna. I have examined the types of A. pallida, A. leucostigma, A. nigrofasciata, and A. loricata, and I cannot detect that they are in any way specifically distinct. The type of A. loricata, Reuss, was from Upper Egypt. It has been identified by some herpetologists with A. ruderata, Oliv., but, as already said, no lizard with the characters of the latter species has ever been found in Egypt, so far as I am aware. The head of this species is broad and high between the eyes, the muzzle is short, and thus in its general characters the head is very similar to that of A. mutadilis. The nostril is situated on the canthus rostralis, and is thus more internal than the nostril of A. ruderata. I have failed to detect any essential difference between the nostrils of this species and that of A. mutabilis. I make this statement because I attempted to separate out the two forms by their nostrils irrespective of other characters and failed to do so, as they all fell under the one category of the “ nostril on the canthus rostralis.” The head-scales are smooth in the sense that they are not prominently rugose as in A. ruderata; but, in the specimens enumerated, they present more or less rugosity, and an illustration of this is found in the female from the Mokattam Hills and another from Tel el Amarna. In the former some of the head-scales are ridged and others covered sparsely with little tubercular eminences, while in the latter specimen they are irregularly covered with ridges. A similar condition is also present on the head-scales of a male from the plain of Kafr Gamus, where this lizard is not at all uncommon. On the area between the eye and the ear there is an enlarged group of scales, some of the scales being larger than the others and more or less ridged and keeled. Along the upper margin of the ear-orifice there are generally three downwardly pointed scales, and on the back of the head and on the nape some scattered spinose scales, but not always present and of no great prominence. The depressed body is covered uniformly with small scales of nearly equal size, rather feebly imbricate and tending to juxtaposition, a character which separates this species from A. mutabilis. AGAMA PALLIDA. 103 The uniformity or nearly so of these small scales that form the groundwork, so to speak, of the lepidosis is one of the features by which 4. pallida can be distinguished from A. mutabilis, in which the scales of the general lepidosis are much more irregular in size. These small scales are generally devoid of keels, but they are occasionally keeled here and there. Variations in the lepidosis are sometimes observable in which it is not so uniform, but uniformity prevails compared to the diversity present in A. mutabilis. Scattered in a varying degree among this groundwork of small scales occur keeled enlarged scales, some larger than others. On the upper surface of the fore and hind limbs the scales are carinate and imbricate, with an intermixture of enlarged scales. The ventrals are smooth, pointed or divided at their tips, and are about the same size as the scales of the sides of the body. The tail is covered above with keeled pointed scales, slightly larger than the largest of the ordinary scales on the middle of the back. The limbs are well developed and the fingers and toes are only moderately long, and the claws of the fore feet are well 8; developed and larger than in the hind foot. Notwithstanding the differences I have attempted to indicate as existing between A, pallida and A. mutabilis, they are so closely allied that Iam not confident they may not ultimately be united by the study of larger materials. I subjoin a table (p. 104) giving the details of measurements &c. of the specimens that have come under my observation. Out of the 44 specimens enumerated, 33 have the skull longer than the tibia ; but in 17 of them the excess in each case is less than a millim., and in 15 less than 2 millim., and only in two more than 2 millim. Six of the 44 have the tibia and skull equal, while in five the tibia is longer than the skull, but only to the extent of 1 millim. or so. A single line of praeanal pores is rare, and when the number of lines exceeds two the transverse arrangement of the pores is not very regular, and they may not be contiuuous from side to side. There are variations in the colour that explain the origin of the terms /eucostiyma and nigrofasciata applied by Reuss to examples of this species from Upper Egypt and Nubia. For example, in a specimen from the east of Suez there is a dark bar on the upper surface of the head, between the eyes, one across the occipital region, another on the neck, a fourth on the body behind the shoulders, a fifth across the middle of the back, a sixth on the loins, and 14 black bars on the tail. A white spot occurs in the centres of the three essentially dorsal bands. When these spots are not very prominent we have nigrofusciata, and when they are very distinct /eucostigma. In 1823, Lichtenstein! gave a short diagnosis of an Agama from Egypt, which he called 4. deserti; but his description is so imperfect that it is impossible to reconcile it 1 Verz. Doubl. Ber. Mus. 1823, p. 101. 104 Sex. 10 GSA 0 A 0 DW WO ay 40 40 10 G&G 69 69 68 68 68 67 66 66 66 65 Tail. 93 91 83 74 81 97 98 83 75 89 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Measurements &c. of A. pallida, Reuss (in millim.). Length Ryde aa f 0: ~ j end head. oe ee 20 | 19 415 19:3 | 19 42-5 17 18:8 37 18 19 40 175 | 19 36 17-5 | 18 38:5 18 18°5 39 18:8 | 18:8 36:4 17-5 | 18 36 17:4 | 18 41 18 18 40 18 18 39 18 18°6 37 17 18°5 37°5 17 17:3 38 17-4 | 17:3 38 16:5 | 17 36 16 16:5 36:3 17 18:5 37 16 17 35 16 16°6 37 isHy/ |) ley 36:5 Length of hind limb posteriorly. 48°5 49 49 50 54 51 48:5 52 50 49 50°5 Length Tibia, | of hind foot. 18 20 185 | 21 17 20:5 16°5 | 20 16:6 | 19 17 20 17:4 | 19:2 16 20:4 16°5 | 17:6 17:2 | 20:8 17 19°8 17:5 | 19:8 Ny 20 17 20°4 17 20:2 16 19°5 16 20 15:5 | 20 17 19:8 17 20 15:5 | 19:9 15:9) |) 9 als; RIElS © tle Blmle Elale : Leleo ol lala : = ie ic os be. wo. 4 alo fal Pores, Locality. Tel el Amarna. Beltim. Mokattam Hills, Cairo. Tor, Sinaitic Peninsula. Kafr Amar, below Wasta. Mokattam Hills, Cairo. Suburbs of Cairo. Beltim, between Rosetta and Damietta. Suburbs of Cairo. Ain Musa, near Suez. Tel el Amarna. Ain Musa, near Suez. Beltim, between Rosetta and Damietta. Plain of Kafr Gamus, He- liopolis. East of Suez Canal, Suez. Suburbs of Cairo. East of Suez Canal, Suez. Plain of Kafr Gamus, He- liopolis. Ain Musa, near Suez. East of Suez Canal, Suez. AGAMA PALLIDA. 105 Measurements &c. (continued). Snout Length | Width Tenet of Length of Length Sex. to Tail. of of | from head | bind limb] Tibia. | of hind | Pores. Locality. vent. head. | head. |o¢humerus |Posteriorly- foot. Oeoan| OE 61 16 17 34:3 45 148 | 18 .. | Abbasiyeh, Cairo. g....| 65 | 81 | 16 | 168] 34 47 | 154| 19 | 7) | Ain Musa, near Suez. & Saooall GS 88 16:5 | 17 33°8 46 155 | 19 14 | Kafr Amar, below Wasta. 14 2 Goce GS | WA | 16 | wer|| BE 485 | 16 | 19 | 75 | East of Suez Canal, Suez. OF ox 65 72 15 16 32 43 144 | 185} .. | Tel el Amarna. @ ocadl G2 | GD |) Te 5G 34 43-7 | 148 | 17-5 i " Ore. 62 74 15 16 34 43 14 17°5 .. | Suburbs of Cairo. om 62 71 15 16 34 44 14:5 | 17 .. |Beltim, between Rosetta and Damietta. Oy 61 il 15:7 | 15:8 34 44 14:8 | 18 .. | Plain of Kafr Gamus, He- liopolis. uke 60 72 15 16°5 39 48:3 16 18 Le East of Suez Canal, Suez. OR 60 68 15°6 | 16:5 35'°7 45:5 15 18:5 .. | Plain of Kafr Gamus, He- 12 liopolis. Ooo 60 75 15:3 | 16 34 45:5 14 18:5 | j5 | Tel el Amarna. OR 59 62 15:3 | 16:3 33'8 44 14:2 | 17 .. | Beltim, between Rosetta 14 and Damietta. @ oo 58 78 15 15:5 33:5 46 15 18 ja | Tel el Amarna. © 605 58 68 14:2 | 15:8 34 47 15 19:2 | 13 | Ain Musa, near Suez. 12 Ore. 58 75 14:8 | 16 38+5 46:5 15 18-1 .. | Hast of Suez Canal, Suez. One 58 78 15-4 | 16 35 44 15 18°5 .. | Suburbs of Cairo. Goo 58 80 15:8 | 16 32 46 146 | 17-2 a Abbasiyeh, Cairo. ORF 55 58 15 15:2 32'8 42:5 14 15:4 ea Tel el Amarna. One 47 69 12°8 | 13 28°5 37-4 12:°3 | 15:2 .. | East of Suez Canal, Suez. 3 Cie 42 55 12 12:7 24 35 11:5 | 13:5 | 14 Tel el Amarna. 15 11 Goode) a) 41 10 11 21:3 29:2 ©) 12 Tl ” ” with any known species of the genus. As the type is probably still in Berlin, the zoologists of that Institution may possibly be able to say what it is. A specimen P 106 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. presented by the Berlin Museum to that of Paris appears in A. Duméril’s Catalogue ! under A. mutabilis along with Olivier’s types of A. ruderata. Mr. Boulenger has described from Somaliland, under the name of A. robecchii 2, a very handsome lizard allied to this species, but distinguished from it by “the very slight difference in length between the third and fourth toes, the larger ear-opening, and the absence of a fringe above it, and the more strongly keeled dorsal scales.” The lizard recorded by Professor Vaillant * from the same region under the name of A. ruderata may possibly prove to be A. robecchit. AGAMA SINAITA, Heyden. (Plate X. fig. 1.) Agama sinaita, Heyden, Riipp. Atlas nordl. Afr. 1827, p. 10, pl. iii.; Dum. & Bibr. iv. 1837, p. 509 ; A. Duméril, Cat. Rept. Mus. Paris, 1881, p. 103; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p. 195; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 49; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i, 1885, p. 339; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 407; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliii. 1894, p. 359; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, pp. 27, 99. Agama arenaria, Heyden, Riipp. Atlas nérdl. Afr. 1827, p. 12. Podorrhoa (Pseudotrapelus) sinaita, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 81. Trapelus sinaitus, Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 259; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 489. Trapelus sinaiticus, Tristram, West. Palest. 1884, p. 154, pl. xvi. fig. 3. Agama sinaitica, Riipp. Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 302; Bedr. Bull. Soc. Moscou, 1879, no. 3, p. 37. Agama mutabilis, Blgr. (non Merrem) Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 388; Boettger (non Merr.), Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 48. Agama sinaiticus, Hart, Fauna & Flora of Sinai &c. 1891, p. 210. 1 9. Plain of Suez. 1 g,1 92,1 juv. Stony desert above Wadi Hoaf. 1 2. Guarda, Dongola. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. Body rounded, moderately depressed. Head cordate, much shorter than the tibia and more rounded in the male than in the female; the occipito-parietal and supra- orbital regions full and prominent; snout short; nostril slightly above or on the line of the canthus rostralis and directed backwards and upwards, in the hinder part of a rather large and swollen nasal shield; ear larger than the eye-opening; skin of the neck and throat in loose folds. Limbs long and slender, the fore limb when laid forwards has the wrist in advance of the snout; the hind limb when stretched forwards has the tip of the fourth toe as far forward as the snout, or it may only reach to the eye; the tibia is longer than the distance between the occiput (skull) and ' Cat. Rept. 1851, p. 103. * Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser, 2, xii. (xxxii.) 1891, p. 6, pl. i. fig. 1. * Revoil, Faune et Flore Pays Comalis, 1882, Rept. et Batr. p. 8. Reptiles of Egypt. PI. X. mu wa aah J. Green del et lith. AGAMA SINAITA. Fig. 1 7, Plain of Suez. AGAMA SPINOSA. Fig. 2 3, & Fig. 3 ¢, Suakin. AGAMA SINAITA. 107 the snout ; digits moderately long, the third digit the longest. Tail about twice as long as the head and body, rather broad at the base and depressed, the remainder laterally compressed. Scales on the head large, most so on the supraorbital area, where they are flat and tessellate or slightly imbricate in arrangement, but more or less obscurely, excentrically acuminate or ridged on the upper surface of the snout, where they are more irregular in form and size; on the occipito-parietal region they are also occa- sionally more or less feebly pointed; a series of large scales in an antero-posterior oblique line midway between the ear and the posterior angle of the orbit ; an enlarged triangular scale near the lower end of the anterior border of the ear, variously developed; no spines on the head or neck. Body covered with equal more or less imbricate keeled or nearly smooth scales, very regular in their arrangement, and with no enlarged scales scattered among them, but with the mesial dorsal lines of scales larger than the ventrals and rapidly diminishing in size towards the sides, where the scales are smaller than the ventrals. Ventrals smooth or feebly keeled here and there. Limbs covered with keeled imbricate scales, those on the under surface small and smooth: under surface of the digits covered with small brown spines. The scales on the tail strongly carinated, and three times as large as the largest dorsal scales, more or less imbricate, but not arranged in verticils. No gular pouch. Males with 4 to 8 preanal pores, more or less present in adult females. Colour: head yellowish, sometimes suffused with blue above, and in adult males its under surface from the chin to the chest rich blue; the same area in females yellow, or yellow marbled with dark bluish-grey lines. Upper surface and limbs may either be a pale reddish yellow or a dusky bluish yellow ; a broad reddish-brown band across the neck ending in an intensely blue area before the shoulder; a large deep rusty red spot on either side behind the shoulder, separated from each other in the mesial line, and a similar but smaller spot on each side of the loins before the hind limbs; sides of the body occasionally dusky greyish with obscure pale spots; the base of the tail with a number of similarly coloured bars; general colour of under surface yellowish white. I first met with this lizard on the grey stony desert plateau immediately above the Wadi Hoaf. It was resting at midday by the side of the footpath, with its blue head erect, but, as Lapproached it, it disappeared with remarkable rapidity under some stones and was lost; but a few days afterwards I went back to the spot and captured three specimens. I never observed it again near Heluan, but I obtained one on the stony desert between Suez and the Ataka mountains. | Its food appears to consist largely of ants, and in capturing them it swallows a considerable quantity of sand. The large female from Guarda was gravid, five eggs being in the left and four in the right oviduct ; and as each egg measured about 15 millim. in length, the abdomen was enormously distended. The rectum, full of the debris of ants mixed with fine sand, P2 108 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. was quite as large as an egg and lay to the right of the mesial line, 7. e. on the side in which there was most room. This species, which has only been recorded from the right bank of the Nile, ranges northwards from Sennaar across the Isthmus of Suez to Southern Syria, the Sinaitic Peninsula, Arabia, Medina, Aden, Hadramut, Maskat, and Persia (A. Dumérit) }. Measurements &e. of A. sinaita, Heyden (in millim.). Snout Length | Width Length of Hens inice Length P 1 Sex. to Tail. of O) Rann ienall| feo of ee Locality. vent. head. || head: |creeseraa|l behind. | tibia. | Pores: fe) SOM EG? 23 21 53 70 26 .. | Guarda, Dongola. fe} 76 | 124 21 18-5 49 68 26 4 | Plain of Suez. Ooaool Gs) || 140) IfsHs} |) i7/ 4d 65 24 4 | Desert above Wadi Hoaf, Heluan. ci 62 | 147 IG 17 41 65 24 + ” » ” 2 Whe col) 2) 83 12 11:5 29 41 14:8 4 _ # ; I have examined the types of A. sinaita, Heyden, and A. arenaria, Heyden, preserved in the Frankfort Museum. The type of the former is a male with no gular pouch, and with six large preanal pores, 7. €. with the same number as occurs in the specimens in the British Museum referred to A. arenaria. The dorsal scales are small and imbricate, but feebly so, of very uniform size, but very regularly decreasing in dimensions towards the sides, where they are very small, yet still feebly imbricate. They are quite smooth on the anterior part of the body, but the scales on the limbs and sacral region appear to have been keeled, but only feebly so. ‘The features of this individual are the small size of the dorsal scales, the regularity of their arrangement, their little imbrication, and their generally hexagonal form. The scales on the ventral surface are almost as large as the central line of scales on the back, and are smooth, or feebly keeled here and there. ‘he scales on the outer sides of the limbs are considerably larger than any of those on the body, are strongly imbricate, and markedly keeled. The limbs are long and slender, and the third digit of both limbs is the longest. ‘The scales on the top of the head are large, juxtaposed, and smooth, and there is a spine at the anterior margin of the ear. The nostril is placed slightly above the canthus rostralis, and looks upwards aud backwards. The naked ear is larger than the eye-opening. ‘The tail is laterally compressed, and the scales are strongly keeled. ‘The coloration is completely faded. The foregoing specimen was from Arabia Petrea. 1 Specimens examined. AGAMA SINAITA.- 109 A. arenaria, Heyden, is represented in the Frankfort Museum by the two types from Upper Egypt, presented by Riippell. They do not appear to me to differ from A. sinaita, except in having their dorsal scales a little more strongly keeled. In both there are seven przanal pores. The females from the Hadramut have distinct preanal pores, also those from Suez and Heluan. The specimens of this species from Lower Egypt also illustrate its variations. I have met with it, as I have said, only on the Plain of Suez and in the desert (Wadi Hoaf) at Heluan. ‘The lizard from the former locality has its dorsal scales practically smooth, whereas those from the latter have distinctly keeled scales. The specimens in the British Museum referred to A. arenaria, Heyden, and also from Egypt, exactly resemble the lizard from the Plain of Suez; whereas two specimens in the British Museum from Mount Sinai, and referred to A. sinaita, Heyden, correspond to one of my Heluan lizards, a young individual The adult female from Heluan (Wadi Hoaf) has the mesial line of dorsal scales very slightly, if at all, enlarged, considering the fact that in all specimens belonging to one or other of these varieties the scales gradually diminish in size towards the sides. In this specimen, however, the scales are decidedly imbricate and distinctly keeled. On the other hand, in the specimen from the Plain of Suez the scales are only feebly imbricate, and carination is all but completely lost. ‘The mesial dorsal scales hold almost the same proportions to the lateral scales as in the Wadi Hoaf female. In both of these specimens, and in the Hadramut examples as well, the ventrals do not vary in size. As a rule, the Hadramut specimens have the mesial dorsal scales decidedly larger than the ventrals, and all have distinctly keeled scales, but, among some of them, the difference in size between dorsals, laterals, and ventrals graduates in the same way as in the Wadi Hoaf female. In view of these facts, and the exact similarity of these lizards in the other details of their external structure, the differences I have pointed out can only be regarded as illustrative of variation, but they present no stability to entitle them to varietal rank. It is only another example of the remarkable modifications to which the scales of many species of the genus Agama are subject. 110 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. AGAMA FLAVIMACULATA, Riippell. (Plate XI.) Trapelus flavimaculatus, Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. Rept. 1835, p. 12, pl. vi. fig. 1; part., Mus. Senck. ii. 1845, p. 302. : ? Agama agilis (non Olivier), Aud. Descr. de Egypte, Nat. Hist. i. ?1829, p. 169, Suppl. pl. i. fig. 5. Agama leucostigma, Bigr. (non Reuss), Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 346; part., Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 49. ? Agama agilis, Gasco, Viagg. in Egitto, pt. 11. 1876, p. 106. Agama flavimaculata, Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 59. Agama savignyi, Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 100. 13 g and 42. Between Ismailia and Suez. Middlemass Bey, Inspector-General Coastguard Service, Egypt. 1g. Beltim. Dr. J. G. Rogers. 12. Kafr Amar, below Wasta, on Assiut Railway. - Body moderately elongate, not depressed; head broadly cordate in adults, less so in the adolescent, longer in some than in others; canthus rostralis not defined anterior to the nasal shield, which is circular, non-tubular, with the nostril directed backwards, outwards, and upwards in the hinder part of the shield internal to or on the canthus rostralis ; ear considerably smaller than the eye-opening, with a fringe of from 2 to 4 pointed scales along its upper border. Limbs well developed, covered with regular, keeled, imbricate scales of moderate size. ‘The wrist reaches to the anterior border of the eye or to the nostril, and the tip of the fourth toe to the ear or nearly so. Third finger slightly shorter than the fourth, the fifth does not extend so far forwards as the second ; the fourth toe considerably longer than the third, the fifth does not extend so far as the first. Tibia shorter than the skull, occasionally nearly equal to it. ‘Tail longer or as long as the body and head, rounded, non-verticillate, rather thick at the base, especially in adult males, covered with regular keeled scales. Upper surface of the head covered with more or less convex scales, largest on the mesial line ; a number of large, more or less obtusely keeled scales behind the eye, with some generally strongly keeled spiny scales on the temporal region. Body covered above with moderately sized, unequal, rarely nearly equal, imbricate, more or less acuminate or feebly mucronate keeled scales, those on the sides about half the size of the dorsal scales and more or less obtusely keeled; 77 to 95 round the middle of the body. Ventral scales keeled. A well-developed gular pouch in both sexes, largest in the males. No preanal pores are present, but rarely some males show very faint indications of the tendency to form feebly callose scales. In adult Arabian specimens, in alcohol, the head is pale yellowish tinged with blue on the snout and on the occiput and temporal region, and with olive-brown in some ; body olive or greyish brown, the sides of the neck, the shoulder, and upper part of the fore. limb and sides of the body, and sometimes the mesial line of the back, 2B D.IE Reptiles of Egypt. ui iy i Ke nape FLAVIMACULATA. MA G on Pi Wig. 1 g¢, Shaluf, Suez; Fig. 2 ¢, Suez District; I AGAMA FLAVIMACULATA. 111 suffused with deep purple; the throat from the chin backwards to the chest deep purple, generally in lines converging to the pouch, which is uniformly purplish brown in an adult female. Many of the scales of the body, head and limbs entirely yellow, giving a spotted appearance to the lizard; the spots in some arranged more or less in transverse lines across the sides, and on the upper surface of the limbs in transverse bars. Under surface yellowish, with occasional purple spots or reticulations ; tail pale but bright yellow, obscurely banded with pale brownish, or the bands absent. In specimens from Egypt, in alcohol, the general colour is olive-grey or sandy yellowish, sometimes with traces of black on the head, back, and sides of the body, but more frequently absent ; occasionally many of the scales are pale yellow, but this does not occur to the same extent as in Arabian specimens. Underparts yellowish. Tail uniform with the body. In the young there is a narrow pale olive-brown band across the head between the eyes anteriorly, another behind the eye towards the ear, another from the upper angle of the orbit backwards to the shoulder; two posteriorly divergent bands arise on the occiput and pass backwards to the shoulder, but behind this point each line is continued interruptedly along the body to the base of the tail in the form of 5 short bars, each of which gives off a process passing obliquely upwards and forwards to the mesial line of the back, to join a corresponding one from the opposite side, while from the posterior end of each bar another process passes obliquely backwards and upwards to join its fellow of the opposite side; by this arrangement five pale triangular areas are defined along the mesial line of the back, the centre of each being traversed longitudinally by a pale brown spot; the band from behind the eye is continued behind the shoulder along the sides of the body in an almost similar manner. In the great majority of the specimens all traces of these bands are lost, but in two females (Pl. XI. figs. 2 & 3) the longitudinal interrupted continuations of the cervical bands remain persistent as light brick-red spots. ‘The figure of A. savignyt, Dum. & Bibr. (Deser. de VEgypte), shows a similar arrangement of spots, and in the type of the species the white spots of the mesial line of the back remain, while the bars defining them are obsolete. None of the specimens from Egypt attain to the dimensions of the lizards from Medina, and it may be that they constitute a local race distinguished solely by the smaller size of the individuals composing it, and leading into A. tournevillii, Lataste. Measurements of a male and female. ¢. Snout to vent 95 mm., tail 123 mm. 9 o ”? 9 83 9 29 120 2 With three exceptions all my specimens of this species were obtained in the tract of country lying between Suez and Ismailia. One specimen was captured between Rosetta and Damietta, and two at Kafr Amar, a village above Cairo, and near to 112 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Wasta on the railway to Assiut. I have never seen it alive myself, doubtless owing to the fact that I have never been in Kgypt during the months when reptilian life is in evidence everywhere. ES lt a The native name of this lizard is Byjl Jus! eo = kadi el gibdl azrak, or blue kadi of the desert. I have not met with in Egypt any lizard belonging to the group of which A. agilis may be taken as the type. In the Supplementary Plates illustrating the account of the Reptiles in the ‘ Deser. de I’Egypte,’ an agamoid lizard is represented on Pl. i. fig. 5. Audouin held that it did not differ from A. agilis, Olivier; but Duméril and Bibron, on the other hand, considered it to be a distinct species, which they named A. savignyi. In 1862, Peters received a lizard from Dongola which he referred to A. savignyi ; but, in 1869, he altered his opinion regarding it and described it as a new species, A. hartmanni. In this last communication he stated that A. savignyi was identical with A. flavimaculata, Riippell, and that it was quite distinct from what he styled the nearly allied A. agilis, Olivier, to which Duméril and Bibron have assigned A. flavimaculata, Riippell, as a synonym. I recently came into possession of five males and three females of A. flavimaculata, Riippell: one of them, an adult female, so closely resembles the type which I have studied in the Frankfort Museum, also a female, that it may be regarded as typical. The remaining specimens are specifically identical with this female. All of them were obtained at Medina, Arabia, whereas the type was described from a specimen captured at Jiddah. I am indebted to Middlemass Bey, Inspector-General of the Coastguard of Egypt, for having put me in the way of obtaining the foregoing seventeen lizards which I refer to this species, and to Dr. Rogers for a single specimen from the lower part of the delta. The specimen from Kafr Amar, a female (Pl. XI. fig. 3), differs considerably from the adult female from Medina in the more equal character of its scales and by their little carination, but the seeming gap between the two is filled up by other individuals differing still less from the typical form. The variation, although considerable, is much less than occurs in A. mutabilis. This Kafr Amar female may possibly be the same form as the lizard figured by Savigny and named by Duméril and Bibron A. savignyi, and represented with regular and equal scales. They are distinguished from A. agilis, the types of which I have examined on two occasions, thanks to the courtesy of Prof. Vaillant and M. Mocquard, by the more unequal and irregular character of their scales, in the more strongly keeled ventrals, in the presence of a large gular pouch in both sexes, in the absence of true preanal pores, and by their coloration. Audouin described the colours of the lizard figured by Savigny evidently from a coloured drawing made probably from life, as the colours he describes disappear, as a AGAMA FLAVIMACULATA. 115 rule, when agamoid lizards have been placed in alcohol. The general colour, according to Audouin, was represented as a greenish yellow passing into olive; there were longitudinal series of well pronounced brown spots along the back, and similarly coloured transverse bands on the tail. The upper surface of the head and the pouch were of a beautiful brilliant blue. In connection with this account of the colours, it is noteworthy that the lizards from Lower Egypt here referred to A. flavimaculata are called by the natives “the blue judge of the desert”: as I have never seen it alive, I cannot say to what extent blue prevails. This species has been regarded by some herpetologists as identical with A. leucostigma, Reuss. ‘Through the kind permission of Professor Boettger I have examined the two types of the latter, both of which were from Upper Egypt. In them the nostril is situated on the canthus rostralis; the head is short and broad, the ear is smaller than the eye and has a fringe of 2 or 3 small pointed scales along its upper border. The body is depressed and covered with small, more or less imbricate, smooth or indistinctly keeled scales, with much larger scales scattered among them, each scale being more or less keeled and sometimes pointed. Limbs covered with imbricate keeled scales, some of which are larger than the others. Limbs moderately developed ; the fore limb when laid forwards has the wrist nearly between the nostril and the eye, while the hind limb (fourth toe) reaches the ear. The third finger is shorter than the fourth, and the fifth than the second ; the third toe is shorter than the fourth, and the fifth does not extend as far as the first. ‘Tail rounded, covered with keeled scales, with larger ones intermixed on the base. Ventral scales small, smooth. No gular pouch. Its depressed body, the marked difference between the small and large scales, the smooth ventrals, and the absence of a gular pouch are all features of A. pallida, with which it appears, as I have already said, to be identical. Jn the description I have given of the lepidosis of A. flavimaculata I have described the scales as unequal or rarely nearly equal. An illustration of the latter is the female from Kafr Amar, figured on Pl. XI. fig. 3, which recalls the figure of A. savignyt; but there is a young specimen from the area between Suez and Ismailia in which the scales have the same character. This specimen presents the peculiar banded coloration with enclosed triangular pale dorsal areas. Another specimen from the same locality, with similar coloration, has the scales distinctly unequal, and in this respect it leads into other and larger specimens, in which the scales are still more unequal and in which the coloration is uniform. In the first and smallest of these specimens the scales are convex and obtusely keeled, in the second the convexity is less marked, while in the third the scales are still more flattened, the keels sharp, terminating in a fine point and tending to become mucronate. These equal or nearly equal scaled lizards are the forms which lead into A. towrnevillit. One specimen considerably larger than any of those already considered, viz. a male, measuring 92 millim. from snout to vent, with a proportionally longer head Q 114 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. than all the others, is still more pronouncedly like A. towrnevillii, even although its scales are unequal and more or less mucronate, as its head is long and pointed, with the snout very gradually sloping, the lower jaw being decidedly underhung. It has also the markings of A. fowrnevillit. All the other specimens, however, have short, broad and cordate heads like A. flavimaculata, but in them also similar markings to those of A. tournevillii are present. Unfortunately there is only one example of the latter species in the British Museum, and I cannot with it only as my guide refer A. tournevillii to A. flavimaculata. In an adult male of the latter from Medina, longitudinal brown bands occur as in those of the young specimen I have described, and exactly resembling those of A. tournevillii, and moreover their continuation on to the sides of the body can be detected although much obscured by their increased breadth and the presence of pale yellow spotted scales. On the mesial line of the back also, as in the type of the species, there are five or six white spots, the remains, as it were, of the pale dorsal areas of the young. My impression is that with further materials it will be possible to lead directly from typical A. flavimaculata into A. tournevillii through these eastern Egyptian lizards, the proportions of whose digits, as in typical A. flavimaculata, are the same as in A. tournevillit. ‘The latter will thus probably prove to be the Western Saharian modification of the Arabian lizard. A, tournevillii is provided with a single row of preanal pores; but while no pores have been present in any of the typical examples of A. flavimaculata examined by me, these Eastern Egyptian males, as has been mentioned, show a tendency, extremely feeble it is true, but still present in one or two, to the formation of callose scales. A. flavimaculata is closely allied to A. jayakari, but the latter is distinguished from the former by its large, regular, strongly keeled and mucronate scales, and by its less cordate head, which is considerably shorter than the tibia. AGAMA spinosa, Gray. (Plate X. figs. 2 & 3.) Agama spinosa, Gray, Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, Synop. p. 57, plate ; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 355; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi). 1896, p. 550; Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p. 18; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 51; Zool. Anz. xvi. 1893, p. 114. Agama colonorum (non D. & Bibr.), Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. 1835, p. 14, pl. iv.; Mus. Senck. 11. 1845, p. 302; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 256; Blanford, Zool. Abyss. 1870, p. 449. Agama mutabilis, Lefebvre, Abyss. vi. p. 198, pl. i. fig. 2. 6 6,3 $,and1juv. Hills behind Suakin. 4 gand5¢. Erkowit, Suakin. Body elongate; head rather small, somewhat depressed ; nostril tubular, directed AGAMA SPINOSA. 115 backwards and upwards, placed on the canthus rostralis. Har larger than the eye- opening, exposed. Limbs well developed, wrist generally reaching to the snout or slightly in advance of it, or falling short of the nostril; tip of the fourth toe reaching the ear, falling short of it, or extending to the eye; tibia longer than the skull; fourth toe only a little longer than the third. ‘Tail more than twice as long as the distance between the gular fold and the vent, broad at the base, laterally compressed beyond it. Scales on the head smooth, flat; generally no enlarged elongate scale on the mesial line of the snout; 10-11 upper labials ; occipital generally large; well- developed rosettes of rather long spines on the sides of the head and neck; nuchal crest moderately developed in the male, consisting of rather long spines, feeble in the female. Scales on the body strongly keeled, shortly mucronate, 62-78 round the middle of the body and 40-54 along the mesial line of the back between the origin of the limbs. Ventrals smooth. Caudal scales much larger than the dorsal, arranged more or less verticillately and keeled above in the male. A moderately well-developed gular pouch in the male. =hardun. The excrement of this lizard was in olden times highly prized in the east as a precious cosmetique, but it has now wholly fallen into disuse. It was known under the names of Cordylea or Crocodilea and Stercus lacerti. The lizard A. annectens, Blanford?, which serves to connect the “ Stellio” section of the genus with such forms as A. planiceps, Peters, and through it with the A. colonorum group, occurs in Abyssinia and in Western Somaliland. On the Goolis Mountains, inland from Berbera, another allied form, A. phillipsii®, Blgr., is found; and on the coast of Massowah, and also in the centre of Abyssinia, at an elevation of 7000 ft., and in Western Somaliland, at 5000 ft. above the sea, still another, viz. A. cyanogaster 4, Ruppell, occurs. According to A. Duméril’s Catalogue, the latter has also been obtained in Arabia, if Botta’s specimen was really from that locality, which seems doubtful, as A. Dumézil, in the introduction to his Catalogue, states that M. Botta’s collections were made in the region of the Nile. In Western Somaliland there is an interesting form, A. zonura, Blgr.®, that serves, according to Mr. Boulenger, to link the ‘ Stellios” with the somewhat remarkable lizard A. batillifera® (also from Somaliland), which he considers should be regarded as the type of a subgenus Xenagama, on account of the extreme flattening and abbreviation * The lizard mentioned in Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. Zool. p. 201, under the name of Stellio vulgaris, may probably be A. annectens, Blanford, Zool. of Abyss. 1870, p. 446. * Zool. Abyss. 1870, p. 446, fig. * Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 167, pl. vii. fig. 3. “ Neue Wirbelth. 1835, Rept. p. 10, pl. y. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 533, pl. xxix. fig. 3. * Faune et Flore des Pays Comalis, 1882, Rept. & Batr. p. 10, pl. ii. AGAMA STELLIO. of its tail. I have mentioned these species as it is not at all improbable that some of them may be found to enter the valley of the Nile or to extend to the north along the mountains to the west of Suakin. Synopsis of the Species found in Egypt. I. Occipital not enlarged. Caudal scales not forming annuli. No enlarged groups of spines on the sides of the head and neck. Dorsal scales unequal. A. Fourth toe the longest. a. Scales on the upper surface of the hind limb equal or nearly so. (1) Ventrals smooth or feebly keeled. A small gular pouch in the male . Ee MSE ane mon HUMP OR em BPA EN iG ve (2) Ventrals strongly keeled. A large pouch in the male and female. 6. Scales on the upper surface of the hind limb, with larger scales inter- mixed; smaller dorsal scales smooth or indistinctly keeled. No gular pouch . SUAS Mey Rep Uso eee Ea arent alt re B. Third toe the longest. Median dorsal scales the largest, smooth or keeled BOY ce naieom cool dommehs eye haw tase, borin sant ol aaa Il. Occipital enlarged. Caudal scales forming annuli. Groups of enlarged spiny scales on the side of the head and neck. (1) Groups of cephalic and cervical spines well developed, } as long as the diameter of the ear-opening ; 62-78 rows of scales around the DOC ype: strict a ott acts caer tay cee Meat ag) gall atin Wee (2) Groups of cephalic and cervical spines feebly developed, longest spines less than $ the diameter of the ear-opening ; 74-84 rows of scales round Chesbociy a gemenir pecan wake cerry Recent srk iyemiben jes Ce mano vars III. Occipital not enlarged. Caudal scales divided into segments composed of two or more rings of scales. Sides of head and neck with short spines A. mutabilis. A. flavimaculata. A. pallida. A. sinaita. A. spinosa. A. hartmanni. A. stellio. 126 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. UROMASTIX. Uromastix, Merrem, Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 56. Body depressed, no dorsal or nuchal crest, covered with granular or small smooth scales, smaller than the ventrals, largest on the head; head short, triangular, canthus rostralis obtuse, the nostril near the end of the snout; tympanum naked, vertically elongate ; loose folds of skin on the neck; a gular fold; no gular pouch. ‘Tail broad, depressed, strongly segmented, each segment consisting of quadrangular, strong, spinose scales, in contact on the upper surface with the neighbouring segments, or separated from them on the upper surface by minute scales. Limbs short and stout, with strong claws; hind limb with spinose tubercles. Preanal and femoral pores. No canines; the incisor teeth disappear with age, their place being taken in the upper jaw by a beak-like growth of the premaxillaries, covered with enamel. The anterior molars also disappear above and below, and the jaw becomes a sharp cutting- edge immediately behind the premaxillary beak. The term “ Dabb,” “., is applied by the Arabs to the species of this genus. The African species of Uromastix belong to that section of the genus in which the segments on the upper surface of the tail are not separated from each other by interposed small scales. The species are U. ocellatus, Licht., U. ornatus, Heyden, U. wgyptius, Hasselq. & Linn., and U. acanthinurus, Bell. There are two subdivisions of this section, viz. one in which the tail is encircled by the segments, which are as long on the under as on the upper surface ; and another in which this is not the case, as two or more transverse rows of scales on the under surface correspond to one of the dorsal segments. U. ocellatus, Licht., and U. ornatus, Heyden, belong to the first of these subdivisions, and U. egyptius, Hasselq. & Linn., and U. acanthinurus, Bell, to the second. An Asiatic species, U. microlepis, Blanford, also belongs to this subdivision. ‘The other primary section of the genus, in which the spinose segments on the upper surface of the tail are separated from each other by interposed small scales, is represented by three species, U. hardwickii, Gray, U. asmussii, Strauch, and U. loricatus, Blanf., confined to Asia. WAL, 200, Reptiles of Egypt. UROMASTIX OCELLATUS. Fig. 1¢, Fig. 2¢, Suakin. UROMASTIX OCELLATUS. 127 URoMASTIX OCELLATUS, Licht. (Plate XII.) Uromastiz ocellatus, Licht. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p. 107; part., Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 86; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 2713; part., Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1882, p. 45; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 499; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 101. Uromastix ornatus (non Heyden), Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 261; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. 1. 1885, p. 406. 13 $,15 2,and1juv. Neighbourhood of Suakin. 19%; yadi Halfa. Major Henry d’Alton Harkness. Ear with no enlarged conical scales at its anterior border. Body-scales very small, quadrangular, flattened, 260 round the middle of the body including the ventrals ; about 95 to 100 ventrals between the inguinal and gular folds; no enlarged tubercles on the flanks or on the fore limb, but with a few irregularly shaped pointed scales on the thigh, and enlarged conical tubercles on the tibial portion of the limb. Tail gradually tapered to a point, much depressed. Caudal segments strongly spinose laterally. In life, the colours are very vivid in the male; in some the entire upper surface of the head and body is rich light red vermiculated with blackish, whereas the head in some is dark olive-green spotted with red, and in others red spotted with green. Seven or eight transverse bands or chains of round white spots on the back, each spot margined with black and its centre frequently occupied by a dusky yellowish spot. Sides of the neck, body, and tail dark green, which in some males is prolonged upwards on to the back between the chains of spots. Upper surface of the limbs dusky green. Throat and chest generally light green, or vivid blue from the chin along the throat ; the under surface of the body yellow, with the green of the sides prolonged inwards on to the belly in transverse bands, or without markings. Upper surface of the tail bluish green in some, suffused with red in others; spines greenish; under surface of limbs and tail whitish. In the females the colours are much less vivid, there never being any bright red on the back, and the tail being uniformly dusky yellow and green. The young animal is dusky brown, and in it the general arrangement of the colour is well seen. Eight dusky bands of varying extent are prolonged inwards towards the mesial line of the back, those on the neck being little more than spots. They are separated from one another by very pale dusky areas, on which the white black-edged ocelli occur. The tail is paler than the body; the underparts are whitish, spotted with dusky; three black bands radiate downwards from the eye. Measurements of an adult male :—Snout to vent 150; vent to tip of tail 138 millim. This is the smallest of the African species of the genus and the most brilliantly coloured. It is very common in some parts of the Suakin plain, judging from the number of specimens brought to me. I kept afew of them alive for some weeks in the Zoological Garden in Cairo, feeding them on clover, on which they appeared to 128 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. thrive. They were very torpid in the mornings, and never made any attempt to feed until they had lain for some time under the full influence of the sun, when they became very active. I sent one of my specimens to Dr. Tornier, and I am indebted to him for the information that it perfectly agrees with Lichtenstein’s type of the species from Nubia, preserved in the Berlin Museum. The two lizards referred by Gray to U. ornatus, Heyden', are identical with the foregoing specimens, which are distinguished from Heyden’s species by their smaller scales, by the entire absence of any enlarged scales along the anterior border of the ear, by their more elongate and more spinose tails, shorter caudal whorls, and by their coloration. It is impossible to say in what part of Egypt Burton obtained his specimens; but as he made more than one journey in the Eastern desert, that is to the east of the Nile, it is likely that they came from that region, as it is known that other species found around Suakin spread northwards along that area. From Suakin it extends to Wadi Halfa, whence Peters recorded it, in 1862; and among my specimens there is one from the same locality presented to me by Major Harkness. Peters mentions its presence also in the island of Socotra. It is known to the Hadendowahs as the Kurfeefanope. URomastix ornatus, Heyden. (Plate XIII.) Uromastia ornatus, Heyden, Riippell’s Atlas nord]. Afr., Rept. 1827, p. 1, pl.i.; Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 145; Schinz, Naturgesch. Abbild., Rept. 1833, p. 91, tab. 31. fig. 3; Dum. & Bibr. iv. 1837, p. 538; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iti. 1845, p. 303; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 108; part., Peters, Sitz. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1882, p. 45; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 154; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 55; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliii. 1894, p. 8359; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 79. Uromastiz ocellata, Fitz. Syn. Rept. 1843, p. 86. 1 g. Mount Sinai. Ear with enlarged conical scales at its anterior border. Body-scales much larger than in the previous species, flat, smooth, and almost subimbricate, 220 round the middle of the body including the ventrals; ventrals large, 80 to 85 between the inguinal and gular folds; no enlarged tubercles on the flanks or on the fore limb, but very large spinose scutes on the hind limb. Tail broad and rather abruptly pointed, not round, depressed ; segments rather long antero-posteriorly, not markedly spinose. Head dark grass-green in life, somewhat yellowish on the sides and marbled with darker; body green, tinged with reddish violet; 6 or 7 irregular, broad, entire or 1 Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 261. Pl. XIIl. Reptiles. of Egypt. UROMASTIX ORNATUS. inai. ¢, Mount S: -m. 6 - aa ’ A a ‘el fl : by i ih Anew i Sl emiole i fea if : nie 4 C fl ' i « - Lt i - ‘ dM ae ao Al Son SF ‘ : ‘ie i ¥ ’ iy vy, 4 ay i a ee kB 7 cere. if : : if } Pl. XIV. Reptiles of Egypt. UROMASTIX ASGYPTIUS. ¢, Suburbs of Cairo. i iiiie | UROMASTIX AGYPTIUS. 129 broken up citron-yellow cross-bands, the scales of these areas with dark points; tail greyish green shading into reddish; limbs dark grass-green marbled with yellow. Digits greyish brown. (/Teyden.) General colour, inalcohol, yellow; transverse, regularly outlined, dusky bars on the sides, eight in number, from the neck to the base of the tail, but not meeting on the mesial line of the back; the upper surface of the back vermiculated with reddish lines tending to form ocelli. Head suffused with deep purple on the sides, and below the eye with purple, tending to form vertical bars. Under surface of the head from the chin to the gular fold bluish green, broadly reticulated with dark purple and dark blue ; the sides of the belly and under surface of the limbs yellowish, covered with bluish- black reticulations. Upper and under surface of tail bright yellow. ¢. Snout to vent 210 millim.; vent to tip of tail 175 millim. The specimen of this lizard in my possession came from an altitude of 500 métres in the granitic region of Mount Sinai. Duméril and Bibron in their description of U. ornatus say erroneously that the type of the species was from North Africa, whereas its author, Heyden, not Rippell as stated by them, mentions that it came from Mohila, on the east coast of the Red Sea. They also record that in the Paris Museum there were two magnificent examples sent from Egypt by Botta, the travelling naturalist to the Museum. According to the dimensions given by them, it would appear, if their identification of Botta’s specimens with U. ornatus was correct, that this species attains to a very great size, viz. to nearly three feet in length. Its presence in Egypt has yet to be verified. It occurs not only in the Sinaitic Peninsula and Arabia proper, but extends also into the southern desert of Palestine according to Canon Tristram. In appearance it is remarkably like U. (Aporoscelis) benti. URoMASTIX aGYPTIUS, Hasselq. & Linn. (Plate XIV.) The Dhab or Dab, Shaw’s Travels, 1738, p. 250. The Dhab, Bruce’s Travels, v. App. 1790, p. 198. La Fouette-queue @’ Egypte, Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 1817, p. 32. Lacerta egyptia, Hasselq. & Linn. Iter Palest. 1757, p. 302; Forsk. Deser. An. &c. 1775, p. viii et p. 13; Donndorff, Beytr. iii. 1798, p. 136. Stellio spinipes, Daud. Rept. iv. 1803, p. 31; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Descr. de ’Hgypte, Hist. Nat. i. 21827, p. 125, pl. 2. fig. 3; Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 121, plate. Uromastix spinipes, Merr. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 56; Heyden, Riippell’s Atlas nérdl. Afr., Rept. 1827, p.5; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat. xv. 1829, p. 627; Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 145 ; part., Gray, Syn. Rept. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 61; Wiegm. Herp. s 130 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Mexic. 1834, p. 17; Dum. & Bibr. iv. 1837, p. 541; Duvernoy, Cuv. Reg. An., Rept. 1847, pl. xiii. fig. 2; Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1848, p. 86; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 261; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iti. 1845, p. 303; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 108; Klunzinger, Zeitschr. Ges. Erd. Berl. xiii. 1872, p. 94; Schreiber, Herp. Europ. 1875, p. 474; Gasco, Viagg. Egitto, pt. i. 1876, p. 107; Giinther, Burton’s Gold Mines of Midian, 1878, p. 398 ; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 307; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. i. 1885, p. 407 ; op. cit. ii. 1887, p. 499; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 407 ; Tristram, West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p- 154; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 55; ? Olivier, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p. 110. Mastigura spinipes, Fleming, Phil. Zool. 11. 1822, p. 277. Uromastix egyptius, Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 101. Between Suez and Ismailia. Plain of Kafr Gamus. Beltim. Dr. J. G. Rogers. Suburbs of Cairo. Hee Se Ye +0 Oy +40 40 Ear with enlarged scales at its anterior border. Body covered with minute conical scales, 320 round the middle of the body including the ventrals ; ventrals small, 140 between the inguinal and gular folds ; enlarged tubercles on the flanks, on the outside of the forearm, and on the outer upper surface of the hind limb; tail depressed, gradually tapered ; caudal segments strongly spinose above. Yellowish or greenish olive above, suffused with bluish green on the labials and on the front of the head; the upper surface of the limbs punctulated with dusky brown. Under surface of the head, the loose skin of the neck, and belly reticulately marked with brown. Tail yellow above, brighter yellow below. ¢. Snout to vent 356 millim.; vent to tip of tail 255 millim. This lizard is generally found along the lines of drainage of the desert, as it there finds the sparse vegetation on which it lives. In such localities it constructs deep tortuous burrows, some of which I have traced to a depth of 4 feet through very hard sand. It is also found in the deep water-worn wadis, where there is frequently a better supply of vegetable food than in the open desert. It is said to feed in the early morning and at sundown. It is common, for example, on the great plain of Kafr Gamus, beyond Abbasiyeh, where it is associated with Agama pallida. It is distributed over the desert region of Northern Egypt. Its extension to the south is unknown, but it is said to extend into Nubia. Peters has recorded it from the south of Cyrenaica; and M. E. Olivier mentions that he captured an individual, in 1892, upon the hills to the north of Biskra, but states that it is very rare in Algeria ; the specimen, however, from Biskra, recorded by Dr. Giinther in 1859 as Uromastiwv spinipes, proved to be U. acanthinurus. It also occurs in the dry desert portions of the sea-face of the delta, and is likewise found in the Sinaitic Peninsula, Southern Judea, Arabia (Midian and Maskat), and in the island of Crete. Pl. XV. Reptiles of Egypt. UROMASTIX ACANTHINURUS. Duirat, Eastern Tunisia. é. UROMASTIX ACANTHINURUS. 131 Wilkinson ! includes it in his list of animals known to the ancient Egyptians. A figure of a lizard with a thick tail, that may possibly have been intended for an Uromastixz, occurs in Rosellini’s great work 2. The species was figured and described by Belon® under the name of Crocodile terrestre ow Crocodile d Arabie. It is generally seen in the possession of conjurers, owing to the mildness of its disposition and its striking appearance. UROMASTIX ACANTHINURUS, Bell. (Plate XV.) Uromastiz acanthinurus, Bell, Zool. Journ. i. 1825, p. 457, pl. xvil.; Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p- 145; Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (2) vi. 1836, p. 309; Dum. & Bibr. iv. 1837, p. 548; Fitz. Syn. Rept. 1843, p. 86; Riippell, Mus. Senck. ii. 1845, p. 803; Gray, Cat. Rept. B. M. 1845, p. 262; Guichenot, Explor. Sc. Alg., Rept. v. 1850, p. 8; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 109; Strauch, Mém. Ac. Sc. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 30; Boettger, Kobelt’s Reiseerin. Alg. und Tunis, 1885, p. 465; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 55; Blgr. Cat. Rept. B. M. i. 1885, p. 406; Trans. Zool. Soc. xii. 1891, p. 119; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 12; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. 1892, p. 854; op. cit. 1894, xliv. p. 79; Olivier, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p. 110; Anderson, Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 112. Uromastix spinipes, part., Gray, Syn. Rept. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 61; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1859, p. 470; Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 475. Uromastiz dispar, Heyden, Riippell’s Atlas nérdl. Afr., Rept. 1827, p. 5; Gray, Syn. Rept. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 61. Uromastiz temporalis, Valenc. Compt. Rend. Ac. Paris, xxxix. 1854, p. 89. Ear with enlarged conical scales at its anterior border. Body-scales more or less quadrangular, much larger than in the previous species, 160 round the middle of the body, including the ventrals; 80 to 90 ventrals between the inguinal and gular folds; no enlarged tubercles on the flanks or on the fore limb, but a few on the pelvic region. Tail strongly depressed, rather short, abruptly tapered, markedly spinose. Upper surface brownish yellow or olive above, spotted or reticulated with reddish brown or blackish. Under surface finely mottled with brownish olive, so much in some as almost to be uniformly dusky below, or broadly irregularly reticulated with yellow or olive-brown. ‘This latter coloration is generally associated with a greyish- yellow upper surface, spotted with reddish brown, and in specimens of this coloration there is sometimes a pale dorsal band margined with blackish. The upper surface of tail yellowish, generally much mottled with brown or even with greenish. $. Snout to vent 215 millim. ; vent to tip of tail 125 millim. * Ancient Egyptians, iii. p. 263. * Op. cit. i. pl. MR. Ixxxi. ° Qp. cit. p. 38. $2 “= 152 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. This species is closely allied to U. egyptius, so much so that it has sometimes been mistaken for it. It is, however, distinguished from it by its decidedly larger scales and by the absence of tubercles on the flanks, although a few are present above the origin of the hind limbs. It appears to be the western representative of U. egyptius. M. E. Olivier, in his Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachia of Algeria, includes both species, but his description of the specimen referred to U. egyptius is not sufficiently explicit to carry conviction that the specimen was correctly determined. I have never met with this species in Egypt myself, but I have examined four specimens in the Frankfort Museum and another in the Paris Museum, all of which are said to have been obtained by Riippell in Egypt. Heyden states that the types of his U. dispar=U. acanthinurus, Bell, were obtained by Riippell in the desert between Dongola and Ambukol, where it is known as “ Dendene.” Now that this region is once more under the sway of Egypt, it is to be hoped that some British officer in the service of H.H. the Khedive wiil find sufficient leisure to make known its zoological riches. Olivier states that this species occurs throughout the stony parts of the Sahara, where it lives in fissures in the rocks and in holes in the ground. Synopsis of African Species. Caudal segments in contact with each other on the upper surface. I. Segments forming regular annuli above and below. Body-scales small. Ear without denticulations 6 0 6 6 «0 o 0 oo og =U aaa, nex. Body-scales larger. Ear denticulated in front . . . nc em OMon cus etleycdent II. Segments not forming regular annuli above and below. Body-scales almost granular. Enlarged tubercles on the flanks . . . . . . . . U. egyptius, Hasselq. & Linn. Body-scales well-defined. No enlarged tubercles on the flanks . . . . . . . U. acanthinurus, Bell. VARANUS. 1133 VARANID. Varanide, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 227. Body long, rounded; no dorsal crest. Head narrow, pointed, covered with small polygonal scales. Tongue very long, bifid, retractile, sheathed at the base. Teeth dilated at base, adnate to the inner side of the jaws; no palatine teeth. Eyelids well developed. ar distinct. Nostril between the eye and the snout. Limbs strong. Scales arranged transversely, small, roundish, juxtaposed, each surrounded by a small circular fold of granules; ventrals squarish. ‘ail long. Rudimentary preanal pores occasionally present !. The osteological features of this family, according to Cope and Boulenger ?, are a single, long, narrow premaxillary; coalesced nasals; two frontals; a single parietal ; a supraorbital bone ; postorbital arch incomplete; a bony postfronto-squamosal arch ; widely separated pterygoids and palatines ; infraorbital fossa bounded by the pterygoid, palatine, and transverse bone, the maxillary being excluded. No dermal cranial ossifications. Clavicle slender ; interclavicle anchor-shaped. It is represented by a single genus. VARANUS. Varanus, Merrem, Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 58. Daudin included the two lizards V. griseus and V. niloticus in the genus Tupinambis, to which he also referred the so-called sauwvegardes of the New World. Maria Sybilla Marien, as pointed out by Cuvier, was the first to use the term sauvegarde, but she was careful to state that she could not explain how it had come to be applied to these lizards. Seba either invented the explanation that the feyu-guacgu and its allies were called sauvegardes because they uttered a whistling sound as a warning to man of the approach of crocodiles and caimans, or he had learned it from some traveller who had wished to explain the term. It is possible that the teyu-quacu may utter the foregoing sound of alarm when it sees one of these saurians approaching it, but thatit does so for the reason assigned is absurd. Unfortunately the cognate term “ Monitor” has been applied to the two Egyptian lizards, from their having been at first associated by Daudin with the varanoid-like Teiid@. It is needless to say that this term, as applied to them, is equally misleading. ' Prog. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 643. * Ann, & Mag. N. H. (5) xiv. 1884, p. 120; Cat. Liz. B. M. ii. 1885, p. 303. 134 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. VARANUS GRISEUS, Daud. (Plate XVI.) Monitor terrestre de Egypte, Cuy. Rég. An. ii. 1817, p. 25. Tupinambis griseus, Daud. Rept. viii. 1803, p. 352. Varanus scincus, Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 59; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 26. Monitor scincus, Licht. Doub]. Berl. Mus. 1828, pp. 91 & 107; Schlegel, Abbild. 1837-44, p. 69. Psammosaurus griseus, Fitz. Neue Class. Rept. 1826, p. 50; Riippell, Mus. Senck. i. 1845, p- 801; Eichw. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Mose. ix. 1851, p. 416. Tupinambis arenarius, Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. Descr. de ? Egypte, Hist. Nat. i.? 1827, p. 128, pl. in. fig. 2 et pl. vi. figs. 14, 15. Psammosaurus caspius, Bichw. Zool. Spec. iii. 1831, p. 190; Faun. Casp.-Cauc. 1842, p. 60, pls. vii.ix.; Blanford, Eastern Persia, 11. 1876, p. 359. Monitor (Psammosaurus) scincus, Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 27. Varanus arenarius, Dum. & Bib. iii. 1836, p. 471; Guichenot, Explor. Sc. Alg., Sc. Phys. Zool. v. 1850, p. 6; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; De Filippi, Viagg. Pers. 1865, p. 352; Gasco, Viagg. in Kgitto, pt. 11. 1876, p. 105. Psammosaurus arenarius, Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p. 26. Psammosaurus scincus, Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 165; Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H.1i. 1838, p- 892; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiv. 1855, p. 715; Theobald, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Xxxvii. 1868, extra no. p. 20; Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, p. 70; Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. 1871, p. 30; Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 677; Tristram, Fauna West. Palest., Rept. & Batr. 1884, p. 148; Boettger, Kobelt’s Reiseerin. Alg. u. Tunis, 1885, p. 465. Varanus arenaceus, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p. 204. Varanus ornatus (non Daud.; non Gray), Carlleyle, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxviii. pt. 1. 1869, p. 192. Monitor griseus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1870, p. 109. Varanus (Psammosaurus) arenarius, Bedr. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1879, no. 3, p. 40. Varanus griseus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. ii. 1885, p. 806; Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. v. 1889, p- 99; Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. 1890, p. 163; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 121; Boettger, Zool. Jahrb. iii. 1888, p. 904; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 49; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 636; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, pp. 84, 101; Zander, Zool. Garten, xxxvi. 1895, p. 298; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliv. 1894, p. 79; Francaviglia, Boll. Soc. Rom. Zool. v. 1896, p. 46. 1 ¢. Suez. 1 g. Desert N.E. of Cairo. 1 9. Gizeh Desert. 19. Telecel Amarna. Prof. W.M. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. 1 g andl juv. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain Penton, D.S.O. 2 gand2¢. Suakin. 19. Tokar. Teeth acute, compressed. Snout slightly depressed at the tip. Canthus rostralis moderately defined. Nostril oblique, rather large and crescentic, close to the eye, its Pl. XVI. Reptiles of Egypt. RAN SCS esis \3 ee VARANUS GRISEUS. ¢, Suburbs of Cairo. VARANUS GRISEUS. 135 distance from the end of the snout being about four times greater than the interval between it and the eye. Tail rounded at the base, slightly compressed posteriorly ; no dorsal ridge. Digits rather short; claws strong and curved. Scales on the upper surface of the head, including the supraoculars, very small, juxtaposed, smooth, generally hexagonal. Scales on the body and limbs small, rounded or oblong, sometimes feebly keeled, larger than ventrals, those on the sides of the neck generally conical; ventrals smooth, 110-125 between the fold of the neck to the groin. Caudal scales small, more or less keeled above and below. General colour sandy yellow, with narrow brownish longitudinal lines varying in intensity along the side of the neck, and similarly coloured bands or lines across the back and tail, becoming lost in some adults towards the tip; the upper surface of the body sometimes with yellow spots. The young is generally pale rufous yellow above, with six broad deep black cross-bands on the back, each prolonged on to the sides as two curved lines. A narrow black line from the eye over the ear to the sides of the neck, another from before and behind the eye along the neck to the front dorsal cross- band; two faint interrupted lines below the ear to the shoulder; a few narrow blackish lines and spots on the snout, on the sides of the head before the eye, and also on the lower jaw. The areas between the black dorsal bands are marked with yellow spots arranged transversely, sometimes forming bands, one in the centre, between two black bands, and one margining each black band. From behind the limbs to the tip of the tail there may be as many as 28 deep black bands, each about half as narrow as the pale intervening interspaces, but not passing on to the under surface of the tail. ‘The rings of colour on the tail are subject to considerable variation. In North Africa I have never observed fewer than 19, whereas at Karachi they sometimes fall as low as 8, at Agra to 12, and in Afghanistan and Bushire to 15. The limbs are marbled with yellow areas, the darker interspaces finely dotted with black. Underparts pale yellow. It attains to about four feet in length. This lizard does not occur on the alluvium of Egypt as a rule, but confines itself to the desert wadis and khors supporting a sparse vegetation, and to plains, like that at Suakin, covered more or less with grass and shrubs. In such localities it finds an abundant supply of food in the small rodents and lizards that frequent them. Along the banks of the Nile where the desert approaches the river it is said to eat the eggs of the crocodile ; and judging by the avidity and dexterity with which it swallows fowl’s eggs in confinement, without breaking them, it is probable that it is not only destructive to crocodile’s eggs but also to those of birds and other reptiles. Dr. A. Zander says that the strength of its digestive powers is marvellous, as although the specimens he kept in confinement swallowed all animals entire, he never found the remains of bones among their excreta, but only traces of feathers. I have represented this lizard in the attitude it assumes when alarmed and on the defensive. The head is raised, the mouth is held open in a menacing manner, showing the deep purple- 136 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. black lining of the back part of the mouth, the throat is puffed out, and the body becomes greatly expanded by the inflation of the lungs. The tail is curved, in the form of the letter S, to the side away from the danger threatening it; and if it is still nearer approached while in this attitude, the chest is contracted, the mouth closes, and the air rushes out with a hissing sound, and a smart blow is delivered by the tail with oreat rapidity. Itruns with great alacrity, its body well raised from the ground. From the strong character of its claws, more especially those on its fore feet, it is evidently addicted to burrowing, but whether it makes its own burrows or merely inhabits those made by other animals is not known; indeed we possess very little reliable information regarding the habits of the two species of this genus found in Egypt, in their wild state. Pococke? says it frequents caverns, where it sleeps during the winter. This species is distributed over the Northern Sahara from Western Algeria to Egypt, and southwards along the Nile valley to Sennaar, and throughout the Eastern Sudan to the shores of the Red Sea. It is found in Southern Syria, apparently throughout Persia (Caspian Province), Afghanistan, and N.W. India. It is known to the Arabs as the waral of the land or of the desert, us)! Sg = waral el ard, and j=l J, = waral el jibal. Sonnini is responsible for the statement that this lizard is represented on the monuments, but he does not record on what monuments he had observed it. I have not met with any figures of it myself, but it is quite possible that it may occur in some of the scenes depicted on the tomb of Tih. The Egyptians did not regard it as a sacred animal, although they may have held it in high respect in consequence of its reputation as a destroyer of the eggs of the crocodile. Herodotus, in his account of the animals of Libya, mentioned a lizard which he called the “crocodile of the land.” Prospero Alpini4 speaks of the “scincus or land crocodile”; but he says that the Scincus of his day was not the lizard of that name described by the ancients, which was probably this species, V. griseus, a cubit long, like a crocodile, with slightly rounded scales, lighter in colour, and with a thinner skin. Cuvier after much research arrived at the same opinion. Maillet also says there is a species which strongly resembles the crocodile ; it is what the ancients called “ Crocodile de terre, dont la chair des reins est si renommée dans l’Empire de Vénus” >. We are indebted to Abd-Allatif® (1161-1231 a.p.) for the native name of this lizard. He says: ‘On pourroit dire que le crocodile est le waral aquatique; et le waral, le crocodile de terre”; and he adds, ‘“‘le waral habite les montagnes,” that is the desert. Along with his account of the waral he also describes the scink, which he says “est 1 Zool. Garten, xxxvi. 1895, p. 298. S 1D Oe ° Bk. iv. cap. 192. * Op. cit. Lib. iv. cap. 5, pp. 215-216. > Op. cit. p. 36*. ® Relation de l’Egypte, transl. by 8. de Sacy, 1810, p. 142. VARANUS GRISEUS. 137 une espéce de waral, ou plutdt c’est le waral lui-méme, si ce n’est quil a la queue courte”’; and goes on to say “il faut regarder le scinque comme constituant une espéce particuliére,” because, among other reasons, it differed from the waral in the places it inhabited, as it lived in the desert plains and in the water, and was found in the Nile. ‘The aquatic habit attributed by Abd-Allatif to the scink suggests the next species, V. niloticus; but as he says that whereas the back of the waral is scaly and hard, that of the scink, on the contrary, is smooth and soft to the touch, he could hardly have had that species in view, more especially as he describes the scink as yellow and black. His description of the back and colour of the lizard suggests Scincus officinalis, and it is just possible that the aquatic habit attributed to the scink, which is as old as the days of Pliny (if V. niloticus was not the true scink), may have been suggested by the strongly-fringed digits of S. officinalis, which, at the present day, is known as the fish of the sand. The circumstance that the Greek historian speaks of this large land lizard as the terrestrial crocodile, may probably have originated from the existence in his day of the fable believed in by Abd-Allatif, and still current among the Arabs, that it is produced from the eggs of the crocodile. The belief was that the young when excluded from the egg either betook themselves to the Nile or to land, the former becoming crocodiles and the latter warals. This species is occasionally seen in the possession of conjurers, as it is supposed to be under the influence of music; but these men take the cruel precaution to break off its teeth to prevent it biting, as it is of a fierce disposition. The natives, according to Sonnini, say that it sucks the milk from sheep and goats; but this is not the only lizard to which this fable is attached, as Scincus schneideri, likewise, is known as the milker of sheep. A similar habit is ascribed by the natives of India to the common snake Zamenis mucosus, which is said to suck cows. ‘This lizard is also reported when bitten by a snake to search for a particular plant, which it eats as an antidote to the poison. 138 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. VARANUS OCELLATUS, Heyden. (Plate XVII.) Varanus ocellatus, Heyden, Riippell’s Atlas nordl. Afr. 1827, pp. 21-24, pl. 6; Lefebvre, Abyss. Zool. vi. 1845-50, p. 197; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Blanford, Abyss. 1870, p: 445 ; Gasco, Viagg. Egitto, pt. 11.1876, p. 106; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. ii. 1885, p. 308; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 550; op. cit. ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvil.) 1896, p. 17, 1897, p. 278; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 534; op. cit. 1896, p. 215; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 69; Tornier, Thierm. O.-Afr. Rept. 1896, p. 38. Monitor ocellatus, part., Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. King. ix, 1831, p. 25; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 301; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1870, p. 109. Empagusia ocellata, part., Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1. 1838, p. 3938. Varanus albigularis, Boettger, Zool. Anz. 1893, pp. 115, 132. Varanus microstictus, Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 72. Teeth stout, conical. Snout depressed at its tip; canthus rostralis rounded; nostril oblique, rather large, twice as far from the end of the snout as from the eye. Tail more or less rounded at the base, posteriorly compressed, with a double-edged dorsal ridge, slightly shorter or longer than the body and head. Digits short and stout. Scales on the head rather large, markedly so on the forehead, smallest on the supra- ocular region. Scales in 90-95 rows across the middle of the body, large, flat, smooth, elongately oval, rounded or pear-shaped, largest on the neck, where they are larger than the scales on the forehead. Skin of body thrown into marked transverse and oblique furrows. Ventrals large, smooth, 68 to 75 transverse rows from the collar to the inguinal fold. Caudal scales more or less keeled, more especially on the dorsal surface, in 102-124 verticils. In life, according to Heyden, the whole upper surface is brownish grey. Six, seldom eight, large, oval, clear spots on the back, each margined with a dark ring, 13 or 14 in each longitudinal row, and each spot enclosing about four scales. Upper surface of the tail more or less banded with brown. The under surface greyish yellow. The sides of the belly marked with the beginning of dark bands, which become stronger above. Eyes reddish yellow; pupil black. In an adult from Anseba valley, the yellow spots are obscurely indicated and the general colour of the upper surface is yellowish brown marked with blackish spots, the dark bands on the sides of the belly feebly marked. A broad brown band, the breadth of the temporal area, is prolonged backwards along the side of the neck to the shoulder, and obscurely on to the fore limb, and another but narrow similarly coloured band runs from the upper margin of the ear backwards, separated from the former by a yellowish interspace. Under surface rather rich gamboge-yellow. ‘The band that passes on to the limb seems to be the equivalent of the well-defined band of V. albigularis that bends abruptly forwards on to the pectoral area, Snout to vent 375 millim.; tail 367 millim. Pl. XVII. Reptiles of Egypt. Mt 2 i hh (ye VARANUS OCELLATUS. Anseba Valley, Abyssinia. VARANUS OCELLATUS. 139 This is a terrestrial lizard with the habits of V. griseus, and, according to Heyden, it burrows and lives on other lizards and beetles. Mr. Blanford obtained his specimen under a rock, in rather open ground, in the Anseba valley. It is known only from Kordofan and Abyssinia. Heyden founded the species on a specimen obtained by Riippell at Kordofan, and, according to Prof. Boettger, it was presented to the Frankfort Museum in 1827. In the following year a Varanus from Abyssinia was also presented by Dr. Riippell. Dr. J. E. Gray, in his Synopsis of Reptiles in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ gave a list of the species of Varanide he had noted in the different museums of Europe, and among them he enumerates Monitor ocellatus, Heyden, as existing in the Frankfort Museum ; but, strange to say, he does not mention Kordofan as the locality of the species, but adds to his short diagnosis of it ‘“‘ Dongola, Senegal. Mus. Riippell.” No specimen from Dongola, on the Nile, appears either in Ruppell’s or in Prof. Boettger’s Catalogues of the Reptilia in the Frankfort Museum. Is it possible that the Abyssinian Varanus presented, in 1828, by Rtippell may have come from the Dongola in Abyssinia, mentioned by Mr. Blanford, and that the specimen may have once borne a label to that effect? What is certain is that V. ocellatus was from Kordofan, and that no specimen of the species has ever been recorded from Senegal. Gray, in 1838, referred /. ocellatus to his genus Hmpagusia, which he characterized as follows :—‘ Nostrils oblong, rather in the front of the muzzle. ‘Tail (shorter than the body and head) tapering, roundish, with a double-edged keel above ; toes short, strong, subequal; teeth rounded; scales larger.” When he wrote, V. albigularis, Daud., and /. exanthematicus, Bosc, were unrepresented in the Frankfort Museum, as neither of them appeared in Riippell’s Catalogue, and, moreover, Professor Boettger states that the only specimen of the former in the Museum was received in 1893, and that of the latter in 1581. The position of the nostril assigned to Empagusia is in no way applicable to the nostril of V. ocel/atus, but applies to that of V. exanthematicus ; and it is probable that this may account for Gray having given Senegal as a locality for his V. ocellatus, which was not the species described under that name by Heyden. Riippell, when he catalogued the specimens in the Frankfort Museum, regarded the Abyssinian Varanus as distinct from V. ocellatus, and named it V. microstictus, but did not describe it. On a visit to the Frankfort Museum some years ago, I wrote out the following description of the specimen :—‘‘Scales on the upper surface of the neck much larger than on any other part of the body, the largest measuring fully 3 millim. in transverse diameter, and even 4 millim. in length. They are much larger than the scales on the occiput, the scales on the head generally being even less than half the size of the nuchal scales, but the flat tessellated scales on the middle of the head between the eyes are large. ‘The scales on the middle of the back are somewhat smaller than those T 2 140 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. external to them, and there are from 3 to 6 such rows. ‘The distance between the lower anterior border of the nostril to the end of the snout equals the distance between the former point and the posterior angle of the eye. Canthus rostralis, sharp and well defined, and the top of the head from the posterior border of the orbit forwards elongately triangular. The anterior border of the eye to the snout equals the distance between the aforementioned point and the upper border of the ear. ‘The third finger is longer than the fourth, the reverse of what occurs in V. griseus, but the same as prevails in V. ocellatus. Seventy to seventy-five transverse rows of scales. Tail round at the base, but the remainder more or less compressed, with a double- edged dorsal ridge. ‘The colour is uniform olive-yellow above, with some yellow spots on the back, somewhat transverse 1n position, but obscure.” This specimen has been fully described by Prof. Boettger in his Catalogue; but I am indebted to him for some further particulars regarding the types of V. ocellatus and V. microstictus. In the British Museum there is a Varanus from Kordofan presented by Dr. Riippell, besides the specimen from the Anseba valley, Abyssinia, obtained by Mr. Blanford. These two lizards are unquestionably specifically identical. The first is a stuffed specimen, whilst the latter is preserved in alcohol. Both have exactly the same kind of scales. ‘Those on the forehead and front of the snout are large, and the scales on the back of the neck are considerably larger than any of the other scales of the body. The ventrals are large. The digits are short and stout. ‘The tail is compressed, with a double-edged dorsal ridge. In the case of the stuffed Kordofan specimen the nostril is a little nearer the end of the snout than in the Abyssinian specimen in alcohol, but this is due to the shrivelling up of the fleshy end of the snout. In the latter the nostril is about twice as distant from the end of the snout as it is from the eye, and in the former about 14 times. ‘This is the only point in which they are not perfectly alike, but I believe it to be satisfactorily explained by the difference in the methods of their preservation. Both conform to Heyden’s description of V. ocellatus and to Prof. Boettger’s account of V. microstictus. VarANvs NiLoticus, Hasselq. & Linn. (Plate XVIII.) Le Monitor du Nil ou Ouaran, Cuy. Reg. An. 11. 1817, p. 25. Le Monitor du Congo, Cuv. 1. c. p. 25. Lacerta nilotica, Hasselq. & Linn. Iter Palest. 1757, p. 311; Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 1766, p. 369; Forskal, Deser. An. 1775, p. 13. Lacerta capensis, Sparrmann, Resa Goda Hop. 1783, p. 749. Scincus niloticus, Schn. Hist. Amph. ii. 1801, p. 195. Tupinambis elegans, part., Daud. Rept. 11. 1803, p. 36. Tupinambis stellatus, Daud. 1. c. p. 59, pl. xxxi. Tupinambis niloticus, part., Daud. 1. c. p. 51; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Descr. de l’Hzypte, Hist. Nat. ?1827, p. 121, pl. 8. fig. 1. Pl. XVIII. ypt. Lo 5 Reptiles of E VARANUS NILOTICUS. ¢, Luxor. ayy ) i ' ‘ny ‘if yi ay ni’ } , t ‘ - fi ie et + f f ' ' ' - : . : Y= = oe tweety. VARANUS NILOTICUS. 141 Tupinambis ornatus, Daud. Ann. Mus. ii. 1803, p. 240, pl. xlviil. Monitor pulcher, Leach, Bowdich’s Mission to Ashantee, 1819, p. 493; Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 203, plate. Varanus elegans, part., Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 58. Varanus ornatus, Merr. 1. c. p. 59. Polydedalus niloticus, Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 164. Polydedalus capensis, Wagler, 1. c. p. 165. Monitor ornatus, Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 27. Varanus niloticus, Dum. & Bibr. iii. 1836, p. 476 ; Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. 1837, 1. p. 228; A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 50; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; Steindach. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1, 1870, p. 330; Gasco, Viagg. Egitto, pt. ii. 1876, p. 106; Blgr. Cat. Rept. B. M. ii. 1885, p. 817; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvii.) 1896, p. 17; id. op. cit. 1897, p. 277 ; Mocquard, Cent. Soc. Philomathique, 1888, p. 115*; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 101; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 71. Varanus capensis, Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. 1837, ii. p. 228. Monitor niloticus, Licht. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p. 107; Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. 1838, p. 393 ; Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p.11; Duvernoy, Rept. Cuv. Rég. An. 1836-46, pl. x. bis fig. 1; Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. iv. 1845-50, p. 196; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 301; Matschie, Zool. Jahrb. v. 1891, Abth. f. Syst. p. 612; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 87; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 264. Monitor elegans, Schleg. Abbild. 1837-44, p. 75. Monitor saurus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1870, p. 109. Varanus saurus, Stejneger, Smithsonian Inst. no. 970, 1893, p. 717. 2h juv. Luxor. Anterior teeth small, sharply pointed, those behind them rather large and conical. Snout depressed at its extremity ; canthus rostralis well defined. Nostril small, round, situated nearly midway between the end of the snout and the eye, but nearer to the latter than to the former. Tail much compressed, with a well-defined dorsal ridge. Digits moderately long. Scales on the upper surface of the head of moderate size, smallest on the temporal region and subequal on the supraocular region. Scales on the body and limbs small, oval, or pear-shaped ; caudal scales keeled ; ventrals smooth, 75 to 100 between the gular and unguinal folds. In the young and even in the half-grown the body is blackish above. The upper surface of the head with fine wavy transverse yellowish lines, and the sides, from the snout to the ear, marked by vertical black spots or bars broken up with yellowish. A pale yellow band from the eye to the ear, with a black band above it directed back- wards to the mesial line of the neck, where it joins with its fellow of the opposite side, and a number of similar bands behind it with intervening pale yellow lines forming V-shaped markings. Eight narrow, yellow, transverse bands across the back, always more or less broken up with black and resolved in some on the sides into yellowish spots or ocelli with black centres, and prolonged on to the sides of the tail, where other larger but similar spots appear below and above them, the combined spots being 142 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. arranged in transverse series with dark interspaces; black bands pass down to the belly from the sides and meet on the mesial line below, and similar lines occur on the under surface of the neck and on the limbs, the yellowish intervening areas having many black spots. ‘The upper surface of the limbs black, with yellowish spots, as on the sides. General colour of the under surface yellowish. In the adult the markings of the young become very obscure. The general colour is olive brownish above with dark reticulations, the yellow spots of the body and limbs and the dark markings of the belly and limbs being more or less present. It attains to 170 centimetres or more in length. Although more or less aquatic in its habits it is frequently seen hunting for its food along the banks of the Nile, and is met with in the irrigated fields, but never in the desert. Itis carnivorous in its habits, and is said to live largely on fish, to pursue the young of the crocodile, and also to eat the eggs of that animal. Little reliable information, however, has yet been placed on record regarding the habits of this lizard. From the strongly carnivorous instinct which it manifests in confinement, eating rats and mice with avidity, it probably preys on the field-rat, Zsomys, the burrows of which are so plentiful along the banks of the river and canals, and may likewise devour such lizards as Mabuia quinqueteniata and Chalcides ocellatus, which are found in similar situations. When surprised on the banks of the river it at once betakes itself to the water. It appears to be more numerous in Upper than in Lower Egypt. It is distributed throughout Africa, except in the region to the west of the Nile and to the north of the Congo, Niger, and Senegal rivers. The native name of this lizard is os B) J, =varal el nahr, or waral of the river. In this species two slight preeanal eminences are occasionally present in both sexes, immediately before the cloacal opening, occupying the position of the preanal pores of the other lizards. They are present in specimens from different parts of Africa, e.g. the island of Lagos, Port Elizabeth, Lake Nyassa, Condo (Quanza), Boluma (Senegambia), Lamu (E. Africa), and Ashantiland. The smallest of all the specimens in the British Museum, from the Quanza, is very instructive. The apical pores of the scales anterior to the cloacal opening are larger than in any other part of the body, and one or two are larger than the others immediately around them. ‘These enlarged pores are restricted to the centre of each preeanal eminence, but no one is more differentiated than another. On the other hand, in a specimen from Port Elizabeth there is a well-developed pore on each side of the mesial line, with some small pores around it. Much the same condition is occasionally met with in V. griseus. Pl. XIX. Reptiles of Egypt. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA. Fig. 1 ¢, Figs. 2 & 3 9, Suakin. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA. 143 LACERTID. LATASTIA. Latastia, Bedriaga, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, xx. 1884, p. 307. ““ Head-shields normal. Nostril pierced between two or three nasals and the first upper labial. Lower eyelid scaly. Collar well marked. Dorsal scales juxtaposed or imbricate; ventral shields quadrangular, feebly imbricate, smooth. Digits sub- cylindrical, with keeled lamellie inferiorly. Femoral pores. Tail long, cylindrical.”— Boulenger. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA, Reuss. (Plate XIX.) Lacerta longicaudata, Reuss, Mus. Senck. i. 1834, p. 29. Lacerta (Acanthodactylus) longicaudata, Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 304. Lacerta samharica, Blauf. Zool. Abyss. 1870, p. 449, fig. head. Lacerta sturti, Blanf. op. cit. p. 452, fig. head. Eremias revoili, Vaill. Miss. Révoil aux Pays Comalis, Rept. 1882, p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 2. Latastia doriai, Bedr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xx. 1884, p. 313. Latastia samharica, Bedr. |. c. p. 319. Latastia longicaudata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 55; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xi. (xxxil.) 1891, p.7; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 168; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 551; op. cit. ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvil.) 1896, p. 17; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 215; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvii.) 1897, p. 278; Mocquard, Mém. Soc. Philom. Cent. 1888, p. 117*; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 89; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 87; Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 102. 4 g and2 9. Suakin, Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton. 5 6 and2 2. Suakin. 1 3g. Akik, about 80 miles south of Suakin. 1. Tokar, about 50 __,, =p bp 36,5 9,and2juv. Durrur, 16 miles north of Suakin. Major-General A. Hunter, D.S.O. Head rather elongate and pointed; the distance between the anterior angle of the eye to the tip of the snout equals the interval between the posterior angle of the eye and the ear; ear vertical, its height equalling the long diameter of the eye, not denticulated ; nostril defined by the first labial, a supranasal, and two postnasals ; supranasals form a broad suture behind the rostral; frontonasal broader than long ; prefrontal suture almost as long as that of the supranasals ; frontal narrow posteriorly and grooved throughout its length; two large supraoculars separated from the pre- frontals and parietals by groups of small scales and from the superciliaries by a line of 144 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. granules; interparietal much longer than broad, generally in contact with the occipital, but occasionally separated from it by an interposed small shield; occipital small, half the size of the interparietal; parietals large, with a band-like shield along their outer borders, and a small curved shield anterior to and above the ear ; temporal scales granular, smooth or feebly keeled; 10 to 15 upper labials, generally the seventh reaches the eye, sometimes the eighth, rarely the sixth or ninth. Chin- shields large, the three pair in contact. Gular scales small, round, and smooth. Collar-plates large, from 8 to 12. Body-scales small, granular, increasing in size behind the shoulder, juxtaposed, obtusely keeled, and in transverse series; 53 to 68 scales round the middle of the back, not counting the ventrals ; the latter in 6 transverse and in 27 to 33 longitudinal series from the collar to the preanal region, the two central rows the narrowest. A single large preeanal plate in the male, absent in the female. Outside of the fore limb covered with a line of large broad scutes; the front of the thigh and the under surface of the labial portion of the limb with similar plates. The fore limb reaches to the anterior angle of the eye and even to the nostril, and the hind limb to the collar or to near the ear. 10 to 15 femoral pores on each side. Tail broader than deep at the base, especially in the male, variable in length, more than twice, sometimes more than thrice, as long as the body and head ; upper caudal scales strongly keeled, smooth below. Olive-brown above, head-shields variegated with reddish brown. A rich dark- brown narrow vertebral line from the occiput to the base of the tail, and three rich reddish, longitudinal, but more or less interrupted bands external to it, marked at intervals with brown spots and forming vertical brownish bars on the sides of the body and neck, enclosing bluish and yellow interspaces, which assume the form of ocelli. Sides of the head also more or less marked with vertical bars, and likewise the upper labials. Sides of the tail yellowish, with a dusky longitudinal band. Under surface white. Males much more brilliantly coloured than the females. Abnormal conditions sometimes exist in the formation of the nostril. Thus in one specimen it is defined on the right side of the head by an anterior nasal, the supra- nasal, two postnasals, and the second labial, and on the left side by the first labial, two postnasals, and the supranasal. On both sides of the head there is a small shield between the superior postnasal and the frontonasal and in contact with the anterior loreal, prefrontal, and supranasal. On the left side a small shield lies below the supplementary shield. In this specimen also there is a further departure from the usual condition of the head-shields, as there is a small shield on either side of the hinder end of the interparietal : moreover, it is the only individual in which the ninth labial is the subocular—a condition brought about by the formation of an additional labial by lateral partition of the rostral. In another specimen, by the formation of an additional anterior nasal at the expense of the supranasal, the nostril is defined by five shields. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA. 145 The largest male from the Suakin and Tokar district measured 110 millim. from snout to vent, and the largest female 106 millim. This species has the habits of an Hremias, and is found among the sparse grassy vegetation of the littoral plain at Durrur, Suakin, Tokar, and Akik, in much the same conditions that L. newmann?, Matschie, is found on the plain at Lahej, on the opposite coast, in the neighbourhood of Aden. It has been recorded by Mr. Blanford from the littoral plain at Annesley Bay, and by Mr. Boulenger from the island of Dissei, at the mouth of the Bay. Since Professor Vaillant’s and M. Mocquard’s record of its occurrence in Somaliland, the collections of reptiles made of recent years in Abyssinia, Shoa, Western and Southern Somaliland, and British East Africa, by various explorers, further prove it to have a wide distribution over the eastern promontory of the continent, as it has been found between Obbia and Berbera, near Berbera, to the west of the Juba river, and at Fuladoya, near Mount Kenia; also at Nguruman, and between Kilima-njaro and Lake Victoria Nyanza, by Mr. Oscar Neumann. It thus ranges in Africa from about 20° N. lat. to 4°S. of the Equator; but as the littoral plain of the Red Sea extends a long way beyond Durrur, it has probably a considerably more extended range to the north than is at present assigned to it. The types of this species are stated by Reuss to have been obtained by Riippell, at Tor, in the Sinaitic Peninsula, and when he described them he had others before him collected by Riippell in Abyssinia. It has never been recorded from Asia since Reuss’s day. ; The ventrals are wonderfully uniform in all of the specimens from the Suakin district, as six are invariably present across the middle of the belly ; but variation exists in the number of ventrals between the collar and the preanal region, although not to any extent, as the lowest number recorded is 27 and the highest 33. The dorsal scales across the middle of the body vary from 54 to 68, and the collar-plates range from 8 to 14. Ina young specimen from Suakin there are only 9—9 upper labials ; but the intermediate numbers up to 13 are met with. Although the number of upper labials may be symmetrical on both sides of the head, it does not follow that the same shield is the subocular on the right and left of the head, as in 12 out of 23 specimens asymmetry prevails. In one specimen it is the 5th and the 6th, in another the 6th and 7th, im nine the 7th and 8th, and in one the 8th and 9th. Among these Suakin lizards there are never fewer than 10 femoral pores on each limb, but in two 13 occur asymmetrically associated either with 11 or 12, while in three 13 are present symmetrically. Two females obtained by Mr. Oscar Neumann at Neuruman and one of the same sex from E] Jeckar, the most southern known localities of its distribution, differ only slightly in their coloration from the Suakin lizards. The back is marked by longitudinal lines of brown spots, and the dark mesial line is very little, if at all, more defined than those external to it. 146 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Besides L. neumanni (Matschie)* from Arabia, other species are known; but one of them, L. boscw, Bedriaga 2, is doubtfully distinct from the present species. 4. carinata, Peters *, Z. spinalis, Peters 4. and L. hardeggeri, Steind.’, are found in the same region of Eastern Africa. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1898, p. 30; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 643. Ann. Mus. Genova, xx. 1834, p. 322. Mon. Berl. Ak. 1874, p. 368, pl. fig. 1. * Mon. Berl. Ak. 1874, p. 369, pl. fig. 2. Ann. Hotmus. Wien, vi. 1891, p. 371, pl. xi. The ZL. heterolepis, Boettger, Zool. Anz. xvi. 1893, p. 115, from Somaliland, is identical with £. hardeggeri, Steind. 2 3 5 ACANTHODACTYLUS. 147 ACANTHODACTYLUS'*. Acanthodactylus, Wiegm. Herpet. Mex. pt. i. 1834, p. 10. Nostril defined by the first labial and two nasals. Collar more or less present. No occipital shield. Digits with a strong lateral fringe and keeled plates below. Lower eyelid scaly. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, more or less carinate, imbricate or non-imbricate. Ventrals quadrangular, smooth, feebly imbricate. Tail more or less cylindrical. Femoral pores present. As pointed out by M. Lataste, A. scutellatus and A. cantoris are distinguished from all the other species by the presence of four well-defined rows of scales around the fingers, viz. a dorsal, a ventral, and two lateral rows, one to each side of a digit. The interno-lateral row is never fully developed in the other species, but I have observed the presence of a few small straggling scales occupying its position in vulgaris, micropholis, boskianus, schreiberi, and pardalis. In all the species of the genus there are only three rows of scales around the toes, viz. a dorsal, ventral, and one externo-lateral. It is this last row, composed of more or less sickle-shaped scales of varying strength, that constitutes the fringe; but the inner distal angle of each dorsal scale may be so developed as to constitute a denticulation, but never a true fringe. ‘ Tt has been stated by Professor Gasco that two examples of Lacerta ocellata, Daud., were obtained by him near Alexandria. He referred them to a variety which he called lepida. It seems highly improbable, however, that Lacerta ocellata occurs in Egypt, and as Gasco did not distinguish between Eremias guttulata, Licht., and Z. rubropunctata, Licht., it is just possible that he may have mistaken an ocellated specimen of the former for Z. ocellata, Daud. Of course this is only guesswork; but so unlikely is it that the last- mentioned species should be found at Alexandria, that I feel compelled to suggest some explanation of how the error may haye arisen. He also records Psammodromus algirus, Linn., and says ‘this species, which abounds in Algeria and Spain, was collected by us only in the neighbourhood of Alexandria.” My impression is that in this case also we have an error of identification, and that Gasco had probably before him some species of Acanthodactylus. Professor Vaillant, in Révyoil’s ‘ Mission to Somaliland,’ mentions the occurrence of Vropidosaura algwva= P. algirug at a place called Darror. Through Professor Vaillant’s kind permission I have been enabled to compare Révoil’s specimen with one from Algeria, with which it fully agrees. The presence of P. algirus i Somaliland, if it really occurs there, is a very remarkable fact in distribution. It is noteworthy, however, that it has never been present in any other collection from Somaliland. 148 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT, ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS, Daud. (Plate XX.) Lacerta boskiana, Daud. Rept. iii. 1803, p. 188, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2; Licht. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 1823, p- 100; Aud. Deser. de l’Hgypte, Hist. Nat. i. ?1829, p. 173, Suppl. pl. i. figs. 91 & 92. Lacerta aspera, Aud. op. cit. p. 174, Suppl. pl. 1. fig. 10. Acanthodactylus boskianus, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. 1834, pt. i. p. 10; Dum. & Bibr. v. 1839, p. 278; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 88; Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p.204; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vil. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p.38; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 271; op. cit. 1880, p. 308; Blanford, Zool. Abyss. 1870, p. 456; Gasco, Viagg. in Kgitto, pt. 1. 1876, p. 107; Boulenger, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1878, p. 182; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 744, pl. Ixiv. fig. 2; Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 59; Trans. Zool. Soe. xiii. 1891, p. 129; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvi. (xxxvi.) 1896, p. 551; Klunzinger, Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdk. Berl. xiii. 1878, p. 93; Eimer, Arch. f. Nat. 1881, p. 406, pl. xv. fig. 26; Boettger, part., Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p. 182; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 89; Reichenow, Sitz.-Bericht Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1883, p. 149; Lataste, part., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, ii. (xxii.) 1885, p. 496; Parenti e Picaglia, Rett. ed Anfibi Mar Rosso, 1886, p. 29; Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wissensch. Anst. vi. 1889, p.6; Hart, Fauna & Flora of Sinai, &c. 1891, p. 210; Anderson, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 14; op. cit. 1895, p. 645; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 34 et p. 102; Konig, Verh. (S.B.) nat. Ver. Bonn, 1892, p. 18; Matschie, Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1893, p. 30 ; Olivier, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p. 111; Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torino, no. 167, ix. 1894, p. 7; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xliii. 1894, p. 359; op. cit. xliv. 1895, p. 82. Scapteira inequalis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. i. 1888, p. 280. Acanthodactylus boschianus, Bonap. Icon. Fauna Ital. 1832-42. Lacerta (Acanthodactylus) boskiana, Riippell, Mus. Senck. ni. 1843, p. 304. 8 gandd ?. Banks of Freshwater Canal, Suez. 4 gand1 ¢. Abukir. 6 g and5 ?. Ramleh. 17 g and9 ?. Alexandria (suburbs). 19. Maryut District. 3g and1 2. Cairo suburbs. Dr. Walter Innes. 1g. Plain of Kafr Gamus. 13 g,12 2, and 2juv. Margin of desert, Gizeh Pyramids. 9 g and12 9. Plain of Tel el Amarna. Prof. W. Flinders Petrie, D.C.L. 8 g,42, and] juv. Margin of desert, Luxor. 12. Oasis of Dakhel. Major H. 8. Lyons, R.E. 6 g and3@. Assuan. ljuv. 2. Suakin. Colonel Sir Charles Holled Smith, C.B., K.C.M.G. 36,12, and1juv. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton. 11 g andll @. Plain of Suakin. ]juv. Tokar. Snout short, obtusely pointed, more so in some than in others. Four supraoculars separated from the superciliaries by one line of granules; first and fourth entire, or broken up either into separate pieces or into granules. Subocular broadly excluded Ibs 2O%, les of Egypt. epti aD R sys aa ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS izeh, G 1g, 4 juy., Fi > na g-3 9, Alexandr Fi , Figs. 1 & 2 ¢, Suakin i 7 ms 0, r] 7 ’ o i Ne 1 ‘ = ' = 4 : he * - tt A . ’ * J re ah — 1 % oc ’ i 7 ¥ i 7 i , i W) ‘ Ps at ee ‘ ve me \ i j ' tal Hy n 7 * { i ay We . . e 8 ‘i t as MY . ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS. 149 from the labial margin by the fourth and fifth, and occasionally by the fifth and sixth labials. Ear denticulated in a varying degree. Temporal scales more or less elongate, in some examples obtusely keeled, in others smooth and conical. Dorsal scales small from the occiput to the shoulder, rhomboidal, imbricate, carinate, increasing in size at the shoulder, very much larger on the hinder part of the back, where they pass into the large scales on the base of the tail; 8 to 16 rows between the thighs. Thirty-five to 58 ! rows of scales round the middle of the body; ten rows of ventral plates, exceptionally twelve, broader than long, and in longitudinal and transverse series. Usually a preeanal plate with two or three smaller plates anterior to it, and also laterally, but sometimes all are more or less broken up. Limbs well developed, variable, the hind limb may reach as far as the eye or only to the shoulder. Digits on the fore and hind limbs covered with three rows of plates, viz. a dorsal, ventral, and externo-lateral, the latter forming a denticulated border stronger in some than in others, but always more developed on the outer edge of the toes, but shorter than their diameter. ‘ail generally more than twice the length of the body and head, covered above with strongly keeled scales, those on its under surface, at the base, being smooth or feebly keeled. The femoral pores vary from 16 to 32. The young has generally six narrow, white, longitudinal lines along the back and sides, arising from behind the ear and occiput, and separated from each other by five broad blackish bands; another similarly coloured band runs along the lower border of each of the outermost white bands. The black bands are generally more or less spotted with white, and are prolonged on to the tail. Occasionally a seventh white band is present along the mesial line of the back. The upper surface of the head is uniform brownish or even bluish grey, the sides being more or less spotted with brown. Under- parts white. Three longitudinal lines or bands may persist in a varying degree into the adult stage, but generally they become obscure and the dark bands are broken up into longitudinal lines, or areas of alternate black and white or somewhat rufous or grey spots, the white lines being only feebly indicated. In many the bands and lineation all but disappear. Tail of half-grown specimens generally coral-red in its latter two- thirds. : The largest male I have met with in Egypt (Abukir) measures 79 millim. from the snout to the vent, and the tail 163 millim.; but it attains toa greater size, for the corresponding measurements of an individual-of the same sex from the Hadramut are 86 millim. and 190 millim. respectively. This species is common along the margin of the desert among stones and loose soil and sparse vegetation, and also on the embankments of canals and roadways. It is very plentiful along the banks of the Freshwater Canal at Suez, which are fringed in many places with long grass growing in the water, and amid the stems of which the lizard runs for shelter when pursued, clinging on to them in the water. It is also * Lataste counted 52 rows of scales round the middle of the body. 150 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. common on the waste land and along the roadways immediately within and without the ramparts of Alexandria, and, indeed, along the entire surface of the delta from Port Said to the Maryut District, wherever there may be gravel and a few plants. It is found in suitable localities as far as Wadi Halfa, and probably much further to the south. It lives chiefly on small beetles and flies. Its keen sight and the wonderful rapidity of movement which characterize it and all the members of this genus, as well as those of the genus Evemias, render it most expert in capturing its prey. Gravid females of this genus, in the months of January and April, had generally two mature eggs in each oviduct. It is known to the Arabs as fe =sihliya, or lizard, a term applied by them also to the members of the genera Eremias, Mabuia, and Chalcides. In order to ascertain the character of the lepidosis throughout Egypt and the surrounding area in which this lizard is found, I have counted the scales in 269 specimens. The typical form of this species, as distinguished from var. aspera, is confined to the sea-face of the delta—that is to say, the lizards of that area are generally characterized by more numerous scales than are to be found in other parts of Egypt. At Assuan, Luxor, Tel el Amarna, Gizeh, in the Cairo district, Suez, the Eastern Sudan, the Sinaitic Peninsula, and Arabia the scales fall to a lower number than in the deltaic lizards, as in the latter the scales start nearly from the maxima of the former and rise almost to 58. The highest number found in var. aspera in the Nile valley proper is 48, whereas the maximum of 51 occurs in only a single specimen among 33 from Suakin. Although high numbers are occasionally reached in var. aspera, they are as a rule exceptional. At Assuan, in 8 out of 10 specimens starting at 38, the highest number is 44, but in the remaining two it is 47. Much the same condition is present in the other localities—e. g., at Tel el Amarna the highest prevailing number in 29 specimens is 45, as only in 4 out of the 29 do higher numbers occur. At Gizeh, which yields the most representative examples of var. aspera, the number 43 is not exceeded in 33 specimens. On the other hand, at Abukir, no lizard is represented with fewer scales than 51; but, although the scales may fall at Ramleh to 48, only 5 out of 13 have fewer scales than 50. In the same way at Alexandria the number may he as low as 46; but out of 28 specimens 16 have more than 50 scales, the numbers rising to 58. On the western frontier of Tripoli (Duirat) the coarse form of lepidosis prevails, but specimens with 51 scales may be exceptionally met with. In Tunisia, Central Algeria, and in the Algerian Sahara the low numbers distinctive of var. aspera prevail. The same also is true of the Sinaitic Peninsula, Southern Syria (Dead Sea), and especially of Aden and Hadramut, Arabia, the Eastern Sudan, and the coast-line of Abyssinia (Annesley Bay). I have never experienced any difficulty, except in a limited number of cases, in separating out these Egyptian lizards to their respective groups by the eye alone, without ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. 1d1 counting the scales, but the existence of these exceptions links the variety with the typical form. ‘The high lepidosis sometimes met with in forms distinctly referable to var. aspera appears to be brought about by the multiplication of the small lateral scales as distinguished from the truly dorsal scales. Division of the first and fourth supra- oculars is of most frequent occurrence in the numerously scaled typical form, and it is in it also that the greatest number of femoral pores occurs. In examples of var. espera with from 36 to 38 rows of scales there are from 17 to 20 femoral pores, whereas in the deltaic lizards with 49 scales and upwards, 20 to 32 femoral pores may be present. These lizards from the delta approach A. syriacus in the character of the body-scales, but, unlike it, the first supraocular is completely broken up, and the fourth is sub- divided, and, moreover, their scales are much less numerous and the posterior dorsals are more enlarged. A. boskianus is also nearly allied to A. cantoris of Arabia and of the region to the north-east. Outside Egypt and the Egyptian Sudan, this species is distributed to the west as far as the frontier of Morocco, and, in Algeria, it is found in the Tell and on the plateau, at elevations over 3000 feet above the sea. It is also present in the Algerian Sahara, e.g. at Biskra 360 feet, and at El Aghouat 2437 feet above the level of the sea. It extends northwards from Egypt into Southern Syria, and to the east into the Sinaitic Peninsula and Arabia. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS, Licht. (Plate X- XI.) Lacerta pardalis, Licht. Doubl. Mus. Berl. 1823, p. 99. Lacerta savignyi, M.-Edw. Ann. Sc. Nat. xvi. 1829, pp. 73, 85, pl. vi. fig. 4. Acanthodactylus savignyi, part., Dum. & Bibr. v. 1839, p. 273; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 37; Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p. 204; Guichenot, Explor. Alg., Sc. Phys. Zool. v. 1850, p. 14; part., A. Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 128; Licht. Nomenc. Rept. Mus. Berl. 1856, p. 15; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 36; Gasco, Viagg. in Egitto, pt. nu. 1876, p. 108; part., Boettger, Bericht Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p- 178; Blgr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 744; Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 63 ; part., Vaillant, Miss. Révoil Pays Comalis, Rept. & Batr. 1882, p. 19; Tristram, Fauna West. Palest. 1884, p. 150; Lataste, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, 11.(xxi1l.) 1885, p. 483 ; Werner, Verh. zool.- bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. 1892, p. 354; op. cit. xliv. 1895, p. 82. Lacerta deserti, M.-Edw. Ann. Se. Nat. xvi. 1829, pp. 79 et 86, pl. vi. fig. 8 and pl. viii. fig. 6 (nec Lepechin) ; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 32; Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. 1879, no. 3, p. 31. Scapteira maculata, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. 1838, p. 281. Zootoca deserti, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 470; op. cit. 1864, p. 488; Blgr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 741. Acanthodactylus bedriagai, Lataste, Le Natur. 1881, p. 857; Blgr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 746, pl. lxiii. fig. 1; Boettger, Kobelt’s Reis. Alg. u. Tun. 1885, p. 469. 152 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Acanthodactylus vulgaris (non Dum. & Bibr.), Vaill. Miss. Réyoil Pays Comalis, Rept. & Batr. 1882, p. 19. Acanthoductylus pardalis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 65; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 131; Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvii.) 1897, p. 278; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 14; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 102; Konig, Verh. (S.B.) nat. Ver. Bonn, 1892, p. 19; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. 1892, p. 354; op. cit. xliv. 1895, p. 82 ; Boettger, Kat. Rept. Mus. Senck. 1893, p. 90; Olivier, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p- 112; Peracca, Boll. Mus. Torino, ix. 1894, no. 167, p. 7. 16 g and 20 9. Maryut District. Snout obtusely or acutely pointed; two entire supraoculars separated from the super- ciliaries by two lines of granules : the first supraocular broken up generally into two or three pieces or wholly into granules, rarely entire, and the fourth reduced to granules, but with one or two small pieces remaining. Subocular generally between the fourth and fifth upper labials, rarely between the third and fourth, or the fifth and sixth, not unfrequently entering the labial margin. Front margin of the ear generally denticulated, but the denticles are, in some, reduced to granules. ‘Temporals variable, usually convex, elongate, rounded, or polygonal, smooth or keeled. Dorsal scales granular, convex, smooth, but occasionally flattened and becoming rhomboidal and imbricate posteriorly, and more or less keeled and increasing in size towards the hinder part of the body, but always smaller than the caudal scales. Fifty-six to eighty-five scales round the middle of the body. Ten to fourteen ventral plates, generally twelve, broader than long, and arranged longitudinally and transversely. An enlarged preanal plate, with two or three smaller plates anterior to it and also at its sides. Limbs moderately long, variable in length, and rather stout; hind limb generally reaches in advance of the shoulder, in some examples more so, but in others it only touches the axilla. Digital denticulations feebly developed on the fingers, moderately strong on the toes, longest on the fourth; claws short, moderately curved. Tail about once and a half as long as the body and head, or longer; scales on its upper surface large, generally strongly keeled, those on the under surface smooth or obtusely keeled. Fifteen to twenty-four femoral pores. Lineated, in the young state, with six white and seven black bands on the middle of the body. The bands or lines are lost with advancing age and the dorsal surface is covered with a broad network of black bands, here and there marked with white spots in longitudinal arrangement, as they are the remains of the white bands. General colour, in the adult, olive-green, fawn, or even almost orange-red. Very variable in the degree to which the markings are developed. Underparts generally white, but in some the throat and ventral surface are finely speckled with dusky. The largest Egyptian male has the following measurements:—Snout to vent 68 millim., tail 99 millim.; but the species attains to a considerably larger size in Algeria and Somaliland. Pl. XXI1. Reptiles of Egypt. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. ignyi. g. 4 head of ¢, A. Sav Fi Fig. 1 ¢, Fig. 2 ¢, & Fig. 3 @ taken in Coitu (roth April) i 3 m = 7 1a a. ‘ ; - ~ . r 1 fi ' . i F ’ ' > y ¢ \ F 1 ( i > \ ¢ . f . : , . . " « : i : o : ' " : © i ra ’ Lets J " ry » i Mi ' 4 1 ‘ t : ‘ ; 1 : re fy "4 1 ’, ‘ w , : v, < Z a . 1 ' ‘ ’ TH 1 Fe . } ‘ i . ' \ M M4 ¥ ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. 153 I have met with A. pardalis only in the Maryut District and at Alexandria on stony semi-arid land, but Gasco has recorded an example from the neighbourhood of Cairo. In a gravid female of this species, each egg measured 11 millim. long, the length of the body of the lizard, from the snout to the vent, being only 62 millim. In a female of A. scutellatus, 65 millim. from snout to vent, there was only one egg in the left oviduct, and so large—13 millim. in length—that with the two eggs that were present in the right oviduct the entire abdominal space available was completely filled up. ‘This paucity of eggs may possibly explain why the young of the members of this genus and also of Hremias are so seldom observed compared with the young of other genera of lizards. I captured a male and female (Pl. XXI. figs. 2 & 3) in sexual embrace in the month of April, and it was this female which already had her oviducts full of mature eggs. It ranges southwards to Somaliland, northwards to Syria, and westwards from the delta of Egypt through Cyrenaica, Tripoli, Tunisia, and Algeria to the Sahara, at various altitudes up to 3000 feet. In seventy-six specimens examined by me, the exception was to meet with an entire first supraocular. It was generally broken up into small pieces varying from 2 to 10 in number, while in others it was granular!. Lizards, however, with this shield entire are met with in Syria (Beersheba, Jerusalem), Tripoli (Africa), Tunisia, Batna, the Aures Mountains, Bou-Saada, and from the Sahara between Biskra and Tuggurt. In all, the fourth supraocular was invariably granular. The subocular occasionally reaches the labial margin. It does so in six specimens from the Maryut District, in one from Jerusalem, and in another from Algeria. In the five other species of this genus in which the subocular is excluded from the labial margin, viz. A. boskianus, syriacus, schreiberi, scutellatus, and cantoris, 1 have never met with any exception to the rule, whereas in A. vulgaris, tristrami, and micropholis, in which that shield normally borders the lip, it is occasionally excluded. A. boskianus, syriacus, and schreiber? are all closely allied species, and A. vulgaris, pardalis, and tristrami form another group. The two species A. scutellatus and A. cantoris are intimately related to each other by the structure of their digits and they cannot rightly be compared with any of the others. A. microphoiis, on the other hand, has a distinct relationship with A. boskianus, and through it to A. scutellatus and A. cantoris. In A. pardalis a supplementary labial is sometimes present. Thus it occurs in one specimen from each of the following localities, viz. Maryut, Duirat, Batna, Algeria; in five from Bou-Saada; in the same number from the Aures Mountains ; and in seven ‘ In one of the types of Scaptetra maculata, Gray, from Tripoli, it is broken up into granules and small shields, in all 10 in number; and in this respect it closely resembles the lizard described by Audouin as Lucerta savigny2, in which the first supraocular is represented as reduced to 8 pieces. x 154 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. from between Biskra and Tuggurt. In six of these cases, however, it exists only on one side of the head. A supplementary upper labial is also met with in specimens of A. vulgaris, both in Africa (Tangiers) and in Europe (Abrantes, Portugal), and likewise in A. scutellatus. The denticles of the ear are subject to much variation, being well developed in some and practically absent in others. From the table that follows (pp. 158-160) it will be seen that although there is a difference of 29 between the lowest and highest number of scales, in the totality of the specimens tabulated, no such disparity is ever met with in any one locality. In Somali- land the variation is 16, in Palestine 6, in the Maryut District, Egypt, 19, in Tripoli and Tunisia 16, on the plateau of Algeria and the Aures Mountains 16, and in the Sahara 16. The highest numbers in these localities are respectively 78, 80, 81, 72, 85, and 77. ‘The specimens from Tripoli and Duirat belong to the small form of this lizard from the Sahara described by Giinther as Zootoca deserti, while those from Batna, that is from the high plateau of Algeria, and from the Aures Mountains attain to the greatest size of all (76 millim. from snout to vent), and are somewhat heavier built than those from Tunisia, Egypt, Palestine, and Somaliland, but the difference in relative size of these lizards from these localities is not great. Saharian specimens of Zootoca deserti attain to 65 millim. from snout to vent, whereas the largest male from the Maryut District is only 3 millim. longer; the largest specimen of the same sex from Palestine is 71, from Somaliland 74, and from the plateau of Algeria 76 millim. It is thus evident that the somewhat smaller Saharian lizards by their largest indi- viduals, 65 millim., Jead into the Egyptian lizards and into those of the Tell of Algeria. As pointed out by Lataste, the proportions of those from the high plateau of Algeria, and I may also add from the Aures Mountains, are sometimes even heavier than those of A. vulgaris, so that when these large forms and those from Egypt and Palestine are compared with the Saharian lizards the difference may appear considerable, but it is only one of degree. The scales are generally almost granular, but in some specimens they are rhomboidal, larger, and more flattened than granules. These two modifications may either be smooth or more or less carinate, and this may be the case among individuals of the same sex from the same locality. In the larger of the two specimens from Tripoli, a gravid female (53 millim. from snout to vent), the dorsal scales are smooth or almost so to the base of the tail, but in the young female over a considerable part of the hinder half of the back they are distinctly keeled, and on the dorsum of the tail are strongly so, while in the larger specimen the caudal keels are not quite so markedly carinate. In the Jizards found at Maryut and in Palestine the dorsal scales are smooth, but in a specimen from Egypt, in the Paris Museum, they are strongly keeled and imbricate, which is also the case in specimens from Somaliland and Algeria. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. 156 The digits of different individuals of the various species vary considerably in length, but they are shorter, as a rule, in A. pardalis and in A. tristraméi than in the other species. In A. syriacus, A. vulgaris, and A. schreiberi they are a little longer, and still more so in A. boskianus, while the longest digits are met with in A. micropholis, A, scutellatus, and A. cantoris. ‘The Somaliland lizard described by Lataste as A. vaillanti, which measures 74 millim. from snout to vent, has its fourth toe 15 millim. long, whereas a specimen of A pardalis from the Aures Mountains, with its body 76 millim., has the corresponding toe only 11:4 millim. in length. On the other hand, an individual from the Maryut District, 57 millim. from the snout to the vent, has its fourth toe 11 millim. long, so that the variation in the length of the digits of A. pardalis is very considerable. The lizard described by Audouin under the name of Lacerta savignyi is known only from the figure given by Savigny!. From the fact that it appears as one of the discoveries made by the members of the French Expedition we are entitled to conclude that it was obtained by them in Egypt. Up to the present time, however, not a single lizard agreeing correctly with the figure has been discovered either in Egypt or elsewhere, but one or two in Egypt and in Somaliland have been found so resembling it as to suggest the possibility that the difficulty that exists in reconciling them with the drawing may be due to the imperfections of the latter. Professor Vaillant in his account of the Acanthodactyli collected on Révoil’s Expedition to Somaliland referred them to two species, viz. to A. vulgaris and A. savignyi. They were apparently all collected at Lasgori on the sea-coast. I have been enabled carefully to examine these specimens, thanks to the courtesy of Professor Vaillant. They have already all been fully described by M. Lataste in his valuable contribution to our knowledge of this genus. The conclusion he arrived at regarding them was that they represented two species, viz. : one which he considered to be A. savignyi, Audouin ; and the second a new species, which he named A. vaillanti 2. In 1887, the third volume of Mr. Boulenger’s Catalogue of Lizards appeared, in which he stated that he had examined the types of Lichtenstein’s Lacerta pardalis, and had found them to be specifically identical with A. bedriagai, Lataste (types of which were in the British Museum, presented by M. Lataste himself), and with the specimens which Lataste had referred to A. savignyt. After a careful examination of the specimens 5847, ¢ and ?, from Lasgori, Somali- land, 7. @. probably the two which were originally regarded by Prof. Vaillant as A. vulgaris, it appears to me that they present all the features of A. pardalis. In these specimens the first supraocular is large with a few granules externally, while the fourth is completely decomposed. The snout is more or less elongate, and recalls * Deser. de l' Egypte, H. N. i. ? 1829, pp. 172-173, Suppl. pl. i. figs. 8. 1-8. 5. * Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 509. , x2 156 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. the form of the snout of A. savignyi; but the ventrals vary from 12-14, and externally are not well defined off from the scales of the sides. A small supplementary labial excludes the subocular from the labial margin. The dorsal scales are irregular, nearly smooth, or obtusely keeled, the temporals are smooth, the digits short, and the coloration is that of A. pardalis. Three other specimens (No. 5849) from the same locality as the former were referred by Professor Vaillant to A. savignyi along with a fourth, but much larger individual, also from Lasgori (No. *6484). The latter was the specimen described by M. Lataste as A. vaillanti, and by Mr. Boulenger as A. savignyi. One of the three has the first and fourth supraoculars completely resolved into small pieces, and the subocular entering the labial margin by a fine point. The dorsal scales are rather strongly carinated, the digits are short, and the coloration is the same as that of A. pardalis. The heads of these three specimens are proportionately shorter and heavier than the head of A. vaillanti, which resembles that of the specimens from Lasgori that are referred to A. vulgaris. The dorsal scales cf these three specimens resemble in their carination those of A. vaillanti, which has its temporals keeled. In all of these specimens, including the type of A. vaillanti, I count 12 ventrals. In the largest of the three there are 26 longitudinal rows, 27 and 29 in the other two, and 30 in A. vaillanti. The ventrals of the last are proportionally somewhat slightly smaller than those of A. pardalis. In A. vaillanti, the first supraocular is not more decomposed than it occasionally is in undoubted examples of A. pardalis. In the Paris Museum there is a specimen of A. pardalis bearing the name A. cruentatus, Pallas (No. ==) in which the first supra- ocular, and also the fourth, as stated by M. Lataste, are absolutely decomposed as in the figure of 4. savignyi. An azygos shield occurs behind the frontonasal as in A. vaillanti. The prefrontals are strongly ridged and the ridges are continued on to the frontal, which has consequently a deep median groove. ‘The subocular does not border the lip, and lies between the fifth and sixth labials, but the fifth is small on the right side and large on the left. The temporals are keeled, but not so strongly as in A. vaillanti. The dorsal scales are almost granular anteriorly, large posteriorly, more or less imbricate and strongly keeled. ‘The ventrals are broader than long, 10-12 in number from side to side, and arranged longitudinally and transversely. ‘The posterior preanal is the largest. The digits are moderately long, the fringe short and strong, but not prominent. The hind limb reaches the collar. The colour and markings are the same as in A. pardalis. The head of this specimen has the form of that generally present in A. pardalis, but slightly more pointed. ‘This specimen is stated to have been obtained in Egypt, and it seems to me to efficiently link the foregoing Somaliland lizards, excluding A. vaillanti, to A. pardalis, Licht., while at the same time it further illustrates the great variability of the species. py ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. 157 The following table illustrates the leading details of the specimens in the Paris Museum :-— No. of Snout Sales Scales Hength Ramona aa A : u yA : ee Sex. Ben Tail. | pody. | Ventrals. Gan foureh pores. Locality. 9 2) P m™ ° *e4s4| g | 74 | 145 | 69 | 10-12 | 94 | 15 | 3g | Somaliland. Type of 4. Wee 24 i 5849 é 68 110 62 10-12 16 12:3] 57 mp 28 5847 3 64 66 1D 20 10 5] 28 2444 me = 22 Ee rpt. =o) 64 ise 7 2 27 4) 55 | Psypt 5390 3 79 1 7 10-4 ; : 20 © | @ | @ | w 12 190 e10;5) as ” 2454 SNe F : 98 m 5280 2 60 105 76 12 29 | 12 93 16 ; sor @ | ay | . | @ | 1 | ot | sel = |Somton: 19 5849 3 53 73 72 12 20 9 0 23 19 © $ | 52 | 84 | 64 12 2 | 10 | wm | z | I agree with Mr. Boulenger that 4. vaillanti presents a strong resemblance to the figure of A. savignyi. The latter, however, gives us no information about the condition of the subocular or the character of the temporals, while it only indicates, in a general way, the features of the dorsal scales of the lizard it represents. Moreover, it only shows the presence of 8 ventral plates at the most. In identifying it with A. vaillanti, the existence of a subocular bordering the lip, keeled temporals, and the presence of 10 or 12 ventral plates have therefore to be imagined. The evidence of the identity of the two is therefore not conclusive. A, tristrami is a closely allied species to A. vulgaris and also to A. pardalis; the four specimens in the British Museum are adults from Lebanon and Mount Hermon, and between Baalbeck and Shtora.. The type, a female, was obtained by Canon Tristram from the first of these localities, and probably at a considerable elevation. The other three specimens were collected by myself at heights varying from 2400 ft. to 3800 ft. above the sea-level. The uniformly flattened and non-carinate dorsal scales, their gradual passage between the thighs into the granules at the base of the limbs, and their greater size on the middle of the back enable it to be distinguished from A. pardalis; but specimens of the latter are now and again met with that show scales here and there exactly resembling those of this nearly allied form. The subcaudals at the base of the tail, for about a third of its length, are perfectly smooth; but in many 158 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. Measurements &c. of A. pardalis, Licht. (in millim.). | Sex. Baek Tail. Sen Ventrals, ae Bee 5 Hemera) Locality. vent. body. thighs. | fourth toe. | P*°* 3 Tb hae) joa 12 32 | 12 i, | Beersheba. 3 70 76 12 32 11-2 = Jerusalem. 3 64 Fl ee SLO = , g ..1.| 70 |103 | 78 | 12 | 85 | 107 | © | Beersheba. 2 71 | 92 | 79 12 24 | 12 | 2 | Jerusalem. 9 mm | 2 | go | w | or | wa | 2 : Q 63 | 90 | 62 | 12 | 24 | 108 | 1 | Maryut District. ® asco] G8 | OA | @ | 1 | a | oe | = : : e) 61 | 85 | 64 12 22 | 10 a 2 a Q* 62 | 82 | 65 12 oy |) i = n ; ) 61 | 92 | 65 12 21 | 10 i: F : \2 61 66 12 26 | 10 u s e le. 59 | 85 | 70 12 25 | 10 i - 5 | 9 Bi) 89) |) 70 12 oR} || ai i, 3 - g* GA | ot | am 12 |) il = e " ou Be || GS || wa 12 21 98 | 2 , 3 oe ie enh ol 12 28 9 : te - Q , so | 7 |p 12 24 | 10 e ‘ 55 ha 60 | 98 | 72 12 % | 08 | = ‘ , he 60 | 78 | 72 12 23 | 10:5 = 5 i one 61 72 12 23 O22 | 2 - a a. 63 72 12 23 | 10 5 | Gud eee ee te ey Pate || |, ; Gina 63 72 12 25 | 11-2 = 5 Cue 62 | 100 | 73 12 Oy | ati z 55 : © 4 58 93 73 12 31 11 ig : * Taken “in cuitu, April 12, 1892. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS. 159 Measurements &c. (continued). Snout Scales Scales | Length Sex | ace | Talk | aa | Ventre eee our toe, Ta Locality: Orne 57 ed 73 12 20 10 a Maryut District. Gs so | . | @ | @ | 93 | woe | 2 i ,; Gin 7 || o | a | ae len | am 5 : ® coo @ |. | Bi w | so | a6 = ' i @ coc] GD | co | | TW | os | mes | 2 : 5 @ cso BF | cc | | wm ea) wo = : : @ coool 64 | OS | HS | w | o3 | m = ‘ : G coool Gl | 109 | GO| TB es | ao 2 nines ae ay (ta | 7 | @ | m | we |S i Me a 68 || 99 | 76 12 25 | 18 | 2 : i G coool GD | co || ww | | 68 | soa | S ah E socal SE mw || 12 || 88 || ww = : , 8 | m = A 105 | 39 || i4 || 3a || 1 =| Matariyeh. 95 | 89 | 16 | 35 | 125 | 3 | Wells of Moses. 89 14 36 12 = Isthmus of Suez. a | Ww | ~@ | we | S Oey 6 | of | m | & | S he, i || GA | We || a8 | w | Gizch Desert. 93 94 14 31 13 = Isthmus of Suez. ee | of | a | a3 | ims | S ey 106)) | SOME 1le43 a5 Q F 6 |i | i | 2 || me | 2 ; 103 vi | ay | no = > 9 Caml BL Oat, 5 |) Ww || ay | 1 Z ere ee a8) Ol | we) es | am = | Mount Sinai. 7 | ea | we | ay |e = Sate 95 | 82 | 14 | 95 | 122 | 3S | Jaffa. 102 |) ca | as || a | a8 ae a | s | a | a | i6 Nee 91 | 85 14 || ia || 2 F 83 | 85 14 26 | 10:8 | > | Jerusalem. 111 | 89 14 pa ee | i ACANTHODACTYLUS SCUTELLATUS. Measurements &e. (continued). 16 @y xe) 163 ” 2) 254 bP) I have met with this species—one of the most handsome of African lizards—in the semi-desert land to the west of Lake Mareotis, not far from the ruins of the country palace of Said Pasha, and known as the Maryut District. I first observed it among some heaps of stones on a slope of rising ground beside a field of stunted barley. It disappeared quickly among the stones, but with the aid of a pickaxe it was dug out, at no great depth, from a hole that had been tenanted by a snake that had recently cast its skin. All the specimens I obtained, about 12 in number, were captured within a radius of a few hundred yards from the foregoing spot, some of them in the loose sandy soil of the barley-fields. Ihave opened the stomachs of three specimens. In one I found the remains of a large scorpion, and in the others the hard remains of beetles. As far as I have been able to ascertain, it occurs only in the northern portion of the delta, and in the section of it immediately to the west of Alexandria. It is quite possible, however, that it may be found in other parts, on the outskirts of the delta, presenting similar conditions to those at Maryut. One of my specimens came from Marsa Matru, 150 miles to the west of Alexandria, and, some years ago, a collector I sent from Tunis to Duirat, on the confines of the western frontier of Tripoli, brought back three specimens from that region. It has also been recorded by A. Duméril from the south-eastern portion of Algeria. From Egypt it ranges through Palestine, Syria, Turkish Armenia, to the Trans-Caspian (Kopet- dagh), Persia, and Baluchistan. In Lower Egypt, it varies but little, but the lobulation of the ear becomes more or less modified in some. In Syrian specimens the body is much thinner in some than in others, and these correspond to the lizard described by Is. Geoffr. St.-Hilaire as S. pavi- mentatus, figured, pl. iv. fig. 4, in the ‘Descr. de Egypte, and therefore presumably from Egypt. Ihave never met with lizards of this somewhat attenuated type, and I am not aware that they have ever been found in Egypt since the publication of the great French work. In Syria, however, such forms do occur, and if they are present in Egypt they should be sought for on the eastern side of the delta, towards Tel el Kebir. Professor Boettger has described these Syrian forms and their colour-variations, which he is disposed to attribute to changes that take place in the lizards between the young and adult conditions. As all my specimens of what may be regarded as the typical form are adult, they throw no light on this subject. In some of the Syrian examples of this species, aremarkable simulation, so to speak, EUMECES SCHNEIDERI. 199 is met with of the coloration so characteristic of Chalcides ocellatus. So much does it conform to the latter that individuals presenting it might at first sight be mistaken for that species. Six out of 8 Egyptian specimens have 26 rows of scales round the middle of the body, and two have 28. These two numbers prevail in Persian examples of the species, whereas in the Syrian forms only 24 rows of scales occur. Tt is known to the Arabs as WUS *)=wmin el hatydt, “the mother of serpents,” and also as pal LS =raddd@at el bakar, the “ milker of cattle ;”’ but, according to Sonnini, a similar myth to this exists regarding Varanus niloticus. 200 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. SCINCOPUS. Scincopus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1864, p. 45. Limbs well developed, but rather short ; digits 5—5, subcylindrical, slightly laterally compressed, with transverse lamelle below, not serrated laterally. Tail short, conical. Nostril lateral, between an anterior and posterior nasal ; eyelids well developed, scaly ; ear-orifice covered by two large scutes in the form of opercula ; postnasals, supranasals, prefrontals, frontoparietals, and interparietals present. Dorsal scales large, grooved, finely striated, enlarged in the middle line of the back. Palatine bones not in contact in the middle line of the palate; pterygoids toothed ; lateral teeth conical. I have examined the type of this genus and species preserved in the Berlin Museum. It was presented by Strauch, and in addition to the name Scincopus fasciatus, Peters, it bears the name Otolepis brandtii, Strauch. ‘Lhe locality whence it was obtained was Geryville, on the confines of the Algerian Sahara. I have also been privileged to see the specimen in the Paris Museum from Tunisia. The lizard preserved in the Berlin Museum, to which Peters gave the name Scincopus fasciatus, agrees in all its essential characters with the Suakin specimens, and, like some of them, it has 24 rows of scales round the body. ‘The Paris individual, on the other hand, presents some differences which are due, however, not to any specific diversity between it and the Suakin lizards, but to abnormal division of some of the head-shields. ‘Thus there is an azygos prefrontal separating the prefrontals proper, and there are three loreals instead of two, the third loreal being produced by longitudinal division of the anterior loreal, so that two loreals instead of one lie behind the nostril. ‘The second, third, and fourth supraoculars are in contact with the frontal, and on one side the first as well. The form of the head of this lizard resembles that of the members of the genus Eumeces and not that of Scincws. The moderately pointed snout arches gently upwards to the vertex and is quite distinct from the flattened digging snout of the latter genus. Its digits, moreover, are structurally different from those of Scineus, in which both the fingers and toes are much flattened from above downwards, so that their cross-section is an elongated oval, transverse in position, while the digits of Scincopus are slightly laterally compressed, and thus in transverse section present a vertical oval. In Seincus, the digits are covered below by a series of transverse lamelle acutely bent round their inner edges, so that the lamellae appear more or less on the upper surface of the digits; and their dorsal aspects are clad with a series of transverse scales, the external edges of which form a lateral fringe more developed in the pes than in the manus}. In Scincopus, on the other * See p. 204 for a description of the digits of Scincus. Pl. XXVI. Reptiles of Egypt. SCINCOPUS FASCIATUS. ¢, Suakin. SCINCOPUS FASCIATUS. 201 hand, the digits are covered with four rows of scales, a dorsal, a ventral, and a lateral for each side, with no trace of denticulation or fringing, the digits being essentially like those of Humeces. It is thus evident that in its feet, as in its general form and non-angulated body, the nearest ally of this genus is Hwmeces. ‘The detail in which it shows an affinity with Scéncus is in the form of the labials, for, as in that genus, the upper labials are first slightly directed outwards and then inwards, while the lower labials manifest an intensification of the ridge that occurs in Scincus. In all the forms referable to Scincus the body has a ridge running along the sides, and the scales are perfectly smooth and almost glassy in their polished surfaces, whereas, in Scincopus, the sides of the body are round and the scales are grooved and show fine, irregular ridges. ScINCOPUS FASCcIATUS, Peters. (Plate X XVI.) Seincus officinalis, part., Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 41. Scincus (Scincopus) fasciatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1864, p. 45. Cyclodus brandtii, Strauch, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. x. 1866, p. 459. Scincus fasciatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. iii. 1887, p. 390; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 137. Scincopus fasciatus, Anderson, Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 104. 1 2. Suakin. Colonel Sir Charles Holled Smith, C.B., K.C.M.G. 3.6, 49,and1juv. Suakin. Surgeon-Captain R. H. Penton, D.S.O. 2 6. Suakin. Head shortly pyramidal, swollen in the temporal region, but longer than broad; snout obtusely truncate; loreal region concave ; lower labials with a ridge along their middle, the intervening space between the ridge and the lower border of the upper labials concave. Ear-opening large, near the commissure of the mouth, covered by two large opercula. Rostral considerably broader than high, convex from above downwards, and from side to side, and without a trenchant margin; supranasals broadly in contact with the rostral; frontonasal rather small, hexagonal, broader behind than in front, its anterior breadth less than, and its posterior breadth greater than its length; frontal slightly longer than the conjoint prefrontals, frontonasal, and supranasals, its lateral margins slightly concave and its posterior equalling two-thirds of its anterior breadth; six supraoculars, the second and third in contact with the frontal; four or five superciliaries; interparietal somewhat longer than the fronto- parietals and generally separating the parietals posteriorly, rarely merged in the surrounding shields; generally four pairs of nuchals, sometimes amalgamated with the parietals. Two or three loreals, the first higher than long, in contact with the frento- nasal, supranasal, posterior nasal, second and third labials, second loreal, and prefrontal ; the second considerably longer than high, in contact with the prefrontal, 2D 202 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. second loreal, third and fourth labials, anterior subocular, and first supraocular ; six or seven very low infraorbitals ; one postorbital; temporals 1+2. Generally eight upper labials, rarely 9 or 10; lower labials usually 8, rarely 7 ; the sixth upper labial usually below the middle of the eye, rarely the fifth or seventh; two azygos postmentals, with a pair of large shields behind them followed by 3 or 4 large shields, one behind the other, separated from those of the opposite side by a longitudinal line of smaller shields. Body surrounded by 22-26 rows of scales, those on the middle of the back nearly thrice as large as the largest ventral scales; each scale on the upper surface of the body with either two or three grooves running along it longi- tudinally, with the rest of its surface covered more or less with fine irregular raised lines and depressions; these markings are all but obliterated on the scales on the side, and nearly disappear on the under surface, but they are generally present more or less on the throat in adults. ‘Two large anal shields, larger than the parietals. Limbs well developed, but short; the fore limb, when laid forward, may reach the middle of the eye or may extend beyond the eye; digits moderately short; upper surface of the manus covered at the base of the digits with five longitudinal rows of scales, one to each digit, the row corresponding to the fourth finger being the broadest ; but in the pes there are 8 such rows, an additional row being interpolated between each digit from the first to the fourth; ungual scute moderately large ; claws compressed, curved. ‘Tail short, broad at the base, depressed, afterwards slightly laterally compressed, rounded above and below. Colour of the upper surface of the animal pale orange-yellow or greyish yellow; the head from the snout to the vertex, and along its sides to the ear inclusive, generally deep bluish black, but the lower half of the rostral and most of the anterior upper labials yellowish white; six or seven broad transverse bands of the same colour across the back, the first on the neck (sometimes absent), the second behind the shoulder, the third on the middle of the body, the fourth on the loins, and three on the tail, the terminal one generally the broadest ; these black dorsal bars are sometimes almost wanting, being only represented by a few black blotches or faint blackish margins to the scales in the regions generally occupied by them, but the black tip to the tail is always indicated ; sides and underparts yellowish white or nearly white. The following table shows that there is very little variation in the number of labials. Professor Peters recorded 9 and 10 upper labials in his specimen, but he probably regarded as a labial the scale that intervenes between the lower scale of the operculum of the ear and the very large scale that I regard as the last labial. The tabulated measurements reveal some trifling variations in the sizes of the parts recorded. ‘The type from Geryville had 24 rows of scales round the body, and the one in Paris from Tunisia had 26, the highest recorded number. I kept an example of this lizard under observation for three weeks, but during that time it refused to eat, although it was offered a great variety of insects and SCINCOPUS FASCIATUS. 2038 Measurements &e. of some Examples of S. fasciatus, Peters (in millim.). Snout Length | Width Upper Let ial Long | Length of | Axilla | Length of | Scales Sex. to Tail. of of and lower erat axis of | fore limb to hind limb | round | Locality, vent. head. | head. labials. ana eye. |posteriorly.| groin. |posteriorly.| body. j 8 EO) | GS | 2B | wy sea Sl SG 5 28 42 | 31:5 | 22 | Suakin. 8 One 92 a | 176! = 5| 6 5 "8 | 25 | aia | oe |. 8 Geos 12D | 62 | BB | Bal | lone) 6 | ees | ar | ae | |, 8 Bocae| 122 | eo | BO PS | Sl Bee a | sas et | 8 é @ooce] 2B | or | @ | Bal = sl 6 16 | @ lal ses | sa], 8 Sooco[ 188 | 4 | eB | oes STS 6 40 “| 43 29 a 8 8 18) || 7 | ee | oy | = Sal G 65 | 42 71 | 445 | 99 % 9 9 Goons LE | GD | Ge ae) ay 65 | 42 71 | 425 | 94 a 8 8 Q..../ 144 | 85 | 35 | 26 z 7 8 7 43 75 | 45:5 | 922 . 9 8 Gece 4S | GS | Sr | 28 | es sl iG) y 44 81 | 485 | 24 3 igy | 63 | 8 | 93 | = =) @ 7 415 | 77 | 45 op ll. small pieces of animal food. The stomach is provided with stronger muscular walls than is generally met with in insectivorous lizards; and associated with this we find that this species is in the habit of swallowing sand, and even small pebbles and other hard substances with its food, which largely consists of beetles. I removed, from the stomach of one, a pebble 15 millim. long by 2 millim. broad, and also the hard branched stem of a plant 22 millim. long and 13 in expanse. I much regret that I did not carefully examine the nature of the lizard’s pupil in life, as when I came to look at it in alcoholic specimens it appeared to be more or less vertical, thus implying a nocturnal habit. Until the foregoing specimens were obtained at Suakin, only four examples of the species existed in the Museums of Europe. Besides the type, described by Peters and preserved in the Berlin Museum, another, in the Paris Museum, was picked up dead, but in a dried condition, by M. Lataste, on a plain to the south of Gabes, in Tunisia ; a third was captured at Khartum, while the fourth, the locality of which is unknown, exists in the Museum of St. Petersburg. The species has thus a wide range over Northern Africa. It is known to the Hadendowahs as the Gull-gull. 2p 2 204 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. SCINCUS. Scincus, part., Laur. Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 55. Sides of the body more or less angular ; limbs well developed; digits 5—5, flattened from above downwards, with transverse lamelle below ; a strong lateral fringe formed by the scales of the upper surface of the digits; tail thick at its base, conical; snout cuneiform, with a sharp labial edge; nostril between an upper and lower nasal; lower eyelid scaly ; ear-opening more or less covered by two or more small fringed scales, or entirely hidden by the scales; supranasals, prefrontals, frontoparietals, and inter- parietal present ; dorsal scales smooth or striated. Palatine bones not in contact in the middle line of the palate; pterygoids toothed; lateral teeth conical. The following arrangement of scales prevails on the digits of S. officinalis, Laur. :— On the fore foot the first and second digits have a series of inferior lamelle, a superior longitudinal series, and a series of very small scales along the external border. In all the other digits of the manus only the superior series of scales and the lamellar scales of the under surface are present. The inferior lamelle on the first four digits of the manus are acutely bent upwards and appear on the dorsal surface of the internal border, but on the fifth this arrangement is reversed, as the inferior lamelle appear on the upper surface of the external border. In the first to the fourth digit the fringe is formed by the projecting anterior angle of the external free margin of the dorsal plate, while in the fifth digit it is formed by the inner border of the dorsal plates and is thus internal, but in this finger the external angles of the inferior plates form a distinct denticulated border. ‘The two large plates over the claws of the fifth finger have their position the exact reverse of the other fingers. In all the digits of the pes the fringe is external, and their inner margins are also all more or less denticulated, very feebly in the first, more strongly in the second, and most so in the fifth. This structure of the digits is thus very different from the simple digit of Scincopus and Humeces. It seems impossible to distinguish the sexes of this species by the characters of the base of the tail, as can be done generally among other lizards, in which the base of the tail is swollen in the male and not in the female. A female before me has the base of the tail absolutely more swollen than it isin a larger male. Both of these specimens were sexed by inspection of the internal generative organs. ‘The female, however, as in the great majority of lizards, is distinguished by a more graceful form than the male, and by a smaller and more delicately formed head. Both males and females alike have an enlarged ridge-like scale on the posterior border of the cloacal opening. “Yyoziy ‘uasaq Apurg “anf 2 P SITVNIOI4AO SNONIOS © os ee “ITAXX ‘Id ydk3y jo sopndoy se, a SCINCUS OFFICINALIS. 205 Scrncus OFFICINALIS, Laur. (Plate XX VIL.) Ei Adda, Bruce, Travels to Discover Sources of Nile, 1790, App. pp. 193-198, pl. 2. fig. 2. Lacerta scincus, Hasselq. Act. Soc. Reg. Sc. Upsal. 1751, pp. 30-33. Lacerta stincus, Hasselq. & Linn. Iter Palest. 1757, p.3809; Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. 1766, p. 865. Scincus officinalis, Laurenti, Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 55; Schneider, Hist. Amph. ii. 1801, p. 174; part., Dandin, Hist. Rept. iv. 1802, p. 228; Merr. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 73; Fitz. Nene Class. Rept. 1826, p. 52; Aud. Descr, de l’Egypte, Hist. Nat. i. 21829, p. 178, Suppl. pl. 2. figs. 8.1 to 8.3; Cuvier, Rég. An. nouv. éd. ii. 1829, p.62; Gray, Syn. Griffith’s An. King. ix. 1831, p. 67 ; Brandt u. Ratzeburg, Med. Zool. 1827-34, p. 166; Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. 1837, p. 127; Dum. & Bibr. v. 1839, p. 564; Duvernoy, Cuv. Rég. An., Rept. pl. xxii. fig. 1; Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 74; Riippell, Mus. Senck. iii. 1845, p. 804; Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p. 204; Gravenh. Nov. Acta Ac. Leop.-Carol. xxiii. 1, 1851, p. 318, pl. xxxi. ; Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 475; part., Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 41; Boettger, Ber. Senck. nat. Ges. 1879-80, p. 183; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1880, p. 308; Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. ii. 1887, p. 891; Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. 1891, p. 137; Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wissensch. Aust. vi. 1889, p. 8; op. cit. x. 1893, p.7; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 16; Herpet. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p.105; Kénig, Verh. (S.B.) nat. Ver. Bonn, 1892, p. 21; Olivier, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p. 114; Werner, Verh. zool.- bot. Ges. Wien, 1895, xliv. p. 83; Francaviglia, Boll. Soc. Rom. Stud. Zool. v. fase. i. & ii. 1896, p. 44. Lacerta edda, Donndorff, Zool. Beytr. 1798, p. 134. 13,5 ?,and 3 juv. Sandy desert, Pyramids of Gizeh. 6. Sandy desert, Pyramids of Gizeh. Snout rather long and wedge-shaped; eye small; ear a short way behind the angle of the mouth, small and protected by two or three scales with fringed margins; nostril placed on the canthus rostralis, which is rounded off into the concave loreal region; a postnasal ; seven upper labials; rostral large and in contact by a fine point with the frontonasal, which is hexagonal; frontal slightly contracted antero-posteriorly and in contact with the second and third supraoculars, of which there are six; parietals small, shorter than the interparietal, with four or five nuchals behind them. Twenty-six to twenty-eight scales, rarely thirty, round the body, perfectly smooth, those on the middle of the back slightly larger than the largest scales on the under surface. Limbs short and stout; the digits strongly fringed; ungual phalanges with large scutes; claws rather narrow and long. ‘Tail considerably shorter than the body and head, thick and cylindrical at its base, but more cr less laterally compressed towards its tip. General colour pale but rich yellowish, with usually ten brown or pale yellowish- brown broad cross-bars from the occiput to the sacral region, with a varying number continued on to the tail. Each dorsal scale with two or three short, white, longitudinal streaks or shafts. Under surface yellowish white. In the young there are seemingly 206 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. no brown bars across the back, but only short dusky areas corresponding to their position occur along the sides; each scale is finely margined with brownish, but no white streaks are present. Measurements of the largest male from Gizeh:—Snout to vent 112 millim., tail 67 millim. It attains, however, to a considerably greater size, one example in the British Museum measures as follows :—Snout to vent 147 millim., tail 77 millim. This well-known lizard is not at all uncommon in the desert about the Pyramids of Gizeh, but it occurs only in the accumulations of drift-sand. I have on a number of occasions let individuals loose to watch their movements and without any fear of losing them, as when once the lizard is covered with the sand its movements are neither so quick nor does it go so deep that it cannot. be recaptured with ease, if it is carefully watched. When let loose it runs a few paces and then begins to hide itself by first thrusting its sharp wedge-shaped snout into the sand with its hind lhmbs laid back- wards against the tail; and when the body is wriggled under up to the hind limbs, it uses these members and a spiral movement of the tail to complete its disappearance. The method by which it propels itself into the loose sand and the ease with which it is accomplished forcibly remind one of an act of swimming, and hence it has well earned the name “fish of the sand.” It has been described in a nnmber of old works devoted to fish. Lefebvre collected a number of individuals of this scink during an excursion he made into the oasis of Baharieh, in 1828. He found them on hillocks of fine light sand accumulated by the south wind at the base of the hedges and tamarisks that border the cultivated land, on the confines of the desert. In such situations, he observed the scink sunning itself, but running from time to time after insects (Coleoptera) that might pass within its reach. He says that in a few instants it would penetrate the sand to the depth of many feet, and that it made no attempt to bite or scratch with its claws when captured, although it made efforts to escape. The Bedouins recognize its trail on the sands and dig it out very dexterously with their hands, and any I have seen captured were never more than a few inches, twelve at the most, below the surface. It has been recorded from the Algerian Sahara close to the frontier of Morocco, and as Rohlfs and Stecker obtained it on their way to the oasis of Kufra, to the south of ‘Tripoli, and Bruce in the Atbara valley, it may be said to be distributed over the Sahara. It may possibly extend with the sand-drifts to the east of the Isthmus of Suez, but that it occurs in Syria proper seems very improbable, considering its habits. It has not yet been observed in Arabia, in which five out of the seven members of the genus occur. ‘The remaining species, S. arenarius, which is the most closely allied of all to 8. officinalis, is found in Sind, whereas S. hemprichii inhabits the opposite coast of the Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb. SCINCUS OFFICINALIS. 207 The members of the French Expedition did not meet with this species in Lower Egypt. No notice of it occurs in M. Is. Geoffror’s part of the work, and, in Audouin’s section, only Daudin’s description of it is quoted. Moreover, M. Is. Geoffroy himself, in a note to De Sacy’s translation of Abd-Allatif’s work, states that it is not found in Lower Egypt, and that it is rare in Upper Egypt. My experience has been quite the reverse. He adds, moreover, that it was brought to Cairo by the caravans from Abyssinia; but the scink they carried was in all likelihood S. hemprichii and not S. officinalis, which does not occur in Ayssinia proper, whereas the former does. The similarity of the Arabian scinks to the true officinal scink of Egypt doubtless led the latter to be erroneously regarded as an inhabitant of that part of Asia. Bruce figures Scincus officinalis and states that it is a native of Atbara ‘“ beyond the rains,” and that it seemed well known to the different black inhabitants who came from the westwards by the great caravan which, in his day, was called the caravan of the Sudan. The term e/ adda given by Bruce to this lizard I have never heard used in Egypt. On showing it to some Bedouins in my employment they called it sakankur, the name applied by some old Arab writers to their scink, which was one or other of the two Varani found in Lower Egypt, and I observe that Sir J. Gardner Wilkinson (unpublished drawings) also gives sakankoor as the Arab name of Scincus officinalis. De Sacy conjectures that the term (be = idha or adhayeh, the el adda of Bruce, was properly applicable to Chalcides ocellatus, Forskal, and he mentions that Damiri, quoted by Bochart, states positively that lizards so called bore in Egypt the name ial = sihliya, the native term correctly applied to it by Forskal. As already mentioned, Prospero Alpini pointed out that the scink of his day (1553— 1617) was not the lizard known to the ancients as Scincus. Avicenna (980-1037) says that the saguangur is a lizard found in the Nile, a statement repeated by Abd- Allatif and by some Arab authors. tn Avicenna gives two or more receipts for the preparation of an electuary of Scincus, which in Southeimer’s translation is identified with Scincus officinalis. Preparations of the latter lizard are still in use in Africa and Asia, and, not many years ago, I saw some dried specimens of a Scincus that had been imported into India. The only treatment to which they had been subjected was evisceration and drying, doubtless in the sun. ‘This lizard once held a place in the British Pharmacopeeia on account of its supposed alexipharmic properties, and it entered into the compound preparations known as “ Theriaca Andromache” and “ Confectio Damocratis.” Pliny extolled its virtues as a specific for the wounds caused by poisoned arrows. Among the Arabs it was in high repute as a remedy for reanimating the powers exhausted by age or by debauchery, and in eastern countries fables are still extant regarding its potency in this respect. 208 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. CHALCIDES. Chalcides, part., Laur. Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 64. Body much elongate, rounded or angular. Limbs short or rudimentary ; digits 5—5 to 1—1; nostrils formed by an emargination of the rostral and by a small nasal ; supranasals present. Eye well developed or small; lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk. Ear open, nearly hidden by the scales or fringed. Preefrontals and frontoparietals absent. Palatine bones separated on the mesial line of the palate. Palate toothless. Teeth conical. Mr. Boulenger has grouped under the genus Chalcides a number of species of lizards evidently generically identical, but still manifesting among themselves certain modifications in the form of the head, length and character of the body, degree of development of the ear, eye, and limbs, that are full of interest. In their habits of life they belong to two sections, one living among and under stones and amid herbage, and the other burrowing amid loose sand. ‘The first of these sections contains the following species, viz.: C. ocellatus, C. viridanus, C. bedriage, C. lineatus, C. tridactylus, C. guentheri, C. mionecton, and C. mauritanicus ; and the second C. sphenopsiformis, C. delislit, C. sepoides, and C. boulengert. There can be no doubt of the intimate relation subsisting between C. ocellatus, C. viridanus, and C. bedriage, as they have all similarly formed heads, large ear-orifices, moderately elongate rounded bodies, and almost equally developed pentadactyle limbs. The three species, C. lineatus, C. tridactylus, and C. guentheri, on the other hand, while they have similarly formed heads and large ear-openings like the previous group, have much more elongate and serpentine bodies, but still round, whilst they usually possess more feeble tridactyle limbs, reduced in the most specialized form, C. guentheri, to seemingly functionless knobs. From the structural features of these lizards, it is evident that they are in no sense burrowers. ‘Their conical snouts, widely open ears, and relatively weak limbs are not suited to such a habit. In the third group, the members of which live in loose sand and whose bodies are specially adapted for such a life—viz.: C. sphenopsiformis, C. delislit, C. sepoides, and (. boulengeri—the head is modified, as the canthus rostralis disappears, the snout becomes wedge-shaped and projects beyond the labial margin as a sharp edge, and is thus well adapted for being driven into the loose sand, like the snout of Scincus. The eye becomes reduced in size, and also the ear, which is either almost hidden by the neck-scales or protected by a fringe of scales. The outline of the body also is modified, as it is angular at the sides. ‘The limbs in all are weak, but more especially the fore limb. In one the fore limb is didactyle (Anisoterma, A. Dum.), in another tridactyle (Allodactylus, Lataste), and in other two tetra- or CHALCIDES. 209 pentadactyle (Sphenops, Wagler); the hind limb in all is generally tetradactyle, and in one species occasionally pentadactyle. ; The two species grouped along with C. ocellatus conform, more or less, to its type of coloration; whereas in the second group lineation of the body is the characteristic feature, a type of coloration which is also present in the third, but associated with a pale body colour, in keeping with the sand in which the lizards live. The lizard described by Professor Boettger from West Africa under the name of Seps (Gongyloseps) mionecton, manifests a perceptible tendency, in the more rounded character of the canthus rostralis and in the greater flattening of the symphysis of the lower jaw, to lead into the third group. The ear also is open, but smaller than in C. bedriage, to which it is closely allied, and from which it differs in having more degraded limbs and in some other characters. Its body is more elongate than in C@. viridanus, and slightly more so than in C. bedriage. Its colour is almost exactly similar to that of the latter, and retains like it the undoubted equivalents of the ocellation of C. ocellatus, but restricted chiefly to the brown area occupying the middle of the back and to the tail. C. mionecton leads not only to the third group, but also somewhat towards C. tridactylus. The great gaps, however, that exist between the species may eventually be more or less filled up by intermediate forms, when the region of Africa to the south and east of Morocco becomes known. ‘The condition of the ear of C. mionecton is of considerable interest, as the upper scales of the orifice tend to form a fringe over it, but it isno more than the beginning of a divergence from the type of ear characteristic of the first and second groups towards that distinctive of the third group, and most accentuated in the fringed ear of C. sepoides. In C. delislit and C. sphenopsiformis the ear is more hidden, as the scales all but wholly cover it, but they are not modified into a fringe as in C. sepotdes and C. boulengert. The form C. mauritanicus, Dum. & Bibr., is closely allied to C. mionecton, as the body is round and has about the same degree of elongation, and much the same colour. The head has the form of the head of C. viridanus, but the limbs are even more degraded than in C. mionecton, and there are only two digits anteriorly and three on the hindlimb. ‘The ear is almost entirely covered by the scales. There are only 10 rows of scales round the body, which is the smallest known number in this genus of scinks. It is doubtless an offshoot from C. mionecton, like the other small sand-lizards, such as C. boulengeri and C. sepoides on the one hand, and C. delislit and C. sphenopsiformis on the other; whereas the large-eared scinks of this genus, viz. C. lineatus, C. tridactylus', and C. guentheri, are in all likelihood offshoots from an ancestor allied to C. bedriage, and from which C. viridanus and C. ocellatus also probably sprang. ? CHALCIDES TRIDACTYLUS, Laur. Chalcides tridactyla, Laur. Syn. Rept. 1768, p. 64. Chaleides tridactytus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. B. M. ii. 1887, p. 403. A scink has been recorded from the neighbourhood of Alexandria by Prof. Gasco* under this name. In * Viage. in Egitto, pt. i. 1876, p. 109. 25 210 THE REPTILES OF EGYPT. CHALCIDES OCELLATUS, Forskal. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.) Lacerta ocellata, Forskal, Descr. An. &c. 1775, p. viii et p. 13; Aud. Descr. de VEgypte, Hist. Nat. i. ? 1829, p. 73, Suppl. pl. 1. figs. 71-73. Lacerta (Stincus) ocellata, Donndorff, Zool. Beytr. 11. 1798, p. 126. Lacerta tiligugu, Gm. Syst. Nat. Linn. 1. pt. i. 1788, p. 1078. ? Scincus ocellatus, Schneider, Hist. Amph. 11. 1801, p. 203. Scincus variegatus, id. 1. c. p. 185. Scincus ocellatus, Meyer, Syn. Rept. 1795, p. 30; Daud. Rept. iv. 1802, p. 308, pl. lvi.?; Merr. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 74; Is. Geoffr. St.-Hil. Descr. de VEgypte, Hist. Nat. i. ? 1827, p. 189, pl. v. fig. 1; Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. sér. 2, vi. 1836, p. 309. ? Scincus mabouya, Daud. Rept. iv. 1802, p. 246; Oppell, Ord. Fam. Gatt. Rept. 1811, p. 39. Scincus tiligugu, Latr. Hist. Nat. Rept. ii. p. 72; Daud. Rept. iv. 1802, p. 251; Merr. Syst. Amph. 1820, p. 73. Stincus ocellatus, Oliv. Voy. Emp. Othom. &c. ii. livr. 1, 1801, p. vi, pl. 16. fig. 1. Scincus tirus, Rafin. Caratt. ale. n. Gen. Anim. 1810, p. 9. Scincus thyro, Metaxa, Mem. Zool. Roman, 1821, art. 1, spec. 16, fig. Mabuya ocellata, Fitz. N. Class. Rept. 1826, p. 53. Tiliqua ocellata, Cuv. Rég. An. nouy. éd. 1829, il. p. 63. Gongylus ocellatus, Wagler, Syst. Amph. 1830, p. 162; Bonap. Faun. Ital. 1832-41, p. et pl. without no.; D. & B. iv. 1839, p. 616; Gené, Mem. Accad. Torino, ser. 2, 1. 1839, p. 268; part., Gray, Cat. Liz. B. M. 1845, p. 123; Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi., Zool. 1845-50, p. 206 ; Guichenot, Explor. Se. Algér., Sc. Phys., Zool. v. 1850, p. 17; Dum. Cat. Rept. Paris Mus. 1851, p. 155; Gravenh. N. Acta Ac. Leop.-Carol. xxiii. 1851, i. p. 343; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1862, p. 272; Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (vii. sér.) iv. no. 7, 1862, p. 48; Ginther, one of Sir J. Gardner Wilkinson’s books of drawings, professedly of Egyptian objects *, there is a figure of C. tridactylus under the name of e bergil, but with no information as to the locality whence it was obtained. The drawing is simply marked Seps. The late Dr. Grant, of Cairo, informed me that while digging among some ruins in the Fayum, many years ago, he unearthed a long snake-like lizard, which, from the conditions under which it was found and the description he gave of it, might possibly be this species. The specimen was sent by Dr. Grant to Professor Owen for identification, but he had no reply to his enquires regarding it. I have mentioned elsewheret that a specimen of this species exists in the Cairo Museum, but unfortunately unaccompanied by any information as to its origin. The evidence as to its existence in Lower Egypt is thus not sufficiently conclusive to entitle it to more than this passing reference. Its conical snout, long rounded body, and weak tridactyle limbs enable it to be easily recognized. * Tam indebted to Sir W. Flower for having shown me the volume. + Herp. Arabia & Egypt, 1896, p. 113. URE ubpeng ‘€-Sny-sitaa SHGIDIVHD “WPZ1ID wesaq Apues ‘2-3 -saatoaas S€dIN1VHD “oxnT] ‘1 Ly “SALVTTADO SaqINIVHD = po eer “THAXX ‘Id ‘qdASq Jo sajydoy es ‘e al t PV - j